The URL can be used to link to this page

12/06/1988 Contract J I, r u V I I I � i u I I i i I U I I V r V i I I f i i I e d I V , I f I I u I I f II r f SRI f 1 o EXI,S�T'ING IEI „II I I G/'A A d C,ON,ST� I j I NE�W A,1 R WES�'T,SID f C�,Rl,A APRO;,N I I F''T R'K y ' E 1 D R I 1 / 'u, I T A i fE'A, / IYI � VV I �C T R ' .. ,. I I! ,,, _. ,.... u,. ,..�I I Aj 1 AID r A, A Plo P , R�,O J�E C T' N'O,*f 3� 1 ,2*"*,,0 0�4 4 0 7 8�f8� W, I I I 6 I I 9,o� i� Yi { 6 8 6 8,2 I, 8�,2,6 hq IVp , IIV 1 � 5f,O r i ur i V I r I I, l i I I I ° V I r" I l I f / I4 u i ° I I i f 10� 10 u � f o 0 Aar, E I V fI � � � off°, low EVE 0,ES .'N A LoO N P A A'% ' Q Ilk f jim, �I oil ro ,.0 All .I IS fool a o '[ u ; Q ° 1 Al 0 o q 40, ' f 'fool r Iw, 0 Vift jf- i I I 0 u I� I I C I I �I U p G I , I u i I vl Y I I I I U Y if AL o Al if If AA A TH i g 6 d M jif N , Il P%I 40 Al ° �l s / ° a ,f u; if too f t C o r I I d r II IS f t V I I r y I r j iV4�l��fyq` ours // i r y � / GI l :.i q i 1 I , , 11 f !� (fP Ju , u u r e, "Mo J% V A Y'I 1 ,9 I i 8� 1 ° Is R,E,P, ii I I I U I r r M, � I j U UCONF"O'RMED i 'V, V 'CL IR`,, i K'K, �� F�,j f gVII i v J r ,00� ,',tow UP 1 j I BvU�CKLEY, °S�CHU�H � I I N�11 A�N olp , INC* ME,, I, ''I" i i I 0 RTH R 0 M AVE. I M ES i„ I ,..,.I FL MARATHON AIRPORT MARATHON, FLORIDA ADDENDUM NO. 1 November 15 - 1988 PLANS, SPECIFICATION AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Sealcoat Existing G/A Aircraft Parking Apron-Eastside Construct New G/A Aircraft Parking Apron-Westside Construct 2001131ast Pads and Stabilized Safety Areas FAA A.I.P. Project No. 3-12-0044-0788 FDOT W.P.I. Project No. 6826639, 6826691, 6826650 Engineer's Project No. 04-405.04, 04-405.10, and 04-405.20 ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS 1. The note on the left side of drawing no. 7/14 is, amended to read: 113/8" steel tie -down cable (typ) 2. Note #2 on drawing no. 8/14 is amended to read: 2. Install new 3/8" steel cable and tie -down anchors as shown. 3. The note, top line of detail 10/7 on drawing 10/14 is amended to read: 3/8" steel tie -down cable JRJ/kg GC#27/hm 04-405.04 MONROE COUNTY MARATHON AIRPORT MARATHON, FLORIDA SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TO SEALCOAT EXISTING G/A AIRCRAFT PARKING APRON - EASTSIDE CONSTRUCT NEW G/A AIRCRAFT PARKING APRON - WESTSIDE CONSTRUCT 200' BLAST PADS AND STAGE I OF STABILIZED SAFETY AREAS AT BOTH ENDS OF RW 7/25 FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION AIP PROJECT NO. 3-12-0044-0788 FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION WPI PROJECT NO'S. 6826639 (EASTSIDE) 6826691 (WESTSIDE) 6826650 (BLAST PADS & SAFETY AREA) MAY, 1988 POST, BUCKLEY, SCHUH & JERNIGAN, INC. Job Nos. 04-405.04, 04-405.10 and 04-405.20 Ll TABLE OF CONTENTS BID DOCUMENTS Title Page No. Advertisement for Bids A-1 Instructions to Bidders IB-1 Bid Form BF-1 Bid Bond BB-1 Contract Agreement CA-1 Payment Bond PB-1 Performance and Guaranty Bond PG-1 Notice of Intent to Award NIA-1 Notice to Proceed NTP-1 Final Release of Lien FRL-1 Appendix 1: AP1-1 Part I - Wage and Labor Requirements Part II - Equal Employment Opportunity Requirements Part III - Miscellaneous Requirements Part IV - Requirements of 49 CFR Part 23 Appendix 2: Bid Conditions AP2-1 Minority Business Enterprise Program Project Safety Requirements PSR-1 DIVISION 1 - GENERAL PROVISIONS Section Title Page No. 10 Definition of Terms GP-1 20 Proposal Requirements and Conditions GP-6 30 Award and Execution of Contract GP-10 40 Scope of Work GP-13 50 Control of Work GP-18 60 Control of Materials GP-27 70 Legal Relations and Responsibility to Public GP-31 80 Prosecution and Progress GP-40 90 Measurement and Payment GP-45 TC - 1 H I Ci I I U TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued) DIVISION 2 - TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Section Title G-100 Mobilization P-151 Clearing and Grubbing P-152 Excavation and Embankment P-154 Subbase Course P-156 Temporary Air and Water Pollution, Soil Erosion, and Siltation Control P-211 Limerock Base Course P-401 Plant Mix Bituminous Pavements P-602 Bitumnous Prime Coat P-609 Bituminous Surface Treatment P-610 Structural Portland Cement Concrete P-620 Runway, Taxiway and Apron Painting P-625 Rubberized Coal -Tar Emulsion Sealcoat T-611 Compaction Control Tests T-904 Sodding D-705 French Drains D-751 Inlets M-801 Tie -Down Anchors and Cables L-108 Installation of Underground Cable for Airports L-109 Installation of Miscellaneous Electrical Equipment L-110 Installation of Airport Underground Electrical Duct L-125 Installation of Airport Lighting Systems PROJECT PLANS Sheet No. Title 1 Title Sheet 2 Airport Layout Plan and Project Location 3 Construction Safety and Sequence Plan°- 4-6 Paving, Grading and Drainage Plans 7-8 Apron Sealcoating and Marking Plans 9 Typical Section and Details 10 Details 11-12 Lighting Plans 13 Lighting Details 14 Summary of Quantities TC-2 Page No. G-100-1 P-151-1 thru-3 P-152-1 thru-10 P-154-1 thru-6 P-156-1 thru-4 P-211-1 thru-21 P-401-1 thru-21 P-602-1 thru-4 P-609-1 thru-11 P-610-1 thru-12 P-620-1 thru-3 P-625-1 thru-8 T-611-1 T-904-1 thru-3 D-705-1 thru-4 D-751-1 thru-4 M-801-1 thru-2 L-108-1 thru-8 L-109-1 thru-4 L-110-1 thru-5 L-125-1 thru-4 ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS 1 MARATHON AIRPORT Sealed bids will be received by Monroe County, Florida, Owner, until 4:00 p.m. (1600 hours) local time, Thursday , November 17 , 1988, at the Monroe County Clerk's office, 500 Whitehead Street, Key West, Florida, for the following project: Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and services to: Sealcoat Existing G/A Aircraft Parking Apron - Eastside; Construct New G/A Aircraft Parking Apron - ' Westside; and Construct 200' Blast Pad and Stabilized Safety Area; Airport Improvement Program (AIP), Project No.: 3-12-0044-0788 at the Marathon Airport, Monroe County, Florida. ' Bids will be opened and publicly read at the Monroe County Clerk's Office at 10:00 a.m. on Friday , November 18 , 1988. Plans, specifications and contract documents are open to public inspection at the Office of the Director of Airports, Key West International Airport, 3491 South Roosevelt Blvd., Key West, Florida 33040, Tel.: 305 296-5439. They may be obtained ' from the Director of Airports or the County's Consulting Engineer, Post, Buckley, Schuh do Jernigan, Inc., offices: 1 North Krome Avenue, Homestead, Florida 33030, Tel.. (305) 248-4750, or from the office of the County Clerk, 500 Whitehead Street, Key West, Florida 33040, upon payment of fifty dollars ($50.00) deposit, payable to ' Monroe County Board of County Commissioners, for each set of contract documents. This deposit will be refunded upon return of the documents in good condition within 20 days after the date of the bid opening. Qualified contractors able to marshall suitable work forces, coordinate the required work and prosecute its timely execution according to the proposed schedule are being sought by the Owner. Each Bidder shall furnish the Owner satisfactory evidence of competency to perform the proposed work, to submit bids, and to enter into the Contract with the Owner. A complete examination and understanding of the construction plans and specifications and the site of the proposed work are necessary in order for the Bidder to submit a proposal properly. Award, if made, shall be made by the Owner to the lowest responsible and ' qualified Bidder whose proposal conforms to the cited requirements or the Owner. The Owner also reserves the right to separately accept or reject any item or items of a Bid which the Owner deems to be in its best interest. ' All bids shall be submitted as set forth in the INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS and shall be accompanied by a Bid guarantee consisting of a firm commitment such as a Bid Bond, certified check or other negotiable instrument equivalent to ten percent (10%) of the Bid Price as assurance that the Bidder will, upon acceptance of his Bid, execute such contractual documents as may be required within the time specified. A Payment Bond and a Performance and Guaranty Bond are required for execution of the Contract I in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Contract amount. The Bids shall be submitted in a sealed envelope plainly marked on the outside with the name and address of the Bidder; the name of the project for which the Bid is submitted, i.e.: "Sealcoat Existing G/A Aircraft Parking Apron - Eastside; Construct New G/A Aircraft Parking Apron - Westside; Construct 200' Blast Pad and Stabilized Safety Areas at Both Ends of RW 7/25; AIP Project No.: 3-12-0044-0788; and the time 04-405.20 .04 .10 A - 1 1 Rev. 10 /25 /88 I 1 and date of opening, 10:00 a.m. on Friday, November 18 1988. If forwarded by mail, it shall be enclosed in another envelope addressed to County Clerk, 500 Whitehead Street, Key West, Florida 33040. Bids received after the time and date specified will not be considered, but will be returned unopened. No Bid may be withdrawn after closing time for receipt of Bids for a period of ninety (90) days. Monroe County reserves the right to reject any or all Bids, to waive irregularities and informalities in any or all Bids or to readvertise for Bids. This Contract is subject to Minimum Wage Rates as established by the Secretary of the U.S. Department of Labor and Executive Order 11246 of 24 September 1965, as amended, and to the Equal Employment Opportunity Clause. In accordance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, all Bidders are hereby notified that they must affirmatively insure that in any Contract entered into pursuant ' to this Advertisement, Minority Business Enterprises will be afforded full opportunity to submit Bids, as subcontractors or as suppliers of materials or services, and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color or national origin in consideration for award. Monroe County endorses the use of minority banks and will furnish a list of these banks located in the State of Florida upon request. In accordance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, all Bidders will be ' afforded full opportunity to submit Bids in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, religion, sex or national origin in consideration for award. it I H NOTICE OF REQUIREMENT FOR AFFIRMATIVE ACTION TO ENSURE EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY (EXECUTIVE ORDER 11246) 41 Code of Federal Regulations 60-4.2 The offeror's or Bidder's attention is called to the "Equal Opportunity Clause" and the 'Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications" set forth herein. 2. The goals and timetables for minority and female participation, expressed in percentage terms for the Contractor's aggregate work force in each trade on all construction work in the covered area, are as follows: Timetables Goals for Female Participation for Each Trade (Until further Notice) 6.9% Goals for Minority Participation for Each Trade 15.5% These goals are applicable to all of the Contractor's construction work (whether or not it is Federal or Federally assisted) performed in the covered area. 04-405.20 .04 .10 A - 2 Rev. 10 /25 /88 The Contractor's compliance with the Executive Order and the regulations in 41 CFR Part 60-4 shall be based on its implementation of the Equal Opportunity Clause, specific affirmative action obligations required by the specifications set forth in 41 CFR 60.4.3(1) and its efforts to meet the goals established for the geographical area where the contract resulting from this solicitation is to be performed. The hours of minority and female employment and training must be substantially uniform throughout the length of the contract, and in each trade, and the Contractor shall make a good faith effort to employ minorities or female employees evenly on each of its projects. The transfer of minority or female employee or trainees from Contractor to Contractor or project to project for the sole purpose of meeting the Contractor's goals shall be a violation of the contract, the Executive Order and the regulations in 41 CFR 60-4. Compliance with the goals will be measured against the total work hours performed. 3. The bidder shall make good faith efforts, as defined in Appendix A of 49 CFR Part 23, Regulations of the Office of the Secretary of Transportion, to subcontract fourteen (14) percent of the dollar value of the prime contract to small business concerns owned and controlled by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals (DBE). In the event that the bidder for this soliciation qualifies as a DBE, the contract goal shall be deemed to have been met. Individuals who are rebuttably presumed to be socially and economically disadvantaged include women, Blacks, Hispanics, Native Americans, Asian - Pacific Americans, and Asian -Indian Americans. The apparent successful competitor will be required to submit (with the bid) information concerning the DBE's that will participate in this contract. The information will include the name and address of each DBE, a description of the work performed by each named firm, and the dollar value of the contract. If the bidder fails to achieve the contract goal stated herein, it will be required to provide (with the bid) documentation demonstrating that it made good faith efforts in attempting to do so. A bid that fails to meet these requirements will be considered nonresponsive. 4. The Contractor shall provide written notification to the Director of the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs within ten (10) working days of award of any construction subcontract in excess of $10,000.00 at any tier for construction work under the Contract resulting from this solicitation. The notification shall list the name, address, and telephone number of the subcontractor, employer identification number, estimated dollar amount of the subcontract, estimated starting and completion dates of the subcontract, and the geographical area in which the contract is to be performed. I 5. As used in this Notice, and in the Contract resulting from this solicitation, the "covered area" is Monroe and Dade Counties, Florida. Danny L. Kolhage Clerk of the Board of County Commissioners Monroe County, Florida 04-405.20 .04 .10 A - 3 Rev. 8/22/88 1 0 F1 0 d H INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1. DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE REQUIREMENTS An amendment to Department of Transportation Regulation 49 CFR, Part 23 was published in the Federal Register on May 23, 1988, (53 Fed. Reg. 18285). The amendment, which became effective upon publication, requires compliance with the disadvantage business (DBE) provisions of Subpart D of the regulations. A single DBE goal, rather than separate goals for minority and women -owned firms (MBE/WBE), shall be included in bid solicitations subject to Subpart D. As such, all references in this Contract Document to MBE and/or WBE shall be replaced with DBE. 2. DESCRIP`PION OF WORK The work identified in the ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS consists of airport work to be performed by a qualified Contractor, as follows: Sealcoat Existing G/A Aircraft Parking Apron - Eastside Construct New G/A Aircraft Parking Apron - Westside Construct 200' Blast Pads and Stage I of Stabilized Safety Areas at Both Ends of RW 7/25 FAA Airport Improvement Program (AIP) Project No.: 3-12-0044-0788 The above general outline of features of the Work does not in any way limit the responsibility of the Contractor to perform all work and furnish equipment, materials, and labor required by the Plans and Specifications referred to therein. 3. EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE The Bidder is required to examine carefully the site of the Work and the Drawings, Specifications and other Contract Documents for the work contemplated at the Marathon Airport, Marathon, Florida, AIP Project No.: 3- 12-0044-0788. By submitting a Bid, the Bidder represents to the Owner that it has investigated and is fully informed of the conditions to be encountered, of the character, quality and quantities of Work to be performed and materials to be furnished and of all the requirements of the Plans, Specifications and other Contract Documents. A complete listing of the plan sheets follow. Project Plans Sheet No. Title 1 Title Sheet 2 Airport Layout Plan and Project Location 3 Construction Safety and Sequence Plan 4-6 Paving, Grading and Drainage Plans 7-8 Apron Sealcoating and Marking Plans 9 Typical Section and Details 10 Details 11-12 Lighting Plans 13 Lighting Details 14 Summary of Quantities 04-405.20 .04 .10 IB - 1 Rev. 8/22/88 F-I 4. OBLIGATION OF BIDDERS The Bidder must inform itself fully of the construction and labor conditions under which the Work is to be performed. The Bidder shall not be relieved of its obligation to furnish all material, equipment and labor necessary to carry out the provisions of the Contract Documents and to complete the contemplated Work for the consideration set forth in its Bid by reason and having failed to inform itself with respect to those matters. 5. ADDENDA - CHANGES WHILE BIDDING No interpretation of the Plans, Specifications or other Contract Documents or correction of any apparent ambiguity, inconsistency or error therein, will be made orally to any Bidder. Every request for such interpretation or correction must be in writing, addressed to the Engineer, Post, Buckley, Schuh. & Jernigan, Inc., 1 North Krome Avenue, Homestead, Florida, 33030and must be received at least seven (7) calendar days prior to the date fixed for the opening of Bids in order to be given consideration. All such interpretations, corrections and supplemental instructions will be in the form of written Addenda to the Contract Documents which, if issued, will be mailed by registered or certified mail, or sent by telegram, to all prospective Bidders (to the address furnished to the Owner by the prospective Bidder for such purposes) not later than five (5) calendar days prior to the date fixed for the opening of Bids. If the Bidder fails to acknowledge receipt of any such Addendum in the space provided in the Bid Form, its Bid will nevertheless be construed as though the Addendum had been received and acknowledged, and the submission of its Bid will constitute acknowledgement of the receipt of the same. Only the interpretation or correction so given by the Engineer in writing shall be binding, and prospective Bidders are warned that no other source is authorized to give information concerning, or to explain or interpret, the Contract Documents. 6. PREPARATION OF BIDS Bids shall be submitted on a reproduced copy of the attached Bid Form and shall include the required Bid Guarantee, Equal Opportunity Report Statement, Certification of Non -Segregated Facilities and information concerning MBE participation in the Contract. Do not remove the attached Bid Form from these Contract Documents. All blank spaces in the Bid Form shall be completed legibly and correctly in ink. The Bidder shall specify the Total Bid Price for the entire Work described in the Contract Documents. If the Bid is made by an individual, it must be signed in the name of the individual and state the individual's post office address and the name and address of every person interested in the Bid as principal. If the Bid is made by a firm or partnership, its name and address must be stated, together with the name and address of each member of the firm or partnership. If the Bid is made by a Corporation, the Bid must be signed by an authorized officer or agent, on behalf of the Corporation and the corporate seal must be affixed thereto. The officer or agent must also provide the state in which the Corporation is incorporated, the names and business addresses of the President, Secretary and Treasurer, evidence that the Corporation is in good standing in its state of incorporation 04-405.20 .04 .10 M - 2 3 Rev. 8/22/88 and in Florida, and evidence that the Corporation has registered with the Secretary of State of the State of Florida, as a foreign corporation for doing business in the State of Florida. ' 7. BID GUARANTY Each Bid shall be accompanied by a Bid Guaranty in the form of a cashiers' check made payable to the Owner or a Bid Bond in the form contained in the Contract Documents, duly executed by the Bidder as Principal having a Surety thereon a surety company fulfilling the qualifications described in Paragraph 12 below. The Bid Bond shall be written through a licensed Florida agency on behalf of a surety company licensed to do business in the State of Florida. The Bid Guaranty shall be in the amount not less than ten percent (10%) of the amount of the Total Bid Price. The cashier's check, or Bid Bond shall be submitted with the understanding that it shall guarantee that the Bidder will not withdraw the Bid for a period of ninety (90) days after the time and date fixed for the opening of Bids, that if the Bidder is provided with a Notice of Intent to Award the Contract, the Bidder will enter into a formal Contract with the Owner in the form. contained in the Contract Documents, that the Bidder will supply evidence of the authority of the person executing the Contract and Bonds to do so, that the required Contract Bonds, Certificates of Insurance, Equal Opportunity and Minority Business Enterprise data, certifications and submissions will be given, that all other Contract Documents will be executed in the form provided therein. If any of the foregoing requirements are not met, the Owner shall be entitled to the full amount of the Bid Guaranty as damages to the Owner resulting from the Bidder's failure to meet those requirements. Cashier's checks or Bid Bonds will be returned to all except the three apparent low, qualified, responsible, responsive Bidders within ten (10) days after the opening of Bids, and the remaining cashier's checks or Bid Bonds will be returned within three (3) days after the Owner and successful Bidder have executed the Contract Documents required by the Owner for the Work. Cash will not be accepted as a Bid Guaranty. 8. DELIVERY OF BIDS All bids shall be submitted in sealed envelopes bearing on the outside the name of the Bidder, the Bidder's address, the name of the Project for which the Bid is submitted, and the time and date fixed for the opening of Bids. The Bid Guaranty specified in Paragraph 6 above together with the Equal Opportunity Report Statement, Certification of Non Segregated Facilities and information concerning MBE participation, shall be enclosed in the sealed envelope with the Bid. The Bid shall be hand delivered or mailed, preferably by registered mail. If forwarded by mail, it shall be enclosed in another envelope addressed to.County Clerk Monroe County, 500 Whitehead Street Key West, Florida 33040. Bids received after the time and date specified in the Advertisement for Bids will not be considered, but will be returned unopened. 9. WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS No Bid may be withdrawn after it is submitted, unless the Bidder makes its request by letter or telegram and such request is received prior to the time and date fixed for the receipt of Bids. No Bid may be withdrawn for a period of 04-405.20 .04 .10 IB - 3 Rev. 8/22/88 ninety (90) days after the time and date fixed for the opening of Bids. 10. DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS Any of the following causes may be considered sufficient for the disqualification of a Bidder and the rejection of its Bid: a. Submission of more than one Bid for the same work by an individual, firm, partnership or corporation under the same or different names; b. Evidence of collusion between or among Bidders; C. Work for which the Bidder is committed by contract, which, in the Owner's judgment and sole discretion, might hinder or prevent the prompt completion of the Work under this Contract if awarded to the Bidder; d. Being behind on the approved completion schedule for any existing contracts with the Owner, in litigation with the Owner or having defaulted on a previous contract with the Owner; e. Any other cause which, in the Owner's judgment and sole discretion, is sufficient to justify disqualification of a Bidder or the rejection of its Bid. 11. REJECTION OF IRREGULAR BIDS Bids will be considered irregular and may be rejected if they show omissions, alterations of form, additions not called for, conditions, limitations, unauthorized alternate bids or other irregularities of any kind. The Owner shall have the right to waive any informalities or irregularities of Bids, or to reject any or all Bids. 12. NOTICE OF INTENT TO AWARD CONTRACT Unless all Bids are rejected, a Notice of Intent to Award the Contract will be provided to the qualified, responsible Bidder whose Bid is responsive to the invitation and is most advantageous to the Owner, price and other factors considered. If a conflict exists between the words and numerals of each Bid amount, the words, unless obviously incorrect, shall govern. 13. GUARANTY OF FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT A Performance Bond and a Payment Bond satisfactory to the Owner and in the form attached hereto, each in an initial amount of not less than the Total Contract Price, will be required of the successful Bidder for, among others, the following purposes: a. To guarantee faithful performance of the requirements of the Contract Documents, including all applicable warranties. 04-405.20 .04 .10 IB - 4 Rev. 8/22/88 1 tb. To guarantee the payment of all labor, materials, or supplies used directly or indirectly in the prosecution of the Work provided for in the Contract. The Penal Sum of the Performance Bond and the Payment Bond shall be increased or decreased during the course of the Work in the event that modifications, change orders or addenda increase or decrease the Total Contract ' Price so that the Penal Sum of each bond shall be in an amount equal to the completed Contract Price at the completion of the Work. The Bonds shall be exactly in the forms contained in the Contract Documents, i and written through a licensed Florida agency on behalf of a surety company licensed to do business in the State of Florida, meeting the following requirements: a. Qualification - Management and Strength: The Surety must be rated no less than "A" as to management and no less than XII as to strength, by the ' latest edition of Best's Insurance Guide, published by A.M. Best Company, Post Office Box 1107, Summit, New Jersey 07901. ' b. Qualification - Federal Project Approval: The Surety company executing the Bonds shall be on the current list of the U.S. Treasury Department as being approved by and for writing bonds for Federal projects in the amount not less than the Penal Sum of the Bonds provided to the Owner. ' C. Bonding Limit - Any One Risk: The bonding limit of the Sureties shall not exceed five percent (5%) of the policy holder surplus (capital and surplus) ' as listed by the aforementioned Bests Insurance Guide. The completed Bonds shall be delivered to the Owner with the executed Contract as required hereinafter in these Instructions to Bidders. Provisions for liquidated damages are provided in the Bid Form and Contract Documents. 14. POWER OF ATTORNEY AND COUNTERSIGNATURE Attorneys -in -fact who sign Bid Bonds, Performance Bonds and Payment Bonds, must file with such Bonds a certified copy of their power -of -attorney to sign the bonds. All bonds must be countersigned by a resident Florida agent of the Surety, with proof of agency attached. ' 15. EXECUTION OF CONTRACT The Bidder who received a Notice of Intent to Award the Contract shall, within ten (10) calendar days of the date of Notice of Intent to Award, execute and deliver to the Owner the Contract Agreement, the completed Bonds listed above, satisfactory evidence of all required insurance coverage, satisfactory evidence of compliance with the Bid Conditions pertaining to the Minority Business Enterprise Program (Appendix 2), and proof satisfactory to the Owner of the authority of the person or persons executing the Contract Agreement and the Performance Bond and the Payment Bond on behalf of the Bidder. The above documents must be furnished, executed and delivered before the Contract 04-405.20 .04 .10 IB - 5 Rev. 8/22/88 F Documents will be executed by the Owner. The Contract shall not be binding upon the Owner until it has been executed and approved by the Owner, approved by the FAA, and a copy of the fully executed Contract Documents is delivered to the Contractor. The Owner shall have the right to rescind its Notice of Intent to Award without liability, except for the return of the Bid Guaranty to the Bidder, at any time before the Contract Documents have been fully executed by all parties and delivered to the Contractor. 16. FAILURE TO EXECUTE CONTRACT - BID GUARANTY FORFEITED If the Bidder receiving a Notice of Intent to Award the Contract fails to execute and deliver to the Owner the Contract Agreement, the completed Bonds listed in Paragraph 12 above, the required evidences of insurance coverage, compliance with the Bid Conditions pertaining to the MBE Program (Appendix 2) and the evidence of authority to execute required in Paragraph 14 above, within ten (10) calendar days after the date of the Notice of Intent to Award, the Owner may elect to rescind the Notice of Intent to Award and shall be entitled to the full amount of the Bid Guaranty, not as a penalty, but in liquidation of and compensation for damages sustained. A Notice of Intent to Award may then be provided to the next most qualified, responsible Bidder whose Bid is responsive to the invitation and is most advantageous to the Owner, price and other factors considered. Otherwise, all Bids may be rejected. 17. NOTICE AND SERVICE THEREOF All notices given by the Owner or the Engineer, under the provisions - of the Contract Documents, shall be in writing and service of same may be by either of the following methods: a. By delivery of the notice to the Bidder or to any officer of the Bidder if Bidder is a corporation, or to any agent of the Bidder. b. By mailing the notice by United States mail to the address of the Bidder shown on the Bid. Notices given by the Owner or Engineer shall be effective upon mailing, if mailed. 18. FLORIDA SALES AND OTHER TAXES Work under this Contract is subject to the provisions of Chapter 212, Florida Statutes, Tax on Sales, Use and Other Transactions. Other state, local or federal taxes may be applicable. The Bidder is responsible to remit to the appropriate governmental entity all applicable taxes. Any applicable tax shall be included in the Total Bid Price by the Bidder. 19. MINIMUM WAGE RATES For Federally -assisted construction contracts, minimum wage rates for the construction of the proposed Work have been established by the U.S. Department of Labor, and schedules of labor classification and corresponding prevailing wage rates are included in Appendix 1, Part 1 - Wage and Labor Requirements of these 04-405.20 .04 .10 IB - 6 Rev. 8/22/88 E 1 t Contract Documents. In preparing a Bid, the Bidder shall make an appropriate allowance so that its wage rates will meet the minimum rates required for the Work. The Bidder shall not be relieved of its obligations under the Contract Documents by reason of having failed to make adequate provision for minimum required wage rates. 20. EQUAL OPPORTUNITY REPORT STATEMENT Each Bidder shall complete, sign, and submit together with its Bid the Equal Opportunity Report Statement following the Bid Form. A Bid may be considered unresponsive and may be rejected, in the Owner's sole discretion, if the Bidder fails to provide the fully executed statement, or fails to furnish the required data. ' 21. CERTIFICATION OF NON -SEGREGATED FACILITIES Each Bidder shall complete, sign, and submit together with its Bid the Certification of Non -Segregated Facilities following the Bid Form. A Bid may be considered unresponsive and may be rejected, in the Owner's sole discretion, if the Bidder fails to provide the fully executed statement, or fails to furnish the ' required data. 22. MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE DATA ' Each Bidder shall complete, sign, and submit together with its Bid the information form concerning MBE participation in the Contract following the Bid Form. A Bid may be considered unresponsive and may be rejected, in the tOwner's sole discretion, if the Bidder fails to provide the fully executed statement or fails to furnish the required data. The apparent low, qualified, responsible, responsive Bidder who receives a Notice of Intent to Award the Contract shall, within ten (10) calendar days of the date of Notice of Intent to Award submit all additional information required by the Owner's Minority Business Participation Policy to the Owner. This Policy is described in part in Exhibit A to these Instructions and is to serve as a guide to the Bidder and the Owner in award of this Contract. The Bidder, in meeting the guidelines of the Minority Business Participation Policy, is not relieved of its Equal Employment Opportunity obligations under state and Federal laws and regulations. If the Bidder is a Minority Business Enterprise and the percent of total dollar value of the Work it intends to perform meets or exceeds the MBE Goals established for this Contract, the Bidder need only complete the document 1 entitled, "Minority Business Disclosure Requirement" found at Exhibit B to these Instructions. For the Bidder's information, a list entitled, "Minority Contracting Agencies in ' Florida" is attached hereto as Exhibit C. 23. TIME OF COMPLETION The time of completion is of the essence of the Contract and, each Bidder, if 04-405.20 .04 .10 IB - 7 Rev. 8/22/88 delivered an executed Contract, shall proceed with the Work in accordance with the approved schedule and within the Contract time period specified in the Contract Documents. In the event of failure to complete the Work within the time specified, the Owner may assess damages as provided by law or the Contract Documents, unless an appropriate extension of time has been granted. The time of completion for this Contract shall be One Hundred Twenty (120) 10 Calendar Days. The Bidder's attention is directed to Paragraph 7.0 "Construction Sequencing and Contract Time" on Page PSR-9 of the Project Safety Requirements for more information concerning additional requirements and conditions in this connection. 24. RECORD DOCUMENTS The Contractor shall keep one record copy of the Contract Documents, Shop Drawings and samples at the site, in good order and annotated daily to show all changes made during the construction process. These shall be available to the Engineer for examination and shall be delivered to the Engineer for the County upon completion of the Work. Failure to maintain record documents current may be cause to withhold partial payment. 25. FEDERAL LAWS Contemplated construction shall be governed at all times by applicable provisions of Federal laws, including but not limited to the latest amendments of: 25.1 Equal Employment Opportunity Requirements Equal Employment Opportunity and Wage and Labor Provisions specified in Appendix 1. Each Bidder shall complete, sign and include in his Bid proposal the Equal Opportunity Report Statement and Certification of Non -Segregated Facilities. When a determination has been made to award the Contract to a specific Contractor as the apparent low, qualified, responsible, responsive Bidder, such Contractor shall furnish pertinent information regarding his own employment policies and practices as well as those of his proposed subcontractors as the FAA, the Owner, or the Secretary of Labor may require, prior to execution of the Contract. All such information required of a subcontractor shall be furnished by the Contractor. The Equal Opportunity Report Statement, Certification of Non -segregated Facilities, Equal Opportunity Clause, all other EEO requirements, and all applicable Wage and Labor Provisions shall be included in all non-exempt subcontracts entered into by the Contractor. No subcontract shall be awarded to a new noncomplying subcontractor. In addition, the Contractor will also insert in each of his subcontracts a clause requiring the subcontractor to include these provisions in any lower tier 04-405.20 .04 .10 IB - 8 Rev. 8/22/88 1 U I subcontract which they may enter into, together with a clause requiring this insertion in any further subcontracts that may in turn be made. ' 25.2 Minority Business Participation Minority Business Participation provisions, according to Appendix 2. ' As a prerequisite to the Owner receiving FAA's concurrence in award, and upon determination by the Owner to award the Contract to a specific Contractor as the apparent low, qualified, responsible, responsive Bidder, such Contractor shall ' furnish any additional information or reconfirm previously submitted information concerning the assurances outlined in Appendix 2 as the FAA or the Owner may require. ' 25.3 Fair Labor Requirements ' Labor provisions according to Part 152, Airport Aid Program, are attached and made a part of this document as Appendix 1. Minimum wage rates for the construction of the proposed Work have been ' established by the Secretary of Labor, U.S. Department of Labor. Schedules of Labor Classifications and corresponding Prevailing Wage Rates are included in Appendix 1. ' 25.4 Occupational. Safety and Health Requirements ' The Occupational, Safety and Health requirements as described or defined in the following Act, Regulation, or Advisory Circular shall apply to the execution of this construction Contract: ' Williams -Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, Public Law 91-596. ' Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations: Chapter 17, Occupational Safety and Health Administration; Part 1910, Occupational, Safety and Health Standards; and Part 1926, Safety and Health Regulations for Construction. FAA AC 150/5370-2A (8/2/76), Occupational Safety on Airports. ' 25.5 Anti -Kick Back Act ' All Contractors and Subcontractors shall comply with the Copeland "Anti -Kick Back" Act (18 U.S.C. 876) as supplemented in Department of Labor Regulations (29 CFR, Part 3) and as described in Attachment O, Procurement Standards, of ' the current Federal Register. 25.6 Clean Air Act of 1970 ' Contracts and subcontracts of amounts in excess of $100,000 shall require the recipient to agree to comply with all applicable Standards, Orders, or Regulations issued pursuant to the Clean Air Act of 1970, reference Attachment O, Procurement Standards of the current Federal Register. 1 04-405.20 .04 .10 IB - 9 Rev. 8/22/88 H 26. ADDITIONAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR APPARENT LOW, QUALIFIED, RESPONSIBLE, RESPONSIVE BIDDER Contractor assistance is essential to execute specific documents promptly to obtain FAA's concurrence in Contract Award, to execute a Contract with the Owner and to prepare for a Contractor's Notice To Proceed. Contractor is instructed to carefully examine the General Provisions and to understand what is expected during each phase of the Project's construction. The Owner will maintain the original Bid Form and Bid Bond on file for record purposes. The Contractor will be furnished six (6) copies of the Contract Documents by the Owner. The Contractor shall complete, execute and submit all required documentation within ten (10) Calendar Days to the Owner. Specific items that must be completed and executed are: o BID ITEMS - The Contractor shall confirm with the Owner Bid Items to be awarded in the final Contract, to confirm Total Contract Price. o CONTRACT, PAYMENT, PERFORMANCE AND GUARANTY BONDS - Complete in the amount of Total Contract Price, effective upon Owner execution of Contract. o EVIDENCE OF REQUIRED INSURANCE COVERAGE AND AUTHORITY TO EXECUTE - Complete. o BID CONDITIONS, MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE PROGRAM, Appendix 2 - Complete. Upon Owner's notification of concurrence in Contract award by FAA, the following items must be completed prior to issuance of a Notice to Proceed according to Paragraphs 80-02 and 80-03 of the GENERAL PROVISIONS: Owner: - Execute Contract Documents and forward copy to Contractor and FAA. Contractor: - Prepare detailed procurement and construction schedule for immediate submittal to the Owner and Engineer. Confirm all subcontractor names and material suppliers. Schedule shall be submitted to the Owner and Engineer for review at least five (5) working days (weekends excluded) prior to the scheduled date of the Preconstruction Conference. 04-405.20 .04 .10 IB - 10 Rev. 8/22/88 fl J H J EXHIBIT A The Owner has adopted the Minority Business Enterprise Participation Program, which is incorporated herein and is available from the Owner upon request, in order to comply with the U.S. Department of Transportation's Minority Business Enterprise Participation Regulation 49 CFR Part 23. The Bid Conditions appearing in Appendix 2 are also incorporated herein. It is the policy of the Owner that Minority Business Enterprises, as defined in 49 CFR Part 23, shall have the maximum opportunity to participate in the performance of this Contract. For this Contract, the Owner has established a Minority Business Enterprise ' Contract Goal of 11.0% for firms owned and controlled by minorities, and a Minority Enterprise Contract Goal of 3% for firms owned and controlled by women. Within ten (10) calendar days after the date for opening of Bids, the apparent, low, qualified, responsible, responsive Bidder shall be obligated, as part of its Bid, to reconfirm in writing to the Owner the information provided with its Bid concerning ' proposed MBE participation in this Contract. A Bid shall be considered unresponsive and may be rejected, in the Owner's sole discretion, if it does not include this information. In addition, the Bid shall be considered unresponsive to the Advertisement for Bids and may be rejected, in the Owner's sole discretion, if ' considered unresponsive to the Advertisement for .Bids and may be rejected if the Bidder is unable to demonstrate, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Owner, as required by the policy, that the Bidder made a sufficient reasonable effort to satisfy ' the Minority Business Enterprise Contract Goals established for this Contract. If the Owner determines that the lowest, qualified, responsible . Bidder whose Bid is responsive to the invitation and most advantageous to the Owner has not satisfied these Minority Business Enterprise Contract Goals, then the Owner may, in its sole ' discretion, consider the Bid unresponsive, reject the same, and may award this Contract to the next most qualified, responsible Bidder whose Bid is responsive to the invitation, whose Bid offers a reasonable price and who has met, or comes closest to ' meeting, these Minority Enterprise Contract Goals. A Bidder who fails to supply the required information may forfeit its Bid Guaranty. r IB-11 EXHIBIT B MINORITY BUSINESS DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENTS (Must be completed and submitted within ten (10) calendar days after Bid Opening by the apparent low, qualified, responsible, responsive MBE Bidder.) 1. Name of Company (firm, etc.): 2. Principal Office: (Street or P.O. Box) (City) (State) (Zip Code) 3. Telephone Number: (Area Code) 4. State in which you are authorized/registered to do business: (attach a copy of authorization/registration, including a copy of your business license). 5. Nature of business: 6. Years in business under the above. business name: 7. Percent of minority ownership (owned and/or controlled). 8. List the number of shares of stock issued and. subscribed to as of this date: a. b. 9. List any loans between Owners and between Owners and third parties relative to the business entity: 10. Identify ownership of your company (all) in the following terms: Minority Status Percent of Percent of Name Position (if applicable) Ownership Ownership 11. Identify all stock options or other ownership options that are outstanding: 12. Identify the company/corporation officers as to the following: a. Name & Title: IB-12 Responsibilities: ' b. Name do Title: Responsibilities: ' C. Name & Title: Responsibilities: ' 13. Name and title of individual who decides what job the firm will take: 14. Name and title of individual who obtains/negotiates and signs for bonds and insurance: 15. Established bonding limitation: 16. Name, address and telephone number of Bonding Company: Contact Person: 17. Type and quantity of equipment owned: a. Source of letters of credit: b. Banking institution: 18. Trade reference: 19. Indicate if previously certified as a Minority Business Enterprise (MBE). By whom: 20. What percentage of work to be performed by your company on this project: _% (Location of Project) Dollar Value: 21. What work will you perform on this project? 22. List five (5) of your most recent projects which demonstrate your qualifications for the work on this Contract. Type of Work Agency/Company Date $ Value Location IB - 13 23. Attach a copy of the following: a. Articles of Incorporation, b. Business Charter, C. Complete, current, audited (or unaudited) balance sheets, and d. Company's operating statements. All of the foregoing information should be in affidavit form and should be subscribed and sworn to by the authorized representative of your business and should contain the following statement at the close thereof, above the signature: The undersigned does hereby declare that the foregoing statements are true and correct and include all material information necessary to identify and explain the operation of (company name) thereof. Further, the undersigned does covenant and agree to provide current, complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed, the payment therefore, and any proposed changes in any of the arrangements hereinabove stated and to permit the audit and examination of the books, records and files of (company name) by authorized representatives of the Owner. I HEREBY FURTHER DECLARE AND AFFIRM that I am (title) and duly authorized representative of (name of firm) whose address is (address) I HEREBY DECLARE AND AFFIRM that I am a minority business as defined by the Department of Transportation/Federal Aviation Administration in the specifications for the work and that I will provide information requested by the Owner to document this fact. It is recognized and acknowledged that the statements herein are being given under oath and any material misrepresentation will be grounds for terminating any contract which may be awarded in reliance hereon. I SOLEMNLY DECLARE AND AFFIRM UNDER THE PENALTIES OF PERJURY THAT THE CONTENTS OF THE FOREGOING ARE TRUE AND CORRECT, AND THAT I AM AUTHORIZED, ON BEHALF OF THE ABOVE FIRM TO MAKE THIS AFFIDAVIT. (Date) (Affiant-Company's Authorized Rep.) STATE OF COUNTY AND CITY OF On this day of , 19 , before me (Title) , the undersigned officer, personally appeared (Name) , known to me to be the person described in the foregoing affidavit and acknowledged that she/he executed the same in the capacity therein stated and for the purpose therein contained. IN WITNESS THEREOF, I hereunto set my hand and official seal. NOTARY PUBLIC (NOTARY SEAL) My Commission Expires: IB - 14 J EXHIBIT C MINORITY CONTRACTOR AGENCIES IN FLORIDA United Minority Contractors Association of Florida 5121 Soutel Drive Jacksonville, FL 32219 Attn: Frederick Law Phone: 904/768-2314 (home) Broward County Minority Builders Association, Inc. 771 N.W. 22nd Road Ft. Lauderdale, FL 33311 Attn: Mr. Pat Larkin Phone: 305/792-1121 Minority and Women Business Affairs City of Miami 1390 NW 20 Street Miami, FL 33142 Attn: Adrian McBeth Dade County MBE Development 111 NW 1st Street #1710 Miami, FL 33128-1975 Attn: Milton Vickors Phone: 305/579-6380 Phone: 305/375-4132 Central State Association of Minority Contractors Post Office Box 5948 Orlando, FL 32855 Attn: Derrick Wallace Phone: 305/291-2850 Allied Minority Contractor Association 5800 NW 7 Avenue Miami, FL 33137 Attn: Douglas McKinnon State of Florida Minority Business Assistant Enterprises Office Larson Building 200 East Gaines Street Tallahassee, FL 32399-0950 Attn: Carolyn Wilson -Newton Rev. 1/26/88 IB-15 Phone: 305/754-4903 Phone: 904/487-0915 11 IBIDS I(This form must not be detached from the Contract Document) ' FOR: Monroe County Board of County Commissioners Monroe County, Florida r Submitted: / 7 /140VeW,9,6.B Z299 (Date) By: GENERAL. ASPHALT. CO.,, INC.. ' (Firm Name) ' Gentlemen: The undersigned, as Bidder, hereby declares that the only person or persons Interested in this Bid as principal or principals, is or are named herein and that no ' person other than herein mentioned has any interest in this Bid or in the Contract to be entered into; that this Bid is made without connection with any other person, company or parties making a Bid; and that it is in all respects fair and in good faith ' without collusion or fraud. The Bidder further represents that it has examined the site of the Work and ' informed itself fully in regard to all conditions pertaining to the place where the Work is to be done; that it has examined the Plans and Specifications for the Work and other Contract Documents relative thereto, has read all of the Addenda furnished prior to the opening of the Bids, as acknowledged below; and that it has otherwise fully ' informed itself regarding the nature, extent, scope and details of the Work to be performed. ' If provided with a Notice of Intent to Award the Contract by the Owner, the Bidder shall contract with Monroe County in the form of the Contract Agreement contained in the Contract Documents, furnish all necessary permits, licenses, materials, equipment, machinery, maintenance, tools, apparatus, means of ' transportation, and labor necessary to complete the Work within the specified Contract Time and as provided for in the Contract Documents to: Sealeoat Existing G/A Aircraft Parking Apron - Eastside; Construct New G/A Aircraft Parking Apron - ' Westside; Construct 400' Stabilized Safety Overruns RW 7/25; FAA AIP Proj. No. 3-12-0044-0788, Marathon Airport, Marathon, Florida; furnish the prescribed Performance Bond and Payment Bond in the form contained in the Contract ' Documents each for not less than the Total Contract Price; furnish the required evidence of the specified insurance coverages; furnish the required Minority Business Enterprise data and submittals; and furnish the proof of Authority to Execute required by Paragraph 14 of the Instructions to Bidders. If the Bidder fails or refuses to execute the Contract Documents, or furnish the Bonds and other required documents as set forth in the Instructions to Bidders within ten (10) calendar days after the date of the Notice of Intent to Award the Contract to BF-1 L it, the Bid Guaranty accompanying this Bid, and the money payable thereon shall become the property of the Owner. Otherwise, the Bid Guaranty will be returned to the Bidder. It is understood that the Bid prices stated by the Bidder In the Schedule of Prices Bid is based on the estimated quantities shown and will control in awarding the Contract as provided in the Contract Documents. The correct summation of the correct products, obtained by multiplying the estimated quantities shown in the Schedule of Prices Bid by the unit prices entered therein, will be considered as the Total Bid Price. In the event of a discrepancy between a unit bid price and its extension, the unit bid price will govern. It Is further understood that the quantities stated for the various items in the Schedule of Prices Bid are estimates only and may be increased or decreased as provided in the Contract Documents. Bidder must furnish complete Unit Price Bids on all of the Base Bid, Additive Bid and Alternate Bid Items in the blank spaces providedin the Schedule of Prices Bid. Accordingly, a Bid may be considered unresponsive and may be rejected, in the Owner's sole discretion, if the Bidder fails to submit a complete Bid. The Owner reserves the right of accepting or rejecting any Additive or Alternate Bid Items. The Bidder hereby further agrees if awarded the Contract, to commence the Work within ten (10) calendar days following the date of issuance of Notice to Proceed by the Owner, and complete the Work specified within the time limits set forth herein and in the Contract Documents, which time limits the Bidder acknowledges are reasonable. The Bidder agrees that upon issuance of the Notice to Proceed, he will complete the Work within the following Contract Time: 120 Calendar Days. If the Bidder fails to complete the Work within the scheduled time or l any authorized extension thereof, there shall be deducted from the Total Contract Price a sum consisting of Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) per calendar day plus all costs for any additional Resident Construction Observation, Engineer or Owner related expenses incurred for each calendar day elapsing beyond the specified time for Contract completion, in accordance with the Contract Documents as fixed, agreed, and liquidated damages. In any event, the Owner shall have the right to compensatory and consequential damages resulting from the Bidder's delay in completing the Work or otherwise resulting from the Bidder's failure to perform in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. Acknowledgement is hereby made of the following Addenda (identified by number) received since issuance of the Plans and Specifications: ADDENDUM NO. DATE ADDENDUM NO. DATE The Bidder declares that the Prices Bid herein reflect minimum wage rates established for the Monroe County, Florida area by the Secretary of Labor of the United States Department of Labor. The Bidder agrees to accept in full compensation for each Item, the' Price named therefore in the following Schedule of Prices Bid: BF-2 7 L' U Q o p o O C. Q LLJ O cc Oc �} O oa � N M H H H W U Q Z OC �a Q O H 40HH m= a O } W M '~.mQ H M W do O V fe O N C O Z O r N pf C d � C ..n a W r to U L IZ cmyr Fi a L r- 3 t O V X O T C Q b U Q H 4-J CJ 13 N «� 3 O 3 O r L b r 1 I O G O GJ .0 L rL 1•- f- . IY Q Oz mHZ r+ N M ►.r Z • W V M I Ln 1 Ln I %p t Ln 1 O O O N N a 1 I 1 1 1 C9 i a a a N N O !a M 1 LL co e 42 p o �00 �o 0 0 0 0 03 p 0 O 4 o a W c� N CDa H H .*I v **I H H H 1 0 tc 16 rr LLJ F- V O Z Z W � M 4AI 4orpi 4m H 4^1 1/! #^I 4b%l 40fol 4^1 4^1 40*1 H N I-- N 3 ►-+ cn >- >: >- >- > ¢ LL. >- LL- >- >- Imo. Q 1 m= . J . N . N . V . N . N W . J ~ . N . N . Nf . N1 J W O Z O$ 0 0 O$ O po QO~ 0 O Lei Q� t0 ul 3 LLM O .--1 r-4 ..- 4 N '-4 N W Z W F- Q O c.� J Q � W of O U O a� N V � O 1 Z ►-+ C CO v N V OG C C 04 W � co W O E W -C OJ W L C7 i� b y L O O S. r r td RJ O C 4 4 t C r O H L X O c.7 r L LL. W S O r a7 C U Ln m Q b V N N � Rf L V N W pp CD3 N r C r 4-► b 3 41 U U O 3 O 3 O C r C r r L tT C t r L > O 0 C yLy � I � 1 6 L 7 C 0.0 w �- m U C ++ W O N r V X L O O 6 'r OJ '• - OJ r �•+ r 4� r L CL O 7 "o O O L �- C V Lai m V J 1- I- m m Q Z &n LVcm .-• W O •-+ N M v Ln to 1- O M .Ni •M�1 .mod •U-)-1 i Z • M qw it 4w Ln Ln in Ln w Ln Ln LO w Ln Ln W V Z Z W W a~ I O O I Ltf 1 N Ln 1 N t!'f 1 Ln •-1L .-1 ..1 O . 11 p I q O 1 CV O 1 O N 1 Ln N 1 Q CD t In O 1 a- 4 Ln a--1 N O C10 Q LD LD to O t- t*- CL I C7 I a. I ti 1 d 1 a 1 ti 1 Z t Z 1 d 1 a 1 O. 1 M. I F- 1 O 1 O 0 0 L h L 0 LI f� m • • • ! S ♦ i A i a • i a WW p �CJ Iz �a O N c tyz' m >+ >+ D+ > w �+ E• o Qf Cs of N• eD �jY•W�� 1 rl � � � 1••1 � r C • o c a: ra ayo Ad N v C C .r C .r C .r .r .r U a in rn a. v°� m, Q r1 N c9 YJ W t� r �4 "! ! "I rl ..i • M � Lm Lo 1A IA t0 40 C7 a a a w a E= U G.7 i m �O N ' N r^ d' aW O� N•� oa NrrN N N U N If/ M 4AI 4AI M 1 IA M 4•► **1 M IA I 409 4*01-111 M M 404111 , W �v O ^ N a ri 1� N N I.* H M Vol M M W v M M M H M M M •• p J � s ►~•+ V! L- W W IL Q C/1 Q U. U- Q Q Q Q N V m= J J J ,-d J W J W J J W W W W J W s S H sa CO Ca W •-+ O Ln O O Ch O N .--I .-� N of N C' O tp •-+ .� .-� W • C o 1}- � CT 01 f+0'f pU-+ a 4A LLJ = ~ CO rr J O Cn O V CO W W c Lij S N N O LA- O I (A Ca J V p Z L 7 4-J O Z N • • p O- .-. 1 1 CU a N 10 W d SON• a b m N JW \ co cmU W Cn .--1 \ rl "ft Cr W 4) 41 Id V r• /n r- _ L) O w w\ •- L p t 4) t le p 1-- CA N U C VI 4) C t Ln Ln CU L U C = Z t - - O U w w N 4-) W iJ ++ N r- r- O O CU r- to u • 7 UI Ri +- C9 •C C r ~ V V a! W L O Cn O N W W r r O r- • id C C = • V V W C9 CC w J w .J w J 3 r w J O G tO C9 C9 O O O %. vl r CU r- �7 $ s I--F- ►-r ►.r CY W" X to CC o-r Z U > > U C9 i W N N Z Z Z f•- Yr. i m~ Z r. •� N M �T Ln %C 1,� CO CT QO ...I .•N-I rM-r .Q i Ln M et W! I N •-1 N N 10! 4 z cn Ln In u) Ln In to W) to In wl In In Ln In W U Z W W >. 0. 1 O CD I CO O I CO O 1 CO O 1 CO O 1 CO O 1 CT O 1 0% O 1 O .-4 I (D .--I 1 %o N 1 kn N 1 In N I U.) N I In N _ Q N) CL .-r 1 .-4 1 .4 1 rr I -4 I -4 1 r-1 1 -4 1 r4 1 .-d I P-4 1 .--I i r1 1 "4 I v-I I C9 J J J -J J J J J J -J J J J _J BASE BID For all work required in accordance with the applicable Plans, Specifications and other ' Contract Documents including the cost of the required Bonds and Insurancees, the undersigned submits a Total Bid Price of: EIGHT 90Nb2Eh ELEVEN r#dVUND HUNOW Foe.;y TWege ,wDsDOLLARS ($ 8 I 1 .443 ..SO ), broken down by unit prices, as shown in the preceding "Schedule of Prices Bid". Attached is a cashier's check drawn on the bank of or a Bid Bond on the standard form of the Owner for the sum of DOLLARS ($ TEN PERCENT OF ACCOMPANYING BID ) according to the requirements of the Instructions to Bidders, which check or Bid Bond is subject to the conditions and provisions thereof. (If Bidder is an individual, sign on thise line). (SEAL) (SEAL) Address (If Bidder is partnership, fill in name of partnership, followed by the signature of the the partner signing on behalf of the partnership.) Name and address of all partners: n A Partnership By: (SEAL) BF-7 If Bidder is a corporation, fill in the name of the corporation, followed by the signature of the officer signing of behalf of the corporation, followed by the officer's title.) The below Corporation is organized and existing under the laws of the State of FLO RI authorized by law to make this Bid and perform all work and furnish materials and equipment required under the Contract Documents, and is authorized to do business in the State of Florida. GENERAL ASPHALT CO.JN . By: 2AUSG - ,ee S (Of icial Tit e) (Affix Corporate Seal) A4 1 A M I FL .'z --P, i (, 4 Attest: A 6g;F- ,Secretary The full names and residences of persons or firms interested in the foregoing Bid as Principals or Officers (specifically include the President, Secretary, and Treasurer and state the corporate office held by all other individuals listed) are as follows: PCty7--r A . Lop&-z - PRts1P6W -- 41?90' 1j. W.-7ZAVE , M►AAiI_ FL. SiANLeY MA2Ks- Sic TA p -4-850 Nw-72AVJ MIAGi► 9-1 e NAQD 15MU-. T FASut26P— - Al. W- -72AVG 14laJ17l-(Z4- �V2T1S �cMfl.snA� - Assr- g cegta�93�SY� AI-W.72 Ave, AdI�1M I FL. i BF-8 !J 1 I 7 Bidder.GCNEFZAL A' :)P11rj.. i t'o ,, ! EQUAL OPPORTUNITY REPORT STATEMENT (Must be completed and submitted with the Bid) Each Bidder shall complete and sign the Equal Opportunity Report Statement. A Bid may be considered unresponsive and may be rejected, in the Owner's sole discretion, if the Bidder fails to provide the fully executed Statement or fails to furnish required data. The Bidder shall also, prior to award, furnish such other pertinent information regarding its employment policies and practices as well as those of its proposed subcontractors as FAA, the Owner, or the Executive Vice President of the President's Committee may require. The Bidder shall furnish similar Statements executed by each of its first -tier and ' second -tier subcontractors and shall obtain similar compliance by such subcontractors, before awarding subcontracts. No subcontract shall be awarded to any noncomplying subcontractor. 1 I r d 7 7 Equal Opportunity Report Statement as Required in 41 CFR 60-1.7 (b) The Bidder shall complete the following statements by checking the appropriate blanks. Failure to complete these blanks may be grounds for rejection of bid: 1. The Bidder has has not developed and has on file at each establishment affirmative action programs pursuant to 41 CFR 60-1.40 and 41 CFR 60-2. / 2. The Bidder has V has not participated in any previous contract or subcontract subject to the equal opportunity clause prescribed by Executive Order 11246, as amended. 3. The Bidder has N/ has not filed with the Joint Reporting Committee the annual compliance report on Standard Form 100 (EEO)-1 Report). 4. The Bidder does does not employ fifty or more employees. rC r4 i 0 f:� BF-9 GENERAL ASPHALT CO.. INC. (Name of Bidder) lk-PIAACT CO., Me Bidder. CERTIFICATION OF NON -SEGREGATED FACILITIES (Must be completed and submitted with the Bid) The Bidder certifies that it does not maintain or provide for its employees any segregated facilities at any of its establishments, and that it does not permit its employees to perform their services on any location under its control, where segregated facilities are maintained. The Bidder certifies further that it will not maintain or provide for its employees segregated facilities at any of its establishments, and that it will not permit its employees to perform their services at any location under its control, where segregated facilities are maintained. The Bidder agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the equal opportunity clause in this Contract. As used in this certification, the term "segregated facilities" means any waiting rooms, work areas, restrooms and washrooms, restaurants and other eating areas, timeclocks, locker rooms and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation and housing facilities provided for employees which are segregated by explicit directive or are in fact segregated on the basis of race, color, religion, or national origin, because of habit, local custom, or any other reason. The Bidder agrees that (except where it has obtained identical certification from proposed subcontractors for specific time periods) it will obtain identical certifications from proposed subcontractors prior to the award of subcontracts exceeding $10,000 which are not exempt from the provisions of the equal opportunity clause, and that it will retain such certification in its files. GENERAL ASPHALT CO.. INC. (Name of Bidder) Date: ) 7 o10 V em g L R 1 Q ep, Title: V BF - 10 - V] I Bidder. GENE�:L ASPHY L T '0 MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE DATA (Must be completed and submitted with the Bid) Contractor's Required Submission. Each prospective Contractor shall complete and include, in his Bid, the following proposed MBE subcontract work. Prior to award of the Contract under this solicitation, the prospective Contractor shall confirm efforts made, to the best of the Contractor's ability, to obtain MBE subcontract participation in this Contract and shall submit the following information concerning proposed and ' final MBE participation in the Contract. MINORITY SUBCONTRACTS ' Minority Subcontractors Subcontract Dollar Value of Names and Addresses Work Item Subcontract Work 1 'l 1 P E .E=ICA L_ D.0 7 I.(IC. E L E CTp- IcA LL 12 ,EatQ aN 4) 4 s soG . 7ti r So D A l NG 96zo s6v 7 4 ST �' 2 5, •ZoQ. oo �.� Total Dollar Value of Subcontract Work 0 /0 - . IS � Total Dollar Value of Basic Bid g I 1 q ,tip Percent of Total / 2 . q % ' WOMEN SUBCONTRACTS ' Women Subcontractors Subcontract Names and Addresses Work Item 1,24 *&Av - Am lllq/NmmnT �NG-S_.,�r ' 5"001 of/ coot-i De- E ' Total Dollar Value of Subcontract Work Total Dollar Value of Basic Bid Percent of Total A , 96 i Dollar Value of Subcontract Work - * -7 Z 11 . P J;q . bn pIIC. BF-11 1 Bidder: GENCRAL ASP -HALT CO..1N_C. LIST OF PROPOSED NON -MBE SUBCONTRACTORS (Must be completed and submitted with the Bid) Responsible for: CCE glA/v . 46F X CAVAUCH, L P R A I/V Name: CoIvs7' GO - Address: %J O• S(9X .fAA 1Z6 V 44/ZGO�. PG • 3303 7 Responsible for: Name: Address: Responsible for: Name: Address: LIST OF PROPOSED NON -MBE SUPPLIERS (Must be completed and submitted with the Bid) Responsible for: XGG,Mh=G/j 7'"fir- - Name: Den& AIVP 1;vC Address: 0 4 P D'g, (, 0r+cr-►/.�'L Responsible for: Name: Address: PD•�Ox S27�/�� /lf//�?�!/ ,c'L 33/s Z Responsible for: Name: Address: E BF - 12 E IBidder. MINORITY BUSINESS UNAVAILABILITY CERTIFICATION (Must be completed and submitted with the Bid for each unavailable MBE contracted) 1 I, , Name of Officer Title of , certify that on ' I contacted the following minority contractor Date to obtain a bid for the following work to be performed on: Forms of Bid Sought Minority Contractor Type of Work Unit Prices, etc.) To the best of my knowledge and belief, said minority contractor was unavailable (exclusive of unavailability due to lack of agreement on price) for work on this project, or unable to prepare a bid for the following reason(s): Signature: Date: s*sss* of (Name) (Minority Company Name) was offered an opportunity to bid on the above -identified work on (date) by ' The above statement is a true and accurate account of why I did not submit a bid on the project. Signature: Title: 7 BF - 13 Date: INFORMATION FOR DETERMINING JOINT VENTURE ELIGIBILITY (This form need not be filled in if all joint venture firms are minority owned.) _ 1. Name of joint venture 2. Address of joint venture 3. Phone number of joint venture 4. Identify the firms which comprise the joint venture. (The MBE partner must complete Exhibit "B" to the Instructions to Bidders.) (a) Describe the role of the MBE firm in the joint venture. (b) Describe very briefly the experience and business qualifications of each non -MBE joint venturer. 5. Nature of the joint venture's business 6. Provide a copy of the joint venture agreement. 7. What is the claimed percentage of the MBE ownership? 8. Ownership of joint venture: (This need not be filled in if described in the joint venture agreement, provided in question 6.) (a) Profit and loss sharing (b) Capital contributions, including equipment (c) Other applicable ownership interests 9. Control of and participation in this contract. Identify by name, race, sex and "firm" those individuals (and their titles) who are responsible for day-to-day management and policy decision -making, including, but not limited to, those with prime responsibility for: (a) Financial decisions BF-14 (b) Management decisions, such as: 1) Estimating 2) Marketing and sales 3) Hiring and firing of management personnel 4) Purchasing of major items or supplies (c) Supervision of field operations NOTE: If, after filing this disclosure and before the completion of the joint venture's work on the contract covered by this regulation, there is any significant change in the information submitted, the joint venture must inform the Owner, either directly or through the Bidder if the joint venture is a subcontractor. BF-15 e AFFIDAVIT The undersigned swear or affirm that the foregoing statements are correct and include all material information necessary to identify and explain the terms and operation of our joint venture and the intended participation by each joint venturer in the undertaking. Further, the undersigned covenant and agree to provide to the Owner current, complete and accurate information regarding actual joint venture work and the payment therefor and any proposed changes in any of the joint venture arrangements and to permit the audit and examination of the books, records and files of the joint venture, or those of each joint venturer relevant to the joint venture, by authorized representatives of the Owner or the Federal funding agency. Any material misrepresentation will be grounds for terminating any contract which may be awarded and for initiating action under Federal or State laws concerning false statements. Name of Firm Name of Firm Signature Signature Name Name Title Title Date Date BF - 16 7 n I ' FINAL RELEASE OF LIEN ' MONROE COUNTY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned for and in consideration of the payment of sum of DOLLARS ($ ), paid by Monroe County, Florida, hereinafter referred to as "Owner", receipt of which is hereby acknowledged as total and complete compensation for performance of the below -described Contract, does hereby fully and completely discharge and release the owner from and waives any and all debts, accounts, promises, damages, liens, encumbrances, causes of action, suits, bonds, judgments, claims and demands whatsoever, in law or in equity, which the undersigned ever had, now has or might hereafter have on account of labor performed, material furnished or services rendered, directly or indirectly, for the Contract between the parties dated , 19_, known as ' except for those claims, disputes and other matters arising out of or relating to said Contract which have been raised by written demand in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to this data and identified by the Contractor as ' unsettled in the final Application for Payment and are either in arbitration or court litigation, as the case may be, in accordance with the Contract Documents. The undersigned further covenants that subcontractors, suppliers and materialmen, and any or all other persons supplying materials, supplies, service or labor used directly or indirectly in the prosecution of the work provided for in the ' Contract, have been paid in full for all work under this Contract. The undersigned shall maintain in full force and effect the provisions of the ' Contract Documents respecting the guaranty against defective work, and any other special guaranties required by the Contract Documents, for the terms provided in the Contract Documents, which terms shall begin to run from the date specified in the Contract Documents. The undersigned represents and warrants that the statements contained in the foregoing Release are true and correct. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and seal this day of , 19_. ' WITNESSES: CONTRACTOR I H By: Title: STATE OF COUNTY OF Sworn to and subscribed before me this day of , 19_ NOTARY PUBLIC (NOTARIAL SEAL) My Commission Expires: FRL - 1 11 CI PERFORMANCE BOND FORM MONROE COUNTY, FLORIDA KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that GENERAL ASPHALT COMPANY, INC. , hereinafter called Principal, and SEABOA, a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Aeto and licensed to do business in the State of Florida, hereinafter called Su ety, are held and firmly bound unto Monroe County,_ Florida, hereinafter called Owner, in the Pens, Sum of Principal and Surety bind ourselves, our heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, Principal has by written agreement dated , 19 ' entered into a contract with Owner fo- 3-12-7oYy-o7,?R in accordance with the Contract Documents which are incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof, and are herein referred to as the Contract. WHEREAS, Surety is authorized to do business in the State of Florida. NOW, THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that if Principal: 1. Promptly and faithfully performs the Contract including, but not limited to, its warranty provisions in the time and manner prescribed in the Contract, and 2. Pays Owner all losses, damages (liquidated or actual), expenses, costs and attorneys' fees, including appellate proceedings, that Owner sustains resulting ' directly or indirectly from any breach or default by principal under the Contract, and 3. Pays Owner all losses, damages, expenses, costs and attorney's fees, ' including appellate proceedings, that the Owner sustains resulting directly or indirectly from conduct of the Principal including, but not limited to, want of care or skill, negligence, patent infringement, or intentionally wrongful conduct on the part of the Principal, its officers, agents, employees or any other person or entity for whom the Principal is responsible, then this bond is void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. ' In the event that the Principal shall fail to perform any of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Contract during the period in which this Performance Bond is in effect, the Surety shall remain liable to the Owner for all such loss or damage (including reasonable attorney's fees) resulting from any failure to perform up to the amount of the Penal Sum. In the event that the Surety fails to fulfill its obligations under this Performance Bond, then the Surety shall also indemnify and save the owner harmless from any and all loss, damage, cost and expense, including reasonable attorneys' fees for all trial and appellate proceedings resulting directly or indirectly from the Surety's failure to fulfill its obligations hereunder. This paragraph shall survive the termination or cancellation of this Performance Bond. PG-1 The Surety's obligations hereunder shall be direct and immediate and not conditional or contingent upon Owner's pursuit of its remedies against principal, and shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding (i) amendments or modifications to the Contract entered into by Owner and Principal without the Surety's knowledge or consent, (ii) waivers of compliance with or any default under the Contract granted by Owner to Principal without the Surety's knowledge or consent, (iii) the discharge of Principal from its obligations under the Contract as a result of any proceeding initiated under The Bankruptcy Code of 19789 as the same may be amended, or any similar state or federal law, or any limitation of the liability of Principal or its estate as a result of any such proceeding, or (iv) any other action taken by Owner or Principal that would, in the absence of this clause, result in the release or discharge by operation of law of the Surety from its obligations hereunder. The institution of suit upon this Bond is subject to not less than a four-year and not more than a five-year limitations period in accordance with Section 95.11, Florida Statutes. Any changes in or under the Contract Documents (which include the Plans, Drawings and Specifications) and compliance or noncompliance with any formalities connected with the Contract or the changes therein shall not affect Surety's obligations under this Bond and Surety hereby waives notice of any such changes. Further, Principal and Surety acknowledge that the Penal Sum of this bond shall increase or decrease in accordance with approved changes or other modifications to the Contract Documents. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and Surety have executed this instrument under their several seals on this 4 day of > , the name and corporate seal of each corporate party being hereto affixed and t� presents fully signed by its undersigned representative, pursuant to authority of its governing body. PG-2 fl P U r. 7 Signed, sealed and delivered in the presence of: -z, - - Zu ignature of i esident Agent) GENERAL A6PHALT COMPANY, INC. Principal By: (Official Titl ROYAL WEBSTE ... JR. Y10E PRESIDENT SEABOARD SURETY COMPANY, By: 6 ON140 Jr, tN� & f IDA RESI Title,, AGEti! (SEAL) Note: If Principal or Surety are corporations, the respective corporate seals should be affixed and attached. Attach a certified copy of Power -of -Attorney appointing individual Attorney -in - Fact for execution of Payment Bond on behalf of Surety. PG-3 f, Bidder: GEN-E-RAL ASP. HALT_ C0.1 INS 31- CERTIFICATE AS TO CORPORATE PRINCIPAL I, Cans SuPSON pssL -ECY, certify that I am the of the corporatiorbMeJW& n_cii al in the foregoing Performance and Payment Bonds; that iP:. who signed the said Bond 'on behalf of the Principal was then ME,PRESIDENT of said corporation; that I know (his, her) '8lgnaturc;- and (his, her). signature thereto is genuine, and that said Bond was duly signed, sealed and attested for and in behalf of said corporation by authority of its governing body. (Corporate Seal) Attach a Certificate of Insurance and/or Policy Binder indicating that Contractor has obtained Contractor's Liability and other required insurance. Attach a Certificate of Insurance and/or Policy Binder indicating that Contractor has obtained the required Owner's Protection Liability Insurance. PG-4 E NOTICE OF INTENT TO AWARD DATE: TO BIDDER: PROJECT: The Owner has reviewed the Bid submitted by you for the above described work in response to its Advertisement for Bids dated , and Instructions to Bidders. You are hereby notified that your Bid is being considered for acceptance for in the Total Amount of $ , subject to the availability of FAA funds. You are required by the Instructions to Bidders to execute the enclosed six (6) copies of the Contract Documents and furnish the required Contractor's Performance Bond, Payment Bond, evidences of all required insurance coverage and authority to execute plus satisfactory evidence of compliance with the Bid Conditions pertaining to the Minority Business Enterprise Program within ten (10) calendar days from the date of this Notice to you. If you fail to execute said Contract Documents and to furnish said Bonds and other required documents and information within ten (10) calendar days from the date of this Notice, said Owner will be entitled to consider all your rights arising out of the Owner's acceptance of your Bid as abandoned and as a forfeiture of your Bid Bond. The Owner will be entitled to such other rights as may be granted by law. You are required to return an acknowledged copy of this Notice of Intent to Award to the Owner. Dated this day of , 19 Monroe County, Florida Owner By: Director of Airports ACCEPTANCE OF NOTICE Receipt of the above Notice of Intent to Award is hereby acknowledged by this the day of , 19_ By: Title: NIA - 1 NOTICE TO PROCEED DATE: TO: PROJECT: You are hereby given notice to commence Work in accordance with the Contract Agreement dated , 19_, on or before , 19_, and you are to complete the Work within consecutive calendar days thereafter. The date of completion of all Work is therefore , 19 You are required to return an acknowledged copy of this Notice to Proceed to the Owner. Monroe County, Florida Owner By: Director of Airports ACCEPTANCE OF NOTICE Receipt of the above Notice of Intent to Award is hereby acknowledged by this the day of , 19_ By: Title: NTP - 1 L t it KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that we, the undersigned y- GENERAL ASPHALT COMPANY+:IN6 , as Principal, and SFABDARD SURETY COMPANY as Surety, are held and firmly bound into Monroe County, Florida, hereinafter called the "Owner", in the Penal Sum of DOLLARS ($ ) for the paymen o , well and truly to be made we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns firmly be these presents. SIGNED THIS DAY OF tiny 17 10 The condition of the above obligation is such that whereas the Principal has submitted to the Owner a certain Bid, attached hereto and made a part hereof, to enter into a Contract in writing for: Sealcoat Existing G/A Aircraft Parking Apron - Eastside; Construct New G/A Aircraft Parking Apron - Westside; Construct 200' Blast Pads and Stage I of Stabilized Safety Areas at Both Ends of RW 7/25; Marathon, Airport. NOW THEREFORE, a) if said Bid shall be rejected, or b) if ninety (90) days expire from the time and date fixed for opening of Bids before Notice of Intent to Award the Contract is given to Principal, or c) if Notice of Intent to Award the Contract is given to the Principal and the Principal shall, within ten (10) calendar days of the date of the Notice of Intent to Award the Contract, execute and deliver a Contract in the from of Contract Agreement contained in the Contract Documents, properly completed in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders, and shall furnish a Performance Bond for its faithful performance of the Contract, and a Payment Bond for the payment of all persons performing labor or furnishing materials or supplies in connection therewith, in the forms contained in the Contract Documents and shall provide satisfactory evidence of all required insurance coverage and shall provide evidence satisfactory to the Owner of the authority of the person or persons executing the Contract and all other documents on its behalf and shall provide the statements, certifications and data relating to Equal Employment Opportunity, Non -Segregated Facilities and Minority Business Enterprise identified in the Instructions to Bidders and shall in all other respects perform its obligations pursuant to the terms of the Bid, then this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall remain in full force and effect; it being expressly understood and agreed that the liability of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder shall, in no event, exceed the Penal Sum of this obligation as herein stated. The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations of said Surety and its Bond shall be in no way impaired or affected by an extension of the time within which the Owner may provide Notice of Intent to Award the Contract or within which the Principal or the Owner may execute, deliver, furnish, provide or perform its obligations and the Suretydoes hereby y waive notice of any such extensions. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have hereunto set their hands and seals and such of them as are corporations have caused their corporate seals to be hereto affixed and these presents to be signed by their proper officers, on the day and year first set forth above. Signed, sealed and delivered in the presence of: GENERAL ASPHALT COMPANY,1% Principal By: (Name and Titl (SEAL) -SEABOARD-SURETY. AGORNEY 1N M.1 & "WRESIDENI AGEM Note: If Principal or Surety are corporations, the respective corporate seals should be affixed and attached. IMPORTANT: Surety companies executing Bonds must appear on the Treasury Department's most current list (Circular 570 as amended) and be authorized to transact business in the state where the project is located. r � t BB-2 O 7 7 7 L 1 1 1 Bidder:GENERAL ASPHALT CO., 1ANG. ' CERTIFICATE AS TO CORPORATE PRINCIPAL ASS T certify that I am the4*Secretary of the corporation named as Principal in the foregoing Bid Bond; that 'feme- 57 who signed the said Bond on behalf of the Principal was then e//Cff_ — )5�eESi Oc.v j" of said corporation; that I know (his, her) signature, and (his, her) signature thereto is genuine, and that said Bond was duly signed, sealed and attested for and in behalf of said corporation by authority of its governing body. 7 ,4157 eeretary (Corporate Seal) STATE OF f- Lo R ► pA COUNTY OF pA O t Before me, a Not Public duly commissioned, qualified and acting personally, appeared JOHN K.PEPPER , to me well known, who being by me first duly sworn upon oath says that (he, she) is the attorney -in -fact for the SEABOARD SURUY COMPANX and that (he,' she) has - been authorized by to execute the foregoing Bid Bond on behalf of the Principal named therein in favor of the Owner. Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of �o� 17 1988 , C k N a lic, State of My Commission Expires: NOTARY PUBLIC STATE OF FLORIDA MY COMMISSION EXPIRES OCT. 31. 1990 BB-3 H iAFFIDAVIT (Continued) Date State of County of On this day of , 19_, before me appeared (name) to be personally known, who, being ' duly sworn, did execute the foregoing affidavit, and did state that he or she was properly authorized by (name of firm) to execute the affidavit and did so as his or her free act and deed. Notary Public Commission Expires (Seal) Date State of County of On this day of , 19_, before me appeared (name) , to be personally known, who, being duly sworn, did execute the foregoing affidavit, and did state that he or she was properly authorized by (name of firm) to execute the affidavit and did so as his or her free act and deed. Notary Public Commission Expires (Seal) BF-17 Codified Copy SEABOXM SU C010AW WW 3264 No. 1598 ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES, BEDMINSTER, NEW JERSEY POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That SEABOARD SURETY COMPANY, a corporation of the State of New York, has made, constituted and appointed and by these presents does make, constitute and appoint FAfflneth D. Gathings or Marvin Haven or Donald A. Kaplan or John K. Pepper or Kaaren Reagan or James H. Waters or Evanthia Qjesada or Barbara Tysinger of Coral Gables, Florida its true and lawful Attorney -in -Fact, to make, execute and deliver on Its behalf Irtsunnift policies, surety bonds, undertakings and other Instruments of similar nature as follows: Any and all bonds, undertakirxjs, recognizances and other writt obligations in the nature thereof; and any all consents required by the Dept. Of Transportation! State of Florida, incident to the release of retained percentages and/or final estimates. Without Limitations. 7his power of Attorney will remain in full force and effort as to the cit! the City Attorney of Fort Lauderdale, by Xed to t ive YOW Murante Poo "Ves- st re fk nfdP�6664#&Ml' i A gs and instruments for said purposes, when duly executed by the aforesaid Attorney -in -Fact, shall �e binding upon the said Company as fully and to the same extent as if signed by the duly authorized officers of the Company and sealed with its corporate seal; and all the acts of said Attorney -in -Fact, pursuant to the authority hereby given, are hereby ratified and confirmed. This appointment is made Pursuant to the following By -Laws which were duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the said Company on December 8th, 1927, with Amendments to and including January 15, 1982 and are still in full force and effect: ARTICLE VII, SECTION 1: 'Policies, bonds, rocogriftences, stipulations, consents of sully, und~" undeirtisk" and instruments MISS thereto Insurance Policies, bonds, recognizances, stipulations, consents of surety and underwriting undertakings of the Company, and releases, agreements and other writings relating in any way thereto or to any claim or loss thereunder, shall be signed in the name and on behalf of the Company (a) by the Chairman of the Board, the President, a Vice -President or Resident vice -President and by the Secretary. an Assistant Secretary. a Resident Secretary or a Resident Assistant Secretary; or (b) by an Attorney -in -Fact for the Company appointed and authorized by the Chairman of the Board, the President or a vice -President to make such signature; or (c) by Such other officers or representatives as the Board may from time to time determine. The seal of the Company shall if appropriate be affixed thereto by any such officer. Attorney -in -Fact or representative." IN WITNESS WHEREOF, SEABOARD SURETY COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed by one of its Vice - Presidents, and its corporate seal to be hereunto affixed and duly attested by one of its Assistant Secretaries, this ... day of ........... August .......................... 1985..' O(T,. Ai ....... %OR Attest: 19 SEABOARD SURETY COMPANY, 4L OrilE (Sealk.,24.ia .... a. - By Assistant retary ......................... STATE OF NEW JERSEY ViCe-President COUNTY OF SOMERSET ss.: On this,,,,-, . .......... day of .............................. AUgUSt .... 85 --------- * --------- before me personally appeared ................ M.c.1 .... ... M ... Kee ......... .... 119 . ....... ............................ • with whom I am personally acquainted, who, being •b"y' .... m ... e ... duly .1. y. ... sworn, .. .. ... . a Vice -President of SEABOARD SURETY COMPANY, said that he resides in the State of !W..Jersey.f . oregoing that he is a Vice -President of SEABOARD SURETY COMPANY, the corporation described in and which executed the .. instrument; that he knows the corporate seal of the said Company; that the seat affixed to said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said Company; and that he signed h.'s name thereto as Vice -President of said Company by like authority. FELICE M. CATALANO (Seal) NOTARY PUBLIC OF NEW JERSEY . ........ . .... ......... My COMM'sSiOn EXP, June 4, 1991 C E R T F I Co A T E Notary Public 1, the undersigned Assistant Secretary of SEABOARD SURETY COMPANY do hereby certify that the original Powerof Attomeyof which the foregoing is a full, true and correct copy, is in full force and effect on the date of this Certificate and I do further certify that the vice -President who executed the said Powerof Attorney was one of the Officers authorized by the Board of Directors to appoint an attorney -in -fact as provided in Article VII, Section 1, of the By -Laws of SEABOARD SURETY COMPANY. This Certificate may be signed and sealed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution of the Executive Committee of the Board of "RESOLVED: (2) That the use of a Printed facsimile of the corporate seal of the Company and of 970 Directors of SEABOARD SURETY COMPANY at a meeting duly called and hold on the 25th day of March I Assistant Secretary on any VII, Section 1, of the By -Laws -in-fact to sign in the name and on behalf of the Company surety bonds, underwriting undertakings or other appointing and authorizing an attorney President pursuant to Article certification of the correctness of a copy of an instrument executed by the President or a vice the signature of an instruments described in said Article VII, Section 1. with like effect as if such seal and such signature had authorized and approved.- been manually affixed and made, hereby is IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and attLx S ................ ............ corporate seal of the Company to these presents this '(70 ............................... .19 ............ .......... day of .................NOV... 1927 ataIn ary orm 95 (Rev. sill M 'W(?r-v rm,/,.:* t 1�k for,hr, P 11 ICONTRACT AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT made and entered into this k �`j day of :JPeEr2j be r . in the year 19 , by and between Monroe County, Florida, as party, .of the First part,. hereinafter called the Owner, and ' NERA1. ASPHALT COs IQSRarty of the Second Part, hereinafter called Contractor. WITNESSETH, that the Contractor, for and in consideration of the payments ' hereinafter specified and agreed to be made by the Owner, hereby covenants and agrees to furnish and deliver all of the materials and supplies, to do and perform all of the work and labor required to Sealcoat Existing G/A Aircraft Parking Apron Eastside; Construct New G/A Aircraft Parking Apron - Westside; Construct 200' Blast ' Pads and Stage I of Stabilized Safety Areas at Both Ends of RW 7/25 at the Marathon Airport and complete the Work within a Total Contract Time of One Hundred Twenty (120) Calendar Days in conformity with the Plans, Specifications and all other ' Contract Documents on file at the Office of the Director of Airports, Key West, Florida, and at the Airports Manager's office Marathon, Florida, which Plans, Specifications and other Contract Documents are incorporated herein and made a part of this Agreement with the same effect as if they had been set forth fully in the body ' of this Agreement. The Contractor agrees to make payment of all proper charges for labor, materials, supplies and services required in the aforementioned work, and to defend, indemnify, and save harmless the Owner and all their members, officers, agents, employees and servants, and each and every one of them, against and from all suits ' and costs of every kind and description, and against and from all damages to which the Owner or any of its members, officers, agents, employees or servants may be put, by reason of injury to the persons or property of others resulting from the performance of the Work, or through the Negligence of the Contractor, or through any improper or defective machinery, implements or appliances used by the Contractor in the Work or through any act or omission on the part of the Contractor, its agents, employees, servants or any other person or entity for whom the Contractor is responsible. H If the Contractor shall fail to comply with any of the terms, conditions, provisions, or stipulations of this Contract, according to the true intent and meaning thereof, then the Owner may avail itself of any or all remedies provided in the Contract and shall have the right and power to proceed in accordance with the provisions thereof. It is also understood and agreed that the acceptance of final payment by the Contractor shall be considered as a release in full of all claims against the Owner or any of its members, officers, agents, employees or servants directly or indirectly arising out of, or by reason of, the work or labor performed or the materials, services or supplies furnished under this Contract. In consideration of the premises, the Owner will pay to the Contractor for the said Work, when fully completed, the Total Contract Price of E/C7NT I ��DOLLARS as provided for in the Contract Documents. Payments shall be made at the unit prices and/or lump sums specified for the various Bid Items in the Contractor's Schedule of Prices Bid, as provided for and upon the terms set forth in the Contract Documents. It is understood that the total amount to be paid shall be based on the said unit prices and/or lump CA - 1 11 HI sums contained in said Schedule of Prices Bid and made a part of this Agreement for the work actually completed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Unless otherwise declared in an addendum hereto, Contractor warrants to Owner that no member, officer or employee of the Owner has any material interest (as defined in Section 112.312 (1), Florida Statutes), either directly or indirectly, in the business of the Contractor to be conducted hereunder, and that no such person shall have any such interest at any time during the term hereof. This Contract shall be binding upon the Owner, its successor or successors, and upon the Contractor and its heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, and is voidable and may be terminated by the Owner, in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents which are made a part of this Agreement, or if the provisions of the statutes relative thereto are not complied with. ;.f., CA-2 F� (Use this page if the Contractor is a Corporation) IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Monroe County, Florida, has caused this Contract to be executed in its name by //), 6/" ,ej and has caused the seal of said Owner to be hereto attached; and the said party of the Sec IIdd��Part has caused this Contract to be executed in its name by =ERT A. L8.PEz P attested by ,ROYAL S. WEBSTER, JR. , and has caused the seal of said corporation to be hereunto attached, all on the day and year first above written. Signed, sealed and delivered in the presence of: As to party of the First Part APP, R_i °VEP Ai 70 PAM By ^ A,1 -rney,V Ofts r As'to party he Se and Part yMfonro County, Florida B /r% % • Y: ATTEST: DANNY L. KOLHAGE, Clerk By: y ,N.ER AiSALT CO., IIV_C. By: ATTEST: By: �X (P y of the Second Part) CA-3 A �l (Use this page if the Contractor is a Partnership or an Individual) IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Monroe County, Florida, has caused this Contra to be executed in its name by the and has caused the al of said Owner to be hereto attached; and the said party of the Second Part has reunto set hand and seal all on th day and year first above written. Signed, sealed and delivered in the presence of: As to party of the First Part to party of the By: ATTEST: By: CA-4 County, Florida (Party of the Second Part) (SEAL) (SEAL) (SEAL) (SEAL) PAYMENT BOND FORM MONROE COUNTY, FLORIDA KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that GENERAL ASPHALT COMPANY.-INC• hereinafter called Principal, and SEABOARD SURETY COMM' a a corporation organized and r the aws of the State of , having its home office in the City of Eck=k and licensed to do business in the State of Florida, hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto Monroe County, Florida, hereinafter called Owner, for the use and benefit of claimants as hereinbelow defined in the Penal Sp In09A�� T /�UrVI).P= lt'�i40 7Nc7u3AAJ D Fp�p �10 �� JDlQ7y �QE� i�` Sig 7 i • --% TAT T A Tf n /A r. • i .. _ • w payment of which sum well and truly to be made, Principal and Surety bind ourselves, our heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, Principal has by written agreement dated 19 , entered into a contract with Owner for py ip i 4 Zz /ot-O�—y� hin accordance with the Contract Documents which are incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof, and are herein referred to as the Contract. WHEREAS, Surety is authorized to do business in the State of Florida. NOW, THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that if Principal shall promptly make payments to all claimants as defined in Section 255.05(1), Florida r� Statutes, supplying Principal with labor, materials, or supplies, used directly or indirectly by Principal in the prosecution of the work provided for in the Contract, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise, it shall remain in full force and effect subject, however, to the following conditions: 1. This bond is furnished for the sole purpose of complying with the requirements of Section 255.05, Florida Statutes. .r 2. It is a specific condition of this bond that a claimant's right of action on the bond is limited to the provisions of Section 255.05, Florida Statutes, including, but not limited to, the one-year time limitation within which suits may be brought. Therefore, a claimant, except a laborer, who is not in privity with the Contractor and who has not received payment for his labor, materials or supplies shall, within fourth -five (45) days after beginning to furnish labor, materials or supplies for the prosecution of the work, furnish the Contractor with a notice that he intends to look to the bond for protection. A claimant who is not in privity with the Contractor and who has not received payment for his labor, materials or supplies shall within ninety (90) days after performance of the labor or completion of delivery of the materials or supplies, deliver to the Contractor and to the Surety written notice of the performance of the labor or delivery of the. materials or supplies and of the nonpayment. No action for the labor, materials or supplies may be instituted against the Contractor or the Surety unless both notices have been given. No action shall be instituted against the Contractor or the Surety on the bond after one (1) year from the performance of the labor or completion of the delivery of the materials or supplies. 3. The Surety's obligations hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding (i) amendments or modifications to the Contract entered into PB-1 .., by Owner and Principal without the Surety's knowledge or consent, (ii) waivers of compliance with or any default under the Contract granted by Owner to Principal without the Surety's knowledge or consent, (iii) the discharge of Principal from its obligations under the Contract as a result of any proceeding initiated under The Code of 1978, as the same may be amended, or any similar state or federal Nib - Bankruptcy law, or any limitation of the liability of Principal or its estate as a result of any such proceeding, or (iv) any other action taken by Owner or Principal that would, in the absence of this clause, result in the release or discharge by operation of law of the Surety from its obligations hereunder. 4. Any changes in or under the Contract Documents (which include the W Plans, Drawings and Specifications) and compliance or noncompliance with any formalities connected with the Contractor the changes therein shall affect Surety's obligations under this Bond and Surety hereby waives notice of any such changes. rNP% Further, Principal and Surety acknowledge that the Penal Sum of this Bond shall increase or decrease in accordance with the approved changes or other modifications to the Contract Documents. up% IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and Surety have executed this instrument under their several seals on this _� day of Frig , �' the name and corporate seal of each corporate party being hereto affixed and these presents fully .�.. signed by its undersigned representative, pursuant to authority of its governing body. Signed, sealed and delivered GENERAL ASPHALT COMPANY& INC. Principal By: UN (Name and Tit (SEAL, ,ROYAL S. WEBSTER, JR, CEP -RESIDENT COMPANX up n "(SEAL) ATTORNEY IN FACT & FLORIDA RESIDENT A6EM Note: If Principal or Surety are corporations, the respective corporate seals should be affixed and attached. Attach a certified copy of Power -of -Attorney appointing individual Attorney -in - Fact for execution of Payment Bond on behalf of Surety. PB-2 IBidder: GENERAL ASPHALT CO., INC. F1 j Ll CERTIFICATE AS TO CORPORATE PRINCIPAL AS.&T. SECY, I, MRTIS SIMPSON , certify that I am the-Seeretery- of the corporation named as Principal in the foregoing Performance and Payment Bonds; that ROYAL S. WEBSTER, Jk who signed the said Bond on behalf of the Principal was then VJCE PRESIDENT of said corporation; that I. know (his, her) signature, and. (his, her) signature thereto is genuine, and that said Bond was duly signed, sealed and attested for and in behalf of said corporation by authority of its governing body. A J ASS .. SEC (Corporate Seal) Attach a Certificate of Insurance and/or Policy Binder indicating that Contractor has obtained Contractor's Liability and other required insurance. Attach a Certificate of Insurance and/or Policy Binder indicating that Contractor has obtained the required Owner's Protection Liability Insurance. PB-3 "t��• J U J I U U CASUALTY INSURANCE BINDER LIBERTY MUTUAL. INSURED MONROE COUNTY 500 WHITEHEAD STREET - ADDRESS__ KEY WEST FL 33040 Pending the issuance of the policy or policies of the type or types described below, LIBERTY MUTUAL INSURANCE GROUP agrees to insure the insured, but only for the coverages and hazards indicated, in accordance with the provisions of the policy or policies in current use by it. The limit of the Company's Liability or Amount of Insurance against each such coverage and hazard shall be as stated herein, subject to all the terms of the policy having reference thereto, and no insurance is provided for coverages or hazards for which no such limit or amount is stated. Issuance of the executed policy or policies voids this binder as of the effective date of such policy. This binder may be canceled (1) by the company by written notice to the insured at the address shown above stating when thereafter such cancelation shall be effective, or (2) by the insured by mailing written notice to the company stating when thereafter such cancelation shall be effective. This binder shall be effective on FEBRUARY 3. 1989 at 12 : 01 AM., and, unless previously canceled, shall expire on APRIL 3. 1989 ,at 12:01 o•clock A.M. Standard Time, at the address of the insured. I POLICY POLICY NUMBER TYPE OF POLICY LOCATION SYMBOL. (TOO[A Womo) NUMWX LOCATIONS TO WHICH BINDER APPLIES TF OWNERS' AND CONTRACTORS' MARATHON AIRPORT MARATHON, FL AIR PROJECT #3-12-0044-0788 UNITS OF UABIUTYOR W"KM' COMPENS/ NORURV DOMPENSRIDN�.AND pE�MIIMBMRS' LIABQdTY 11MIT OF LIMUTY — COVEOW 8 i BODILY INJURY BY ACCIDO Z: n EACH ACCIDENT BODILY INJURY BY DISEASE f EACH PERSON BODILY INJURY BY DISEASE S POLICY LIMIT ITION,!MPLOYERS' LIABILITY AND GENERAL LIABILITY HAZARDS: ' GENERAL LIABILITY - BODILY INJURY LIMITS PROPERTY DAMAGE UNITS LOCATOR MAZARW EACH AGGREGATE Np A"NECAW URIIT MR EUXATORfONCERTAIN NrM RUNNER C0K*E0 OCCURRENCE FbR PRODUCTS rmts s-OKRATwm HAZARN 1500,000 - ' EACH OCCURRENCE AGOOMIR 500,000 500, 000 :, 000, 000 z 'Hazards insured at each location are specified in the "Hazards Covered" column by number: 1. Premises Operation —Elevators; 2. Independent Contractors --Protective; 3. Products — Completed Operation; 4. Contractual; 5. Medical Payments POLICY SPECIAL PROVISIONS OR AMOUNTS'OF INSURANCE FOR OTHER CASUALTY POLICIES SYMBOL TF DESIGNATION OF CONTRACTOR: GENERAL ASPHALT, CO. P.O. BOX 52-2306 MIAMI, FL 33152 This binder when duly countersigned is issued on behalf of LIBERTY MUTUAL INSURANCE GROUP herein referred to as the Company as respects the indicated coverages under forme customarily written in such Company. O.R. MA27F CTF.PTiFNC LIBERTY MUTUAL INSURANCE GROUP ,104-7-4- MC•[ • A ' .. ...... .... ..... ..... Count Aut Repreeeutative >e nB R* Printed in US.A. SALES REP AND SALES OFFICE H B POU UING OFFICE S. DIVISION I NEW OR REM. 'NEW TYPED BY DATE R.B. 2/3/89 ti: noicete oY insurance THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION LTrILY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON YOU THE CERTIFICATE MOLDER,. THIS CERTIFCATE IS NOT AN INSURANCE POLICY AND DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND, OR ALTER TIE COVERAGE AFFDRDED BY THE POLICIES LISTED BELOW. This Is to Certity that LIBERTY GENERAL ASPHALT CO., INC. MUTUAL - Name and P.O. BOX 52-2306 •-- address of MIAMI, FL., 33152 Insured. L is, at the issue date of this certificate, insured by the Company under the policy(ies) listed below. The insurance afforded by the listed policy(ies) is subject to all their terms, exclusions and conditions and is not altered by any requirement, term or condition of any contract or other document with respect to which this car- tificate may be issued. TYPE CERT. EXP. DATE * LIMIT OF O CONTINUOUS POLICY OF POLICY O EXTENDED O POLICY TERM NUMBER LIABILITY COVERAGE AFFORDED UNDER W.C. EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY LAW OF THE FOLLOWING STATES: Bodily Injury By AceWent WORKERS' 100,000 Ea. Acc. Bodily Injury By Disease COMPENSATION 1 / 1 / 90 WC1-151-410483-019 FLORIDA 100,000 Ea. Person Bodily Injury By Disease 0 Pol. Limit General Aggregate -Other than Products/Completed Operations 2,000,000 Products/Completed Operations Aggregate 1,000,000 C Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability W d� ❑ CLAIMS MADE 1,000,000 per occurrence Personal and Advertising Injury J _ J "e°ATE '"° 1 000 000 p°r person!,Z — D Other WJ 50,000 FIRE LEGAL ® OCCURRENCE 1/1/90 1-151-410483-029 5,000 MED PAY SPECIALIEXCL. ENDORSEMENTS O� CI OWNED $ 1,000,000 EACH ACCIDENT -SINGLE LIMIT-B.I. AND P.D. COMBINED $ EACH PERSON 5m ® NON -OWNED <� HIRED 1 1/1/90 1-151-410483-049 EACH ACCIDENT EACH ACCIDENT OR OCCURRENCE $ OR OCCURRENCE W O LOCATION(S) OF OPERATIONS d JOB / (H Applicable) DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS: FOR OPERATIONS AT MARATHON AIRPORT, MARATHON, FLA. AIR PROJECT #3-12-0044-0788 * If the certificate expiration date is continuous or extended term, you will be notified B coverage Is terminated or reduced before Me certificate expiration date, however, you will not be notified annually of the continuation of coverage. liberty Mutual NOTICE OF CANCELLATION: THE COMPANY WILL NOT TERMINATE OR brranOQ Group REDUCE THE INSURANCE AFFORDED UNDER THE ABOVE POLICIES UNLESS DAYS NOTICE OF SUCH TERMINATION OR REDUCTION HAS BEEN MAILED TO: ADDITIONAL INSURED: F MONROE COUNTY CERTIFICATE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS HOLDER—* 500 WHITEHEAD ST. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE f KEY WEST, FLA. 33040 2/3/89 zr MIAMI 554 Li L DATE ISSUED OFFICE APPENDIX ' PART 1 - WAGE AND LABOR REQUIREMENTS a. Mimimum Wages. (1) All laborers and mechanics employed or working upon the site of the work will be paid unconditionally and not less of ten than once a week, and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any account (except such payroll deductions as ' are permitted by regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act (29 CFE Part 3)), the full amount of wages and bona fide fringe benefits (or cash equivalents thereof) due at time of payment computed at rates not less than those contained in the wage determination of the Secretary of Labor which is attached hereto and made a part hereof, regardless of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between the contractor and such laborers and mechanics. Contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated for bona fide fringe ' benefits under section 1(b) (2) of the Davis -Bacon Act on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to 'Laborers or mechanics, subject to the provi- sions of subparagraph a.(4) below; also, regular contributions made or costs incurred for more than a weekly period (but not less often than quarterly) under plans, funds, or programs which cover the particular weekly period, are deemed to be constructively made or incurred during such weekly period. Such laborers and ' mechanics shall be paid the appropriate wage rate and fringe benefits on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed, without regard to skill, except as provided in paragraph d. of this clause. Laborers or mechanics performing work in more than one classification may be compensated at the rate ' specified for each classification for the time actually worked therein: ?rovided, That the employer's payroll records accurately set forth the time spent in each ' classification in which work is performed. The wage determination (including any additional classification and wage rates conformed under a.(2) of this section) and the Davis -Bacon poster (WH-1321) shall be pasted at all times by the contractor and its subcontractors at the site of the work in a prominent and accessible place where it can easily be seen by the workers. (2) (i) The contracting officer shall require that any class of laborers or mechanics which is not listed in the wage determination and which is to be ' employed under the contract shall be classified in conformance with the wage determination. The contracting officer shall approve an additional classification and wage rate and fringe benefits therefor only when the following criteria have been met:_ - ' (A) The work to be performed by the classification requested is not performed by a classification in the wage determination; and (B) The classification is utilized in the area by the construc- tion industry; and (C) The proposed wage rate, including any bona fide fringe benefits, bears a reasonable relationship to the wage rates contained in the wage tdetermination. (ii) Tf the contractor and the laborers and mechanics to be employed in the classification (if known), or their representatives, and the contracting officer agree on the classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), a report of the action taken shall be sent by the contracting officer to the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division, Employment Standards Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, Washington, D.C. ' 20210. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will approve, modify, or disapprove every additional classification action within 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary. (Approved by the Office.of Management and Budget under OMB control number 1215-0140.) (iii) In the event the contractor, the laborers or. mechanics to be employed in the classification or their representatives and the contracting officer do not agree on the proposed classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), the contracting officer shall refer the questions, including the views of all interested parties and the recom- AP1-1 mendation of the contracting officer, to the Administrator for determination. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will issue a determination within 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary. (approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control number 1215-0140. ) (iv) The wage rate (including fringe benefits where appropriate) determined pursuant to subparagraphs (2)(11) or (iii) of this paragraph, shall be paid to all workers performing work in the classification under this contract from the first day on which word: is performed in the classification. (3) Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the contract for a class of laborers or mechanics includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed as an hourly rate, the contractor shall either pay the benefit as stated in the wage determination or shall pay another bona fide fringe benefit or an hourly cash equivalent thereof. (4) If the contractor does not make payments to a trustee or other third person, the contractor may consider- as part of the wages of any laborer or mechanic the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing bona fide fringe bene- fits under a plan or program, Provided, That the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written request of the contractor, that the applicable standards of the Davis -Bacon Act have been met. The Secretary of Labor may require the contractor to set aside in a separate account assets for the meeting of obligations under the plan or program. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control number 1215-0140.) b. Withholding. The FAA or the sponsor shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor withhold or cause to be withheld from the contractor under this contract or any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other federally -assisted contract subject to Davis -Bacon prevailing wage requirements, which is held by the same prime contractor, so much of the accrued payments or advances as may be con- sidered necessary to pay laborers and mechanics, including apprentices, trainees, and helpers, employed by the contractor or any subcontractor the full amount of wages required by the contract. In the event of failure to pay any laborer or mechanic, including any apprentice, trainee, or helper, employed or working on the site of work, all or part of the wages required by the contract, the Federal Aviation Administration may after written notice to the contractor, sponsor, applicant, or owner, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension - of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds until such violations have ceased._ —� c. Payrolls and Basic Records. (1) Payrolls and basic records relating thereto shall be maintained by the contractor during the course of the work and preserved for a period of three years thereafter for all laborers and mechanics working at the site of the work. Such records shall contain the name, address, and social security number of each such worker, his or her correct classification, hourly rates of wages paid (including rates of contributions or costs anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits or cash equivalents thereof of the types described in section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis -Bacon Act), daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made and actual wages paid. Whenever the Secretary of Labor has found under paragraph a(4) of this clause that the wages of any laborer or mechanic include the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a plan or program described in section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis -Bacon Act, the contractor shall maintain records which show that the commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable, that the plan or program is financially responsible, and that the plan or program has been communicated in writing to the laborers or mechanics affected, and records which show the costs anticipated or the actual costs incurred in providing such benefits.] Contractors employing apprentices or trainees under approved programs shall main- tain written evidence of the registration of apprenticeship programs and cer- AP1-2 tification of trainee programs, the registration of the apprentices and trainees, ' and the ratios and wage rates prescribed in the applicable programs. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control numbers 1215-0140 and 1215-0017.) (2) (1) The contractor shall submit weekly for each week in which any ' contract work is performed a copy of all payrolls to the applicant, sponsor, or owner, as the case may be, for transmission to the Federal Aviation Administration. The payrolls submitted shall set out accurately and completely all of the infor- mation required to be maintained under paragraph c(1) above. This information may be submitted in any form desired. Optional Form WH-347 is available for this pur- pose and may be purchased from the Superintendent of Documents (Federal. Stock ' Number 029-005-00014-1), U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402. The prime contractor is responsible for the submission of copies of payrolls by all subcontractors. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control number1215-0149.) ' (ii) Each payroll submitted shall be accompanied by a "Statement of Compliance," signed by the contractor or subcontractor or his or her agent who pays or supervises the payment of the persons employed under the contract and shall cer- tify the following: (A) That the payroll for the payroll period contains the infor- mation required to be maintained under paragrah c(1) above and that such infor- mation is correct and complete; (B) That each laborer and mechanic (including each helper, apprentice and trainee) employed on the contract during the payroll period has been ' paid the full weekly wages earned, without rebate, either directly or indirectly, and that no deductions have been made either directly or indirectly from the full wages earned, other than permissible deductions as set forth in Regulations 99 C73 1 - - ?art 3; (C) That each laborer or mechanic has been paid not less than the applicable wage rates and fringe benefits or cash equivalents for the classifi- cation of work performed, as specified in the applicable wage determination incor- porated into -the contract. (iii) The weekly submission of a properly executed certification set forth on the reverse side of Optional Form WH-347 shall satisfy the requirement for ' submission of the "Statement of Compliance" required by paragraph c.(2)(b) of this section. (iv) The falsification of any of the above certifications may subject ' the contractor or subcontractor to civil or criminal prosecution under Section 1001 of Title 18 and Section .231_ of Title 31 of the United States Code. (3) The contractor or subcontractor shall make the records required under paragraph c(1) of this section available for inspection, copying or transcription by authorized representatives of the sponsor, the Federal Aviation Administration or the Department of Labor, and shall permit such representatives to interview ' employees during working hours on the job. If the contractor or subcontractor fails to submit the required records or to make them available, the Federal agency may, after written notice to the contractor, sponsor, applicant or owner, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, ' or guarantee of funds. Furthermore, failure to submit the required records upon request or to make such records available may be grounds for debarment action pur- suant to 29 CFR 5.12. d. Apprentices and Trainees. (1) Apprentices. Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they performed when they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or with a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Bureau, or if a person is employed in his or her first 90 days of probationary AP1-3 apprentice in such an apprenticeship program, who is not employment as an app pp p p gr , individually registered in the program, but who has been certified by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training or a State Apprenticeship Agency (where appropriate) to be eligible for probationary employment as an apprentice. The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeymen on the job site in any craft classification shall not be greater than the ratio permitted to the contractor as to the entire work force under the registered program. Any worker listed on a payroll at an apprentice wage rate, who is not registered or otherwise employed as stated above, shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classifi- cation of work actually performed. In addition, any apprentice performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. Where a contractor is performing construction on a project in a locality other than that in which its program is registered, the ratios and wage rates (expressed in percentages of the journeyman's hourly rate) specified in the contractor's or subcontractor's registered program shall be observed. Every apprentice must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the registered program for the apprentice's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeymen hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Apprentices shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the appren- ticeship program. If the apprenticeship program does not specifiy fringe benefits, apprentices must be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination for the applicable classification. If the Administrator determines that a different practice prevails for the applicable apprentice classification, fringes shall be paid in accordance with that determination. In the event the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Bureau, withdraws approval of an apprenticeship program, the contractor Twill no longer be permitted to utilize apprentices at less than the applicable predeter- mined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved_. (2) Trainees. Except as provided in 29 CFR 5.16, trainees will not be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work performed unless they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a program which has received prior approval, evidenced by formal certification by the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration. The ratio of trainees to jour- neymen on the job site shall not be greater than permitted under the plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration. Every -trainee must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the approved program for the trainee's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeyman hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Trainees shall be paid fringe benefits in accor- dance with the provisions of the trainee program. If the trainee program does not mention fringe benefits, trainees shall be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination unless the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division determines that there is an apprenticeship program. associated with the corresponding journeyman wage rate on the wage determination which provides for less than full fringe, benefits for apprentices. Any employee listed on the payroll at a trainee rate who is not registered andparticipating in a training plan approved by the Employment and Trail Administration shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determiniation for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any trainee performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually per- formed. In the event the Employment and Training Administration withdraws approval of a training program, the contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize trainees at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. AP1-4 ' (3) Equal Employment Opportunity. The utilization of aPPrentices • trainees and journeymen under this part shall be in conformity with the equal ' employment opportunity requirements of Executive Order 11246, as amended, and 29 CFR Part 30. e. Compliance With Copeland Act Requirements. The contractor shall comply ' with the requirements of 29 CFR Part 3, which are incorporated by reference in this contract. f. Subcontracts. The contractor or subcontractor shall insert in any sub- contracts the clauses contained in paragraphs a. through J. of this contract and such other clauses as the Federal Aviation Administration may by appropriate instructions require, and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be ' responsible for the compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with all the contract clauses in 29 CFR 5.5. g. Contract Termination: Debarment. A breach of the contract clauses in paragraphs a. through j. of this clause and a. through e. of the second clause below may be grounds for termination of the contract, and for the debarment as a contractor and a subcontractor as provided in 29 CFR 5.12. h. Compliance With Davis -Bacon and Related Act Requirements. All rulings and interpretations of the Davis -Bacon and Related Acts contained in 29 CFR Parts 1, 3, and 5 are herein incorporated by reference in this contract. i. Disputes Concerning Labor Standards. Disputes arising out of the labor standards provisions of this contract shall not be subject to the general disputes clause of this contract. Such disputes shall be resolved ,in accordance with the procedures of the Department. of Labor set forth in 29 CFR ?arts 5, 6 and 7. ' Disputes within the meaning of this clause include disputes between the contractor (or any of its subcontractors) and the contracting agency, the U.S. Department of Labor, or the employees or their representatives.. ' j. Certification of Eligibility. (1) By entering into this contract, the contractor certifies that neither it (nor he or she) nor any person or firm who has an interest in the contractor's firm is a person or firm ineligible to be awarded Government contracts by virtue of _ section 3(a) of the Davis -Bacon Act or _29 CFR _5.12(a)(1). (2) No part of this contract shall be subcontracted to any person or firm ineligible for award of a Government contract by virtue of section 3(a) of the Davis -Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1). (3) The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in the U.S. ' Criminal Code, 18 U.S.C. 1001. _ 2. The following clauses in paragraphs a., b., c., d., and e. below, required by the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, will also be inserted in full in AIP construction contracts in excess of $2,000 in addition to the clauses required ' by 29 CFR 5.5(a) or 4.6 of Part 4 of Title 29. As used in the following, the term "laborers"_and "mechanics" include watchmen and guards. a. Overtime Requirements. No contractor or subcontractor contracting for any ' part of the contract woric which may require or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics shall require or permit any such laborer or mechanic in any workweek in which he or she is employed'on such work to work in excess of forty hours in ' such workweek unless such laborer or mechanic receives compensation at a rate not less than one and one-half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in _ excess of forty hours in such workweek, whichever is greater. b. Violation; Liability for Unpaid Wages; Liquidated Damages. In the event of any violation of the clause set forth in paragraph a. above, the contractor or any subcontractor responsible therefor shall be liable for the unpaid wages. In addition, such contractor and subcontractor shall be liable to the United States (in the case of work done under contract for the District of Columbia or a territory, to such District or to such territory), for liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be computed with respect to each individual laborer or AN -5 mechanic, including watchmen and guards, employed in violation of the clause set forth in paragraph a. above, in the sum of $10 for each calendar day on which such individual was required or permitted to work in excess of the standard workweek of forty hours without payment of the overtime wages required by the clause set forth in paragraph a. above. c. Withholding for Unpaid Wages and Liquidated Damages. The Federal Aviation Administration or the sponsor shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor withhold or cause to be withheld, from any monies payable on account of work performed by the contractor or subcontractor under any such contract or any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other federally -assisted contract subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, which is held by the same prime contractor, such sums as may be determined to be necessary to satisfy any liabilities of such contractor or subcontractor for unpaid wages and liquidated damages as provided in the clause set forthin paragraph b. above. d. Subcontracts. The contractor or subcontractor shall insert in any sub- contracts the clauses set forth in paragraphs a. through d. and also a clause requiring the subcontractor to include these clauses in any lower tier subcon- tracts. The prime contractor shall be responsible for compliance by any sub- contractor or lower tier subcontractor with the clauses set forth in paragraphs a. through d. s Working Conditions. No contractor or subcontractor may require any laborer or aechanic employed in the performance cf any contract to work in surroundings or under working conditions that are unsanitary, hazardous or dangerous to his health or safety as determined under construction safety and health standards (29 M ?art 1.926) issued by the Department of Labor. 3. in addition to the provisions in 1 and 2 above for contracts in excess of $2,000, the following is to be included in all contracts for work on airport development pro.;ects involving 'Labor: Veteran's Preference. In the employment of labor (except in executive, administra- tive and supervisory positions), preference shall be given to veterans of the Vietnam era and disabled veterans. However, this preference shall apply only where the individuals are available and qualified to perform the work to which the employment relates. AP1-6 3 U.S. Department of Labor GENERAL WAGE DECISION NC. FLSS-35 Supersedes General Wage Decision No. FL87-35 State: FLORIDA County(ies): CHARLOTTE. COLLIER. OeSOTO, GLADES. HARDEE, HENDRY, HIGHLAND. MONROE. and OKEECH08EE Construction Type: HIGHWAY Construction Description: HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (excluding tunnels, building structures in rest area projects. & railroad construction; bascule, suspension & spandrel arch bridges; bridges designed for Commercial navigation; bridges involving marine construction; & other major bridges). Modification Record: No. 1 Vol. I Publication Date Mar. 11. 1988 API -6A 18:3 Page Nc.(s) 18A U.S. Department of Labor ZPA FLSS-35 *CARPENTERS (Bridge) *CONCRETE FINISHERS *ELECTRICIANS *FORM SETTER *LABORERS: Asphalt Raker Pipelayer Unskilled *PAINTERS *TRAFFIC SIGNALIZATION: Installer Mechanic *TRUCK DRIVERS: lowboy Multi -Rear Axle Single -Rear Axle *POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS: Asphalt Distributor Asphalt Paving Machine Asphalt Screed Backhoe Bulldozer Crane, Derrick, or Oragline Front End Loader, over one cu. yd. Front End Loader, 1 cu. yd. and under Milling Machine Operator Mechanic Motor Grader Pavement Striping Machine Rollers: Finish Rough Self -Prop. Rubber Tire Scraper Sign Erector Tractors: Light Operator (80 HP or, Less) Basic Fringe Hourly Benefits Rates 8.06 7.21 12.16 6.50 6.50 7.21 5.24 7.00 7.57 9.00 6.03 5.91 5.91 6.00 6.76 6.56 7.09 G. 16 7.40 6.50 5.95 6.74 8.22 7.39 7.00 6.51 5.25 5.31 5.51 7.50 5.25 5.26 Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may bs added after award only as provided in• the labor standards contract clauses (29 CFR. 5.5 (a) (1) (ii)). WELDERS -- Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. 184 (Mar. 11. 1988) API - 6B m F,1 I I F I L F_� fl PART II - EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY REQUIREMENTS A. STANDARD FEDERAL EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS (EXECUTIVE ORDER 11246, AS AMENDED). 1. As used in these specifications: a. "Covered area" means the geographical area described in the solicitation from which this contract resulted; b. "Director" means Director, Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, United States Department of Labor, or any person to whom the Director delegates authority; C. "Employer identification number" means the Federal Social Security number used on the Employer's Quarterly Federal Tax Return, U.S. Treasury Department Form 941. d. "Minority" includes: (i) Black (all persons having origins in any of the Black African racial groups not of Hispanic origin); (ii) Hispanic (all persons of Mexican, Puerto Rican, Cuban, Central or South American or other Spanish Culture or origin, regardless of race); (iii) Asian and Pacific Islander (all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of the Far East, Southeast Asia, the Indian Subcontinent, or the Pacific Islands); and (iv) American Indian or Alaskan Native (all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of North America and maintaining identifiable tribal affiliations through membership and participation or community identification). 2. Whenever the Contractor, or any Subcontractor at any tier, subcontracts a portion of the work involving any construction trade, it shall physically include in each subcontract in excess of $10,000 the provisions of these specifications and the Notice which contains the applicable goals for minority and female participation and which is set forth in the solicitations from which this contract resulted. 3. If the Contractor is participating (pursuant to 41 CFR 60-4.5) in a Hometown Plan approved by the U.S. Department of Labor in the covered area either individually or through an association, its affirmative action obligations on all work in the Plan area (including goals and timetables) shall be in accordance with the Plan for those trades which have unions participating in the. Plan. Contractors must be able to demonstrate in compliance with the provisions of any such Hometown Plan. Each Contractor or Subcontractor participating in an approved Plan is individually required to comply with its obligations under the EEO clause, AP1-7 and to make a good faith effort to achieve each goal under the Plan in each trade in which it has employees. The overall good faith performance by other Contractors or Subcontractors toward a goal in an approved Plan does not excuse any covered Contractor's or Subcontractor's failure to take good faith efforts to achieve the Plan goals and timetables. 41 CFR 60-4.5 Hometown Plans (a) A contractor participating, either individually or through an association, in an approved Hometown Plan (including heavy highway affirmative action plans) shall comply with its affirmative action obligations under Executive Order 11246 by complying with its obligations under the Plan: PROVIDED, That each contractor or subcontractor participating in an approved Plan is individually required to comply with the equal opportunity clause set forth in 41 CFR 60-1.4; to make a good faith effort to achieve the goals .for each trade participating in the Plan in which it has employees; and that the overall good performance by other contractors or subcontractors toward a goal in an approved Plan does not excuse any covered contractor's or subcontractor's failure to take good faith efforts to achieve the Plan's goals and timetables. If a contractor is not participating in an approved Hometown Plan it shall comply with the Specifications set forth in Section 60-4.3 of this part and with the goals and timetables for the appropriate area as listed in the Notice required by 41 CFR 60-4.2 with regard to that trade. For the purposes of this part 60-4, a contractor is not participating in a Hometown Plan for a particular trade if it: (1) Ceases to be signatory to a Hometown Plan covering that trade; (2) Is signatory to a Hometown Plan for that trade but is not party to a collective bargaining agreement for that trade; (3) Is signatory to a Hometown Plan for that trade but is party to a collective bargaining agreement with labor organizations which are not or cease to be signatories to the same Hometown Plan for that trade; (4) Is signatory to a Hometown Plan for that trade and is party to a collective bargaining agreement with a labor organization for that trade but the two have not jointly executed a specific commitment to minority and female goals and timetables and incorporated the commitment in the Hometown Plan for that trade; 1� AP1-8 t(5) Is participating in a Hometown Plan for that trade which is no longer acceptable to the Office of Federal ' Contract Compliance Programs; (6) Is signatory to a Hometown Plan for that trade but is party to a collective bargaining agreement with a labor organization for that trade and the labor organization and the contractor have failed to make a good faith effort to comply with their obligations under the Hometown Plan for that trade. ' (b) Contractors participating in Hometown Plans must be able to demonstrate their participation and document their compliance with the provisions of the Hometown Plan. 4. The Contractor shall implement the specific affirmative action standards provided in paragraphs 7a through p of these specifications. The goals set forth in the solicitation from which this contract resulted are expressed as percentages of the total hours of employment and training of minority and female utilization the Contractor should reasonably be able to achieve in each construction trade in which it has employees in the covered area. Covered construction contractors performing construction work in geographical areas where they do not have a Federal or federally assisted construction contract shall apply the minority and female goals established for the geographical area where the work is being performed. Goals are ' published periodically in the Federal Register in notice form, and such notices may be obtained from any office of Federal. Contract Compliance Programs office or from Federal Procurement contracting officers. The Contractor is expected to make substantially uniform progress toward its goals in each craft during the period specified. 5. Neither the provisions of any collective bargaining agreement, nor the ' failure by a union with whom the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement, to refer either minorities or women shall excuse the Contractor's obligations under these specifications, Executive Order 11246, ' or the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto. 6. In order for the nonworking training hours of apprentices and trainees to be ' counted in meeting the goals, such apprentices and trainees must be employed by the Contractor during the training period, and the Contractor must have made a commitment to employ the apprentices and trainees at the completion of their training, subject to the availability of employment I opportunities. Trainees must be trained pursuant to training programs approved by the U.S. Department of Labor. 1 7 The Contractor shall take specific affirmative actions to ensure equal employment opportunity. The evaluation of the Contractor's compliance with these specifications shall be based upon its effort to achieve maximum results from its actions. The Contractor shall document these efforts fully, and shall implement affirmative action steps at least as extensive as the following: P AP1-9 0 E a. Ensure and maintain a working environment free of harassment, intimidation, and coercion at all sites, and in all facilities at which the Contractor's employees are assigned to work. The Contractor, where possible, will assign two or more women to each construction project. The Contractor shall specifically ensure that all foremen, superintendents, and other on -site supervisory personnel are aware of and carry out the Contractor's obligation to maintain such a working environment, with specific attention to minority or female individuals working at such sites or in such facilities. b. Establish and maintain a current list of minority and female recruitment sources, provide written notification to minority and female recruitment sources and to community organizations when the Contractor or its unions have employment opportunities available, and maintain a record of the organizations' responses. C. Maintain a current file of the names, addresses and telephone numbers of each minority and female off -the -street applicant and minority or female referral from a union, a recruitment source or community organization and of what action was taken with respect to each such individual. If such individual was sent to the union hiring hall for referral and was not referred back to the Contractor by the union or, if referred, not employed by the Contractor, this shall be documented in the file with the reason therefor, along with whatever additional actions the Contractor may have taken. d. Provide immediate written notification to the Director when the union or unions with which the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement has not referred to the Contractor a minority person or woman sent by the Contractor, or when the Contractor has other information that the union referral process has impeded the Contract efforts to meet its obligations. e. Develop on-the-job training opportunities and/or participate in training programs for the area which expressly include minorities and women, including upgrading programs and apprenticeship and trainee programs relevant to the Contractor's employment needs, especially those programs funded or approved by the Department of Labor. The Contractor shall provide notice of these programs to the sources compiled under 7b above. f. Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy by providing notice of the policy to unions and training programs and requesting their cooperation in assisting the Contractor in meeting its EEO obligations; by including it in- any policy manual and collective bargaining agreement; by publicizing it in the company newspaper, annual report, etc., by specific review of the policy with all management personnel and with all minority and female employees at least once a year; and by posting the company EEO policy on bulletin boards accessible to all employees at each location where construction work is performed. g. Review, at least annually, the company's EEO policy and affirmative action obligations under these specifications with all employees AP1-10 ihaving any responsibility for hiring, assignment, layoff, termination or other employment decisions including specific review of these items with on -site supervisory personnel such as Superintendents, ' General Foremen, etc., prior to the initiation of construction work at any job site. A written record shall be made and maintained identifying the time and place of these meetings, persons attending, subject matter discussed, and disposition of the subject matter. h. Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy externally by including it in any advertising in the news media, specifically including minority and female news media, and providing written notification to and discussing the Contractor's EEO policy with other Contractors and Subcontractors with whom the Contractor does or anticipates doing business. i. Direct its recruitment efforts, both oral and written, to minority, ' female and community organizations, to schools and minority and female students and to minority and female recruitment and training organization serving the Contractor's recruitment area and employment needs. Not later than one month prior to the date for the acceptance of applications for apprenticeship or other training by any recruitment source, the Contractor shall send written notification to organizations such as the above, describing the openings, screening procedures, and tests to be used in the selection process. j. Encourage present minority and female employees to recruit other minority persons and women and where reasonable provide after school, summer and vacation employment to minority and female youth both on the site and in other areas of a Contractor's workforce. k. Validate all tests and other selection requirements where there is an obligation to do so under 41 CFR Part 60-3. 1. Conduct, at least annually, an inventory and evaluation at least of minority and female personnel for promotional opportunities and encourage these employees to seek or to prepare for, through appropriate training, etc., such opportunities. ' In. Ensure that seniority practices, job classifications, work assignments and other personnel practices, do not have a discriminatory effect by continually monitoring all personnel and employment related activities to ensure that the EEO policy and the Contractor's obligations under these specifications are being carried out. n. Ensure that all facilities and company activities are nonsegregated except that separate or single -user toilet and necessary changing facilities shall be provided to assure privacy between the sexes. o. Document and maintain a record of all solicitations of offers for subcontracts from minority and female construction contractors and suppliers, including circulation of solicitations to minority and female contractor associations and other business associations. AP1 - 11 H p. Conduct a review, at least annually, of all supervisors' adherence to and performance under the Contractor's EEO policies and affirmative action obligations. 8. Contractors are encouraged to participate in voluntary associations which assist in fulfilling one or more of their affirmative action obligations (7a through p). The efforts of a contractor association, joint contractor -union, contractor -community, or other similar group of which the contractor is a member and participant, may be asserted as fulfilling any one or more of its obligations under 7a through p of these Specifications provided that the contractor actively participates in the group, makes every effort to assure that the group has a positive impact on the employment of minorities and women in the industry, ensures that the concrete benefits of the program are reflected in the Contractor's minority and female workforce participation, makes a good faith effort to meet its individual goals and timetables, and can provide access to documentation which demonstrates the effectiveness of actions taken on behalf of the Contractor. The obligation to comply, however, is the Contractor's and failure of such a group to fulfill an obligation shall not be a defense for the Contractor's noncompliance. 9. A single goal for minorities and a separate single goal for women have been i established. The Contractor, however, is required to provide equal employment opportunity and to take affirmative action for all minority groups, both male and female, and all women, both minority and non - minority. Consequently, the Contractor may be in violation of the Executive Order if a particular group is employed in a substantially disparate manner (for example, even though the Contractor has achieved its goal for women generally, the Contractor may be in violation of the Executive Order if a specific minority group of women is underutilized). 10. The Contractor shall not use the goals and timetables or affirmative action standards to discriminate against any person because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. 11. The Contractor shall not enter into any Subcontract with any person or firm debarred from Government contracts pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as amended. 12. The Contractor shall carry out such sanctions and penalties for violation of these specifications and of the Equal Opportunity Clause, including suspension, termination and cancellation of existing subcontracts as they may be imposed or ordered pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as amended, and its implementing regulations, by the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs. Any Contractor who fails to carry out such sanctions and penalties shall be in violation of these specifications and Executive Order 11246, as amended. 13. The Contractor, in fulfilling its obligations under these specifications shall implement specific affirmative action steps, at least as extensive as those standards prescribed in paragraph 7 of these specifications, so as to achieve maximum results from its efforts to ensure equal employment opportunity. If the Contractor fails to comply with the requirements of AP1-12 I tthe Executive Order, the implementing regulations, or these specifications, the Director shall proceed in accordance with 41 CFR 60-4.8. ' 14. The Contractor shall designate a responsible official to monitor all employment related activity to ensure that the company EEO policy is being carried out, to submit reports relating to the provisions hereof as ' may be required by the Government and to keep records. Records shall at least include for each employee the name, address, telephone numbers, construction trade, union affiliation, if any, employee identification number when assigned, social security number, race, sex, status (e.g., mechanic, apprentice, trainee, helper, or laborer), dates of changes in status, hours worked per week in the indicated trade, rate of pay, and locations at which the work was performed. Records shall be maintained in an easily understandable and retrievable form; however, to the degree that existing records satisfy this requirement, contractors shall not be required to maintain separate records. 15. Nothing herein provided shall be construed as a limitation upon the application of other laws which establish different standards of compliance or upon the application of requirements for the hiring of local or other area residents (e.g., those under the Public Works Employment Act of 1977 and the Community Development Block Grant Program). 1 B. CONTRACTOR CONTRACTUAL REQUIREMENTS. 1. Compliance with Regulations. The contractor shall comply with the ' Regulations relative to nondiscrimination in federally assisted programs of the Department of Transportation (hereinafter, "DOT") Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 21, as they may be amended from time to time ' (hereinafter referred to as the Regulations), which are herein incorporated by reference and made a part of this contract. 2. Nondiscrimination. The contractor, with regard to the work performed by it during the contract, shall not discriminate on the grounds of race, color, or national origin in the selection and retention of subcontractors, including procurements of materials and leases of equipment. The ' contractor shall not participate either directly or indirectly in the discrimination prohibited by section 21.5 of the Regulations, including employment practices when the contract covers a program set forth in Appendix B of the regulations. 3. Solicitations for Subcontracts, including Procurement of Materials and Equipment. In all solicitations either by competitive bidding under a ' subcontract, including procurements of materials or leases of equipment, each potential subcontractor's obligation under this contract and the Regulations relative to nondiscrimination on the grounds of race, color, or ' national origin. 4. Information and Reports. The contractor shall provide all information and reports required by the Regulations or directives issued pursuant thereto and shall permit access to its books, records, accounts, other sources of information, and its facilities as may be determined by the sponsor or the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) to be pertinent to ascertain AP1-13 7 compliance with such regulations, order, and instructions. Where any information required of a contractor is in the exclusive possession of another who fails or refuses to furnish this information, the contractor shall so certify to the sponsor or the FAA, as appropriate, and shell set forth what efforts it has made to obtain the information. 5. Sanctions for Noncompliance. In the event of the contractor's non- compliance with the nondiscrimination provisions of this contract, the sponsor shall impose such contract sanctions as it or the FAA may determine to be appropriate, including, but not limited to: a. Withholding of payments to the contractor under the contract until the contractor complies, and/or b. Cancellation, termination, or suspension of the contract, in whole or in part. 6. Incorporation of Provisions. The contractor shall include the provisions of paragraph 1 through 5 in every subcontract, including procurements of materials and leases of equipment, unless exempt by the Regulations or directives issued pursuant thereto. The contractor shall take such action with respect to any subcontract or procurement as the sponsor of the FAA may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for noncompliance. Provided, however, that in the event a contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor or supplier as a result of such direction, the contractor may request the sponsor to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the sponsor and, in addition, the contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States. C. EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY CLAUSE. During the performance of this contract, the contractor, for itself, its assignees and successors in interest (hereinafter referred to as the "contractor") agrees as follows: 1. The contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. The contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated without regard to their race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to the following: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the contracting officer setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause. 2. The contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. AP1-14 11 3. The contractor will send to each labor union or representative or workers with which he has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice (see paragraph C) advising the labor union or 1 workers' representative of the contractor's commitments under this section and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment. 4. The contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order No. 11246, as amended, of September 24, 1965, and of the rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor. 5. The contractor will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order No. 11246, as amended, of September 24, 1965, and by the rules, regulations, and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and will permit access to his books, records, and accounts by the contracting agency and the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations, and orders. 6. In the event of the contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination clauses of this contract or with any of such rules, regulations, or orders, this contract may be cancelled, terminated, or suspended in whole or in part and the contractor may be declared ineligible for further government 1 contracts in accordance with procedures authorized in Executive Order No. 11246, as amended, of September 24, 1965, and such other sanctions may be imposed and remedies invoked as provided in Executive Order No. ' 11246, as amended, of September 24,'1965, or by rule, regulation, or order of the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided by law. 7. The contractor will include the provisions of Paragraphs (1) through (7) in every subcontract or purchase order unless exempted by rules, regulations, or orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to Section 206 of Executive Order No. 11246, as amended, of September 24, 1965, so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. The contractor will take such action with respect to any subcontract or purchase order as the contracting agency may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for noncompliance: Provided, however, that in the event the contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction by the contracting agency, the contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States. D. NOTICES TO BE POSTED. The "Equal Employment Opportunity is the Law" poster is to be posted by the contractor in a conspicuous place available to employees and applicants for employment as required by paragraphs (1) and (3) of the EEO clause. Copies of this poster will be furnished to contractors at the preconstruction conference. H 1 AP1 - 15 E. NOTICE OF REQUIREMENT FOR AFFIRMATIVE ACTION TO ENSURE EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY (EXECUTIVE ORDER 11246, AS AMENDED). 1. The Offeror's or Bidder's attention is called to the "Equal Opportunity Clause" and the "Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications" set forth herein. 2. The goals and timetables for minority and female participation, expressed in percentage terms for the Contractor's aggregate workforce in each trade on all construction work in the covered area, are as follows: Timetables ( Until further Notice) Goals for minority participation for each trade 15.5% Goals for female participation for each trade 6.9% These goals are applicable to all the Contractor's construction work (whether or not it is Federal of federally assisted) performed in the covered area. If the contractor performs construction work in a geographical area located outside of the covered area, it shall apply the goals established for such geographical area where the work is actually performed. With regard to this second area, the contractor also is subject to the goals for both its federally involved and nonfederally involved construction. The Contractor's compliance with the Executive Order and the regulations in 41 CFR Part 60-4 shall be based on its implementation of the Equal Opportunity Clause, specific affirmative action obligations required by the specifications set forth in 41 CFR 60-4.3(a), and its efforts to meet the goals established for the geographical area where the contract resulting from this solicitation is to be performed. The hours of minority and female employment and training must be substantially uniform throughout the length of the contract, and in each trade, and the contractor shall make a good faith effort to employ minorities and women evenly on each of its projects. The transfer of minority or female employees or trainees from Contractor to Contractor or from project to project for the sole purpose of meeting the Contractor's goals shall be a violation of the contract, the Executive Order and the regulations in 41 CFR Part 60-4. Compliance with the goals will be measured against the total work hours performed. 3. The Contractor shall provide written notification to the Director of the office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs within 10 working days of award of any construction subcontract in excess of $10,000 at any tier for construction work under the contract resulting from this solicitation. The notification shall list the name, address and telephone number of the subcontractor; employer identification number of the subcontractors; estimated dollar amount of the subcontract; estimated starting and completion dates of the subcontract; and the geographical area in which the subcontract is to be performed. 4. As used in this Notice, and in the contract resulting from this solicitation, the "covered area" is Monroe and Dade Counties, Florida. AP1-16 H- H.- H 11 I P- I Id �1 H F. REQUIRED REPORTS 1. Monthly Employment Utilization Report. File monthly with the U.S. Department of Labor, ESA/OFCCP Office of Federal Contract Compliance, Suite 500, 111 NW 183rd Street, Miami, Florida 33169, Telephone (305) 350-5060, to reach that office by the fifth of each month, beginning with the effective date of the contract for the duration of the project, Monthly Employment Utilization Reports (Standard Form CC-257, Rev. 9-78) reflecting the prime contractor's and each subcontractor's aggregate workforce in each covered craft within the area and a one-time listing of all Federally -Funded or assisted contracts within the area by the agency, contract number, location, dollar volume, percent completed, projected completion date, and a listing of all covered non-federal work. Monthly reports, thereafter, should only include a listing of new contracts received and current contracts completed. 2. Annual EEO-1 Report. Contractor/subcontractor working on federally assisted airport construction projects are required to file annually, on or before March 31 complete and accurate reports on Standard Form 100 (Employee Information Report, EEO-1). The first such report is required within 30 days after award unless the contractor/subcontractor has submitted such a report within 12 months preceding the date of award (the FAA or Department of Labor OFCCP can designate other intervals). This form is normally furnished based on a mailing list, but can be obtained from the Joint Reporting Committee, 1800 G. Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20506. This report is required if a contractor or subcontractor meets all of the following conditions: a. Nonexempt. Contractors/subcontractors are not exempt based on 41 CFR 60-1.5, and b. Number of Employees. Has 50 or more employees, C. Contractor's Subcontractor. Is a prime contractor or first tier subcontractor, and d. Dollar Level. There is a contract, subcontract, or purchase order amounting to $50,000 or more or serves as a depository of government funds in any amount, or is a financial institution which is an issuing and paying agent for U.S. savings bonds and savings notes. Some subcontractors below the first tier who work at the site are required to file if they meet the requirements of 41 CFR 60-1.7. 3. Records. The FAA or Department of Labor OFCCP may require a contractor to keep employment or other records and to furnish, in the form requested within reasonable limits, such information as necessary. AP1-17 1 it EQUAL OPPORTUNITY REPORT STATEMENT Each bidder shall complete, sign and include in his Bid the Equal Opportunity Report Statement. A Bid shall be considered unresponsive and shall be rejected if it fails to include the Bidder's fully executed Statement or if the Bidder fails to furnish required data. When a determination has been made to award a Contract to a specific Contractor, such Contractor shall, prior to award, furnish such other pertinent information regarding his own employment policies and practices as well as those of his proposed subcontractors as the FAA, the Owner, or the Executive Vice Chairman of the President's Committee may require. The Bidder shall furnish similar Statements executed by each of his first -tier and second -tier subcontractors and shall obtain similar compliance by such subcontractors, before awarding such sub -contracts. No sub -contract shall be awarded to any non- complying subcontractor. Equal Opportunity Report Statement as Required at 41 CFR 60-1.7(b) The Bidder (Proposer) shall complete the following statements by checking the appropriate boxes. Failure to complete these blanks may be ground for rejection of bid: 1. The Bidder (Proposed) has has not developed and has on file at each establishment affirmative action programs pursuant to 41 CFR 60-1.40 and 41 CFR 60-2. 2. The Bidder (Proposed) has has not participated in any previous contract or subcontract subject to the equal opportunity clause prescribed by Executive Order 11246, as amended. 3. The Bidder (Proposed) has has not filed with the Joint Reporting Committee the annual compliance report on Standard Form 100 (EEO-1 Report). 3. The Bidder (Proposed) does does not employ fifty or more employees. (Name of Bidder) Dated: By Title AP1-18 �l 11 1 G. REQUIREMENT FOR CERTIFICATION OF NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES 1. Notice to Prospective Federally Assisted Construction Contractors a. Certification of Nonsegregated Facilities must be submitted prior to the award of a federally assisted construction contract exceeding ' $10,000 which is not exempt from the provisions of the equal opportunity clause. b. Contractors receiving federally assisted construction contract awards exceeding $10,000 which are not exempt from the provisions of the equal opportunity clause will be required to provide for the forwarding of the following notice to prospective subcontractors for ' supplies and construction contracts where the subcontractors exceed $10,000 and are not exempt from the provisions of the equal opportunity clause. NOTE: The penalty for making false statements in offers is prescribed in 18 USC 1001. 2. Notice to Prospective Subcontractors of Requirement for Certification of Nonsegregated Facilities ' a. A Certification of Nonsegregated Facilities must be submitted prior to the award of a subcontract exceeding $10,000 which is not exempt from the provisions of the equal opportunity clause. b. Contractors receiving subcontract awards exceeding $10,000 which are not exempt from the provisions of the equal opportunity clause will be required to provide for the forwarding of this notice to prospective subcontractors for supplies and construction contracts where the subcontracts exceed $10,000 and are not exempt from the provisions of the equal opportunity clause. I I i� API -19 CERTIFICATION OF NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES By the submission of this bid, the bidder, offeror, applicant, or subcontractor certifies that he does not maintain or provide for his employees any segregated facilities at any of this establishments, and that he does not permit his employees to perform their services at any location, under his control, where segregated facilities are maintained. He certifies further that he will not maintain or provide for his employees any segregated facilities at any of his establishments, and that he will not permit his employees to perform their services at any location, under his control, where segregated facilities are maintained. The bidder, offeror, applicant, or subcontractor agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the Equal Opportunity clause in this contract. As used in this certification, the term "segregated facilities" means any waiting rooms, work areas, rest rooms and wash rooms, restaurants and other eating areas, time clocks, locker rooms and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, and housing facilities provided for employees which are segregated by explicit directive or are in fact segregated on the basis of race, color, religion, or national origin, because of habit, local custom, or otherwise. The federally assisted construction contractor further agrees that (except where he has obtained identical certifications from proposed subcontractors for specific time periods) he will obtain identical certifications from proposed subcontractors prior to the award of subcontracts exceeding $10,000 which are not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity clause; that he will retain such certifications in his files; and that he will forward the following notice to such proposed subcontractors (except where the proposed subcontractors have submitted identical certifications for specific time periods). Signature do Contractor Date Name and Title of Signer (Please Type) NOTE: The penalty for making false statements in offers is prescribed in 18 USC 1001. H AP1 - 20 tPART III - MISCELLANEOUS REQUIREMENTS A. CLEAN AIR AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS AND SUBCONTRACTS EXCEEDING $100,000. Contractors agree: 1. That any facility to be used in the performance of the contract or to benefit from the contract is not listed on the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) List of Violating Facilities. 2. To comply with all the requirements of Section 114 of the Clean Air Act and Section 308 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act and all regulations issued thereunder. 3. That as a condition for award of a contract, they will notify the awarding official of the receipt of any communication from the EPA indicating that a facility to be utilized for performance of or benefit from the contract is under consideration to be listed on the EPA List of Violating Facilities. 4. To include in any subcontract which exceeds $100,000, the requirements of (1), (2), and (3) above. PART IV - REQUIREMENTS OF 49 CFR PART 23 A. MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE PROGRAM. 1. POLICY. It is the policy of the Department of Transportation that minority business enterprises as defined in 49 CFR Part 23 shall have the maximum opportunity to participate in the performance of contracts financed in whole or in part with federal funds. Consequently, the Minority Business Enterprise (MBE) requirements of 49 CFR Part 23 apply to this contract. 2. MBE OBLIGATION. The contractor agrees to ensure that minority business enterprises as defined in 49 CFR Part 23 have the maximum opportunity to participate in the performance of this contract or subsequent subcontracts. In this regard, the contractor shall take all necessary and reasonable steps in accordance with 49 CFR Part 23 to ensure that minority business enterprises have the maximum opportunity to compete for and perform subcontracts. The contractor shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, or sex in the performance of this contract or 1 subsequent subcontracts. 3. COMPLIANCE. All contractors, or subcontractors for this DOT assisted ' contracts are hereby notified that failure to carry out the DOT policy and the MBE obligation, as set forth above, shall constitute a breach of contract which may result in termination of the contract of such other remedy as deemed appropriate by the owner. AP1-21 1 u APPENDIX 2 BID CONDITIONS MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE PROGRAM The following bid conditions apply to this Department of Transportation (DOT) assisted contract. Submission of a bid/proposal by a prospective contractor shall constitute full acceptance of these bid conditions. 1 1. Definition. Minority Business Enterprise (MBE) as used in this contract shall have the same meaning as defined in paragraph 23.5 49 CFR Part 23. r 7 H it I H 2. Policy. It is the policy of DOT that minority business enterprises as defined in 49 CFR Part 23 shall have the maximum opportunity to participate in the performance of contracts and subcontracts financed in whole or in part with federal funds. Consequently, the MBE requirements of 49 CFR Part 23 apply to this contract. 3. MBE Obligation. The contractor agrees to ensure that minority business enterprises as defined in 49 CFR Part 23 have the maximum opportunity to participate in the performance of contracts and subcontracts financed in whole or in part with federal funds. In this regard all contractors shall take all necessary and reasonable steps in accordance with 49 CFR Part 23 to ensure that minority business enterprises have the maximum opportunity to compete for and perform contracts. Contractors shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin or sex in the award and performance of DOT assisted contracts. 4. Compliance. All bidders, potential contractors, or subcontractors for this DOT assisted contract are hereby notified that failure to carry out the DOT polity and the MBE obligation, as set forth above, shall constitute a breach of contract which may result in termination of the contract or such other remedy as deemed appropriate by the owner. 5. Subcontract Clause. All bidders and potential contractors hereby assure that they will include the above clauses in all subcontracts which offer further subcontracting opportunities. 6. Contract Award. Bidders are hereby advised that meeting MBE subcontract goals or making an acceptable good faith effort to meet such goals are conditions of being awarded this DOT assisted Contract. The owner proposed to award the contract to the lowest responsive and responsible bidder submitting a reasonable bid provided he has met the goals for MBE participation or, if failing to meet the goals, he has made an acceptable good faith effort to meet the established goals for MBE participation. Bidder is advised that the owner has sole authority to determine if the bidder has made sufficient effort toward meeting MBE goals to qualify for contract award. The owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids submitted. 7. Subcontract Goals. The attainment of goals established for this contract are to Se measured as a percentage of the total dollar value of the contract. The goals established for this contract are as follows: AP2 - 1 (1 a. 11 percent to be performed by MBE's owned and operated by minorities. b. 3 percent to be performed by MBE's owned and operated by women. _ 8. Available MBE's. The owner has on file an MBE program which has been approved by the Federal Aviation Administration. This program contains a listing of MBE's (certified and uncertified). Bidders are encouraged to inspect this list to assist in locating MBE's for the work. Other MBE's may be added to the list in accordance with the owner's approved MBE program. Credit toward the MBE goals will not be counted unless the MBE to be used can be certified by the owner. 9. Contractor's Required Submission. Prior to award of the contract under this solicitation the prospective contractor must submit the following information concerning MBE participation in the contract. MINORITY SUBCONTRACTS Minority Subcontractors Subcontract Dollar Value of Names and Addresses Work Item Subcontract Work Total Dollar Value of Subcontract Work Total Dollar Value of Basic Bid Percent of Total % WOMEN SUBCONTRACTS Women Subcontractors Subcontract Dollar Value of Names and Addresses Work Item Subcontract Work Total Dollar Value of Subcontract Work Total Dollar Value of Basic Bid Percent of Total % If the contractor fails to meet the contract goals established in paragraph 7 above, information is to be submitted prior to contract award to assist the owner in determining whether or not the contractor made acceptable good faith efforts to meet the contract goals. Suggested guidance for use in determining if good faith efforts were made by a contractor are included in Appendix A to 49 CFR Part 23, Subpart 23.45(h) revised as of April 27, 1981. AP2 - 2 it 1 ' A list of the efforts that a contractor may make and the owner may use is making a determination as to the acceptability of a contractor's efforts to meet the goals as included in Appendix A are as follows: (1) Whether the contractor attended any pre -solicitation or pre -bid meetings that were scheduled by the recipient to inform MBE's of contracting and ' subcontracting opportunities; (2) Whether the contractor advertised in general circulation, trade association, ' and minority -focus media concerning the subcontracting opportunities; (3) Whether the contractor provided written notice to a reasonable number of specific MBE's that their interest in the contract was being solicited, in ' sufficient time to allow the MBE's to participate effectively; (4) Whether the contractor followed up initial solicitations of interest by contacting MBE's to determine with certainty whether the MBE's were ' interested; ' (5) Whether the contractor selected portions of work to be performed by MBE's in order to increase the likelihood of meeting the MBE goals (including, where appropriate, breaking down contracts into economically feasible units to facilitate MBE participation); ' (6) Whether the contractor provided interested MBE's with adequate information about the plant, specifications and requirements of the ' contract; (7) Whether the contractor negotiated in good faith with interested MBE's, not rejecting MBE's as unqualified without sound reasons based on a thorough investigation of their capabilities; (8) Whether the contractor made efforts to assist interest MBE's in obtaining bonding, lines of credit, or insurance required by the recipient or ' contractor, and ' (9) Whether the contractor effectively used the services of available minority community organizations; minority contractors' groups; local, state and Federal minority business assistance offices, and other organizations that provide assistance in the recruitment and placement of MBE's. NOTE: The nine (9) items set forth above are merely suggested criteria and the owner may specify that you submit information on certain other actions a contractor took to secure MBE participation in an effort to meet the goals. A contractor may also submit to the owner other information on efforts it made to meet the goals. 10. Contractor Assurances. The bidder hereby assures that he will meet one of the following as appropriate: a. The MBE participation goals as established in paragraph 7 above. b. The MBE participation percentage shown in paragraph 9 which was submitted as a condition of contract award. AP2 - 3 F Agreements between bidder/proposer and an MBE in which the MBE promises not to provide subcontracting quotations to other bidders/proposers are prohibited. The bidder shall make a good faith effort to replace an MBE subcontract that is unable to perform successfully with another MBE subcontractor. Substitution must be coordinated and approved by the owner. The bidder shall establish and maintain records and submit regular reports, as required, which will identify and assess progress in achieving MBE subcontract goals and other MBE affirmative action efforts. HI H H AP2 - 4 1 1 i 7 1 PROJECT SAFETY REQUIREMENTS 1.0 GENERAL The Contractor shall be solely and completely responsible for initiating and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the work. The Contractor shall comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, and orders of any public body having jurisdiction for the safety of persons or property or to protect them from damage, injury, or loss. This section sets forth certain minimum requirements for airport safety applicable to this project, but does not limit in any way the Contractor's responsibility to initiate, maintain, and supervise all safety precautions and programs which are appropriate for the safe performance of the work. The Contractor is cautioned that construction will impact safe operating conditions on the airport. All construction activity must be proven safe, regarding aircraft while moored, when taxiing, or when taking off or landing. Aircraft taxiing or landing always have the right-of-way over ground vehicles. Aircraft safety and safety of occupants and users is of utmost concern for the satisfactory execution of this contract. Of equal concern is the safety of all airport personnel, contractors, and their personnel operating vehicles and equipment related to the construction project. Final instructions regarding operations on or near an active runway, taxiway or apron ' shall be obtained form the Owner's Director of Airports prior to planning the work. The Contractor's field supervision shall be aware of and comply with basic project safety requirements as identified in the following paragraphs of the General Conditions: 40-05 Maintenance of Traffic ' 70-07 Public Convenience and Safety 70-08 Barricades, Warning Signs and Hazard Markings 80-04 Limitation of Operations 0 C� Reference is made to FAA Advisory Circular 150/5370-2C, "Operational Safety on Airports During Construction." The project safety requirements set forth herein were derived from this Advisory Circular, as applied to the proposed construction; however, the Contractor shall remain responsible for conformance with all FAA regulations pertinent to the work. In the event of any conflict between the General Conditions and the Project Safety Requirements, the Project Safety Requirements shall govern. In the event of any conflict between the Project Safety Requirements and FAA regulations, the FAA regulations shall govern. In no case shall the Contractor attempt to move, relocate, or tie down aircraft. If aircraft are found moored in a scheduled and authorized work are, the Contractor shall notify the Director of Airports for immediate removal. The Contractor shall assure safety for aircraft operations and movements on the active apron areas, taxiways and runways. Areas of the runway and adjoining taxiways under construction shall be identified with painted barricades equipped with flashing lights to warn pilots of construction in progress. The areas adjacent to the construction must remain clear and free of debris which would prove a hazard to both PSR-1 personnel and aircraft operation thereon. Barricades shall be weighted sufficiently to protect against overturning from prop wash, jet blast, or wind. Under no circumstances is the Contractor allowed to use, cross, traverse, or perform any construction tasks on the runways, taxiways, or actively used aircraft parking aprons, unless permission has been properly authorized by the Director of Airports and coordinated with the Engineer and appropriate FBO operations personnel in accordance with paragraph 4.0. The Contractor shall exercise extreme caution in the vehicle parking areas and access roads, taking whatever measures necessary to insure the safety of personnel using the airport, construction personnel, and property and equipment at the airport. 2.0 BACKGROUND Operational safety for aircraft, vehicles, equipment, and personnel during construction programs at an airport may be affected by obvious and many times subtle Contractor induced hazards or marginal safety conditions that develop during the course of the project. Examples of such hazards or marginal conditions which have occurred in the past that resulted in accidents or incidents are: 2.1 Improperly supervised and/or open trenches and excavations adjacent to runways, taxiways and apron areas. 2.2 Mounds of earth, construction material, temporary structures and other obstacles in or in proximity to operational areas, including approach zones, runway safety areas, and runway primary surfaces. 2.3 Runway, taxiway, or apron resurfacing projects which result in sharp or excessive lips between the old and new surfaces at the runway, taxiway, or apron edges and ends. 2.4 Heavy equipment, both stationary and mobile, operating or being left for unnecessary periods of time within the boundaries of active airport movement areas. 2.5 Operation of heavy equipment, storage of material or equipment where it may degrade radiated signals or impair monitoring of terminal and enroute navigational aids. 2.6 Tall but relatively low visibility equipment, such as cranes, drills, and the like located in approach and other critical areas such as safety areas and primary surfaces. 2.7 Improper or malfunctioning runway, taxiway or other lights or unlighted hazards. 2.8 Debris resulting from construction such as loose asphalt, aggregate, shipping cartons, excess materials, and plastic bags located on or near runways, taxiways, aprons, and safety areas. 2.9 Disruption of security: accidental or inadvertent opening of fencing protecting passengers from aircraft operations and aircraft operating on or stored on ramps or aprons. PSR - 2 J F ' 2.10 Hazards created due to weather conditions such as standing water on or adjacent to runways, taxiways, and aprons; wind driven sand accumulations from construction areas, etc. ' 2.11 Improper marking and lighting of runways, taxiways and displaced thresholds. ' 2.12 Deterioration or damage by construction of runway, taxiway or ramp markings or lighting to the extent that visual guidance is no longer provided. 2.13 Runway, taxiway or ramp slipperiness caused by rubber deposits, painted markings, or other contaminants or weather conditions. 2.14 Improper methods of marking temporarily closed operational areas such as the use of portable street barricades. 2.15 Attractions for birds such as trash, grass seeding, or ponded water on or near active operational areas. 3.0 SAFETY RESPONSIBILITY The Airport Operator is responsible for maintaining and assuring operational safety when hazardous or marginal conditions typical of construction projects develop at a ' public use airport. He must inform users of the airport, the FAA Airway Facilities Sector and Area Field Office, all commercial carriers, and airport tenants that hazardous or marginal conditions may exist on the airport. If such conditions occur, ' the Contractor shall immediately advise the Director of Airports. 3.1 Notice to Airmen (NOTAM): The Director of Airports will provide the necessary information describing hazardous or marginal conditions to the FAA Flight ' Service Station so that a Notice to Airmen (NOTAM) can be issued according to established procedures. Pilots or persons engaged in aviation activities are requested to report hazardous or marginal airport conditions to the airport ' management, Air Traffic Facilities, Flight Standards Field Offices, or Airport District Offices. ' Insurance of NOTAMs must provide adequate time to allow users of the airport to make other arrangements. The enable the provision of necessary NOTAM information or advisories to airport service or tenants, no runway, taxiway, apron, or airport roadway shall be closed without prior written approval of the Director of Airports. If any portion of an Active Operational Area (AOA) is to be closed, a minimum of 48 hours notice of requested closing shall be directed to the Director of Airports. It is important that NOTAMs be kept current and reflect the actual conditions with respect to construction situations. Active NOTAMs should be reviewed periodically by the Director of Airports and the Contractor to reflect current conditions. 3.2 Responsible Personnel: Listed below are the names, locations, and telephone numbers for responsible management personnel concerned with the safe conduct of operations at the Marathon Airport: PSR - 3 �J Facility Airport Manager Director of Airports Person to Contact Ken Agnew Art Skelly Emergency Contact do Phone (305) 743-5128 (Day) (305) 743-5887 (Eve) (305) 296-5439 (Day) (305) 745-1394 (Eve) 3.3 Scheduling of Work: Prior to commencement of any work, the Director of Airports, FAA representative, FBOs, and any other affected airport tenants and/or users must confer with the Contractor to assure that the scheduling of construction activities in conjunction with aircraft operations is fully understood. Construction work should be phased so that it will result in minimum delays to aircraft movement. In moving from one area of construction activity to another area, appropriate advance notice shall be provided by the Contractor to the Director of Airports, the Resident Project Representative, and affected airport users. The Director of Airports will coordinate the Contractor's proposed schedule of operations with the airport users and Flight Standards District Office. As required in Section 3.1, the Contractor shall notify the Director of Airports a minimum of 48 hours prior to scheduling and initiating work that would require closing of any portion of the runways, taxiways, and aprons to traffic. 4.0 GUIDELINES FOR SAFETY DURING CONSTRUCTION These guidelines apply to all construction work which may affect the movement of aircraft, operating procedures for aircraft and ground handling equipment, passenger or cargo handling and the movement of emergency ground equipment. 4.1 Construction Activity and Aircraft Movements: 4.1.1 Prior to any construction activity affecting aircraft movement areas, the Director of Airports and the Contractor will coordinate safety requirements with airport users and appropriate representatives of the FAA. This coordinated approach to construction activity will determine any restrictions required for the project's special provisions which should result in a minimum of interference to aircraft operations. For example: the restrictions may result in closing a portion of the airport, runway or taxiway areas for specified periods or they may result in phasing the work to accomplish certain activities at selected times. 4.1.2 For construction activity to be performed in other than active operational areas, the storage and parking of equipment and materials, when not in use or about to be installed, should not encroach upon active operational areas. In protecting operational areas, the minimum clearances maintained for runways should be in agreement with Part 77 of the Federal Aviation Regulations. 4.1.3 Because of the necessity to accomplish construction within areas defined by FAR Part 77, while aircraft operations are in progress, the following distances from runway or taxiway edges and runway approach areas could be authorized due to construction activity before it would be necessary to close temporarily a runway or taxiway. PSR - 4 u ' Runway Ends: Construction equipment shall not penetrate a 20:1 approach surface. ' Runway Edges: Construction activities shall not be permitted within 200 feet of the active runway centerline. ' Taxiways: Construction activities shall not be permitted within 50 feet from the centerline of an active taxiway. ' 4.1.4 The presence of construction equipment, rough grades, or open excavation in excess of three (3) inches deep within the above areas will require closure of runway, taxiway or operations areas until removed or corrected. Warning signs, low profile weighted barriers, and yellow flashing caution lights shall be located in taxi areas in advance of the construction activities. 4.2 Limitation on Construction: 4.2.1 Open flame welding or torch cutting operations shall be prohibited, ' especially near fuel farm areas, unless adequate fire and safety precautions are provided and have been approved in writing by the Director of Airports and County Fire Marshall. ' 4.2.2 Open trenches, excavations and stockpiled material at the construction site should be prominently marked with orange flags and lighted with approved flashing yellow light units (acceptable to the Director of ' Airports and the FAA) during hours of restricted visibility and/or darkness. Under no circumstances are flare pots to be used. ' 4.2.3 Debris, waste, and loose material capable of causing damage to aircraft landing gears, propellers or being ingested in jet engines shall not be placed or allowed on or near active aircraft movement areas. Materials such as asphalt coated aggregate particles and/or other objects tracked ' on these areas shall be removed immediately and continuously during the construction project. t 4.2.4 Necessary temporarily stockpiled material within inactive operation areas or construction limits shall be constrained in a manner to prevent movement resulting from aircraft blast or wind onto active operational ' areas. 4.3 Motor Vehicle Operators: ' 4.3.1 Before Contractor personnel are allowed to proceed with construction, they must be adequately schooled in the safety requirements of this plan and checked carefully as to their understanding of the plan by the Contractor. Their movements near or across the active operations area must be supervised. Limitations imposed by authorized construction program phasing must be understood; also the means whereby approval and escort is provided for crossing unauthorized areas of aircraft movement. Operation safety instructions shall be reviewed periodically, especially as new personnel are added to Contractor's staff. PSR - 5 D 4.3.2 When any vehicle operator other than personnel routinely working in the aircraft movement area and runway approach area is required to travel over any portion of that area, that operator should be escourted by authorized personnel in a vehicle properly authorized to operate in the area, or the vehicle must be provided with a flag on a staff so attached to the vehicle that the flag will be readily visible. The flag should not be less than three feet square, consisting of a checkered pattern of international orange and white squares of not less than one foot on each side and displayed in full view above the vehicle. A flag or escort vehicle is not required for vehicles which have been painted, marked, and lighted for routine use on aircraft movement areas and operated by qualified personnel. Any vehicle operating on the movement area shall also be equipped with a yellow flashing dome -type light in accordance with local and/or state codes. All construction vehicles/equipment must have automatic signalling devices to sound an alarm when moving in reverse. 4.3.3 Vehicle operators crossing active movement areas shall be controlled by either two-way radio communications, at 118.2 Mhz, by escort, flagman, or signal light. Clearance should be confirmed by the vehicle operator's personal observation that no aircraft is approaching his position. 4.3.4 It may be desirable to identify vehicles for control purposes by either assigned initials or numbers prominently displayed on each side. The identifying symbols should be of eight inch minimum, block type characters of a color easily read. They may be applied by use of tape or water soluble paint to facilitate removal. 4.4 Access to the Site: Contractor's access to the site shall be as shown on the plans or as directed by the Director of Airports. No other access points shall be allowed unless approved by the Director of Airports. All contractor traffic authorized to enter the site shall be experienced in the route or guided by contractor personnel. The contractor shall be responsible for traffic control to and from the various construction areas on the site and for the operations of the access gate to the site. A contractor's flagman or traffic control person shall monitor and coordinate all contractor traffic at the access gate. The contractor shall not permit any unauthorized construction personnel or traffic on the site. The contractor is responsible for immediate cleanup of any debris deposted along the access route as a result of his construction traffic. Directional signing at the access gate and along the delivery route to the storage area, plant site or work shall be as directed by the Director of Airports. 4.5 Materials Delivery to the Site: All contractor's material orders for delivery to the work site will use as a delivery address the gate number assigned to the access point at the contractor's storage site at the airport. 5.0 SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS FOR DISCUSSION AT PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE The Contractor shall be prepared to discuss his plans for dealing with the following matters for which he will retain complete responsibility: J PSR - 6 1 ' 5.1 Accurate information and telephone numbers to contact hospital, ambulance, police or fire departments in event of emergency, names and locations of hospitals including direct access routes. ' 5.2 Crash, Fire and Rescue Department notification when construction could alter or block access routes. ' 5.3 Temporary closing and reopening of runway, taxiway or apron areas, including importance of timing to coordinate with scheduled air carrier service, including delays in such service, use of temporary marking and lighting, and low profile weighted barriers. 5.4 The effect of proposed construction on air carrier and general aviation ' operations; instrument approach procedures such as raising of takeoff or landing minimums; temporary displacement of thresholds. 5.5 The time sequence of Contractor events related to the required shutdown of a ' navigational aid system, if required, during a prescribed time when use is not required or forecast to assure minimum facility shutdown time. ' 5.6 Careful understanding and coordination between construction forces, inspection forces, Flight Service Stations, and airport management personnel. ' 5.7 Need for and timing of NOTAMs during construction. 5.8 Marking and/or lighting of construction equipment and vehicles. ' 5.9 Temporary Contractor's personnel and vehicle identification requirements in air operation areas during the construction period. If the Contractor has an exclusive access road, it must be secured or guarded to keep out unauthorized ' personnel or animals. 5.10 Requirement for signalmen or vehicular traffic control to prevent conflict ' between aircraft and surface vehicles and along haul routes off airport property onto public property. ' 5.11 Detailed discussion of Contractor activities, according to area of work. 5.11.1 Employee auto parking. ' 5.11.2 Telephone service and number. 5.11.3 Access routes for equipment and materials. (See "Construction Safety ' and Sequence Plan," Sheet 3 of 14 of the construction plans.) 5.11.4 Secure storage area for project materials. (See "Construction Safety and ' Sequence Plan," Sheet 3 of 14 of the construction plans.) 5.11.5 Secure storage area for construction equipment and tools. (See "Construction Safety and Sequence Plan," Sheet 3 of 14 of the construction plans.) 5.11.6 The parking of construction equipment and vehicles when not engaged in construction during non -working days and at night. (See " Construction ' Safety and Sequence Plan," Sheet 3 of 14 of the construction plans.) PSR - 7 5.11.7 Haul routes for off site debris or waste disposal. 5.12 Designation of responsible Contractor representative available on a 24-hour basis, including telephone number, for emergency maintenance of airport hazard lighting and barricades, or any other emergency involving Contractor's operations. 5.13 Interim fencing, gates, barriers, or other controls where existing fencing is to be relocated. Contractor plan must satisfy approved airport security program. 5.14 Environmental and safety requirements such as: 5.14.1 Dust control - use of water, chemicals, straw, mulch and seeding. 5.14.2 Smoke or open fires - comply with local ordinances. 5.14.3 On site disposal and burning of construction debris or waste is prohibited. 5.14.4 Noise abatement - comply with local regulations pertaining to noise levels and the Occupational Safety and Health Administration rules. 5.14.5 Blasting prohibited. 5.14.6 Location or relocation of utilities such as power, water, sewer, control cables, and provisions for temporary services and testing, as required. 5.14.7 Toxic substances. +-9 6.0 MARKING AND LIGHTING OF CLOSED OR HAZARDOUS AREAS ON THE AIRPORT 6.1 Temporarily Closed Runways and Taxiways: For runways and taxiways which have been temporarily closed, the lighting circuits should be disconnected. With runways, crosses of the temporary type (constructed of material such as fabric or plywood and painted in International Orange or other acceptable contrasting color) shall be placed at each runway end. The crosses shall be located on top of the runway numerals. Each cross leg dimension shall be sixty (60) feet long by ten (10) feet wide. Temporarily closed taxiways shall be treated as an unusable area as explained in paragraph 6.3 below. 6.2 Closed Airport: When runway 7/25 is closed temporarily, the runway shall be marked as in paragraph 6.1 above. 6.3 Hazardous Areas: Hazardous areas, in which no part of an aircraft may enter, are indicated by use of barricades with alternate orange and white markings. The barricades are supplemented with orange flags at least 20 by 20 inches square and made and installed so that they are always in the extended position and properly oriented. For nighttime use, the barricades shall be supplemented with flashing yellow lights. The intensity of the lights and spacing for barricades, flags, and lights must be such to delineate adequately the hazardous area. PSR-8 I 7.0 CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCING AND CONTRACT TIME Construction sequencing shall be arranged to keep the airport operational and aircraft scheduling delays to a minimum, without placing unnecessary hardship on the Contractor. In order to minimize disruption of airport operations, the work shall be accomplished as shown in the "Construction Safety and Sequence Plan", Sht. 3 of 14 of the construction plans, and the schedule below: AIRPORT STATUS SCHEDULE Airport Status Closed Open Total Allowable Contract Time: Duration 15 Calendar Days 105 Calendar Days 120 Calendar Days The work to be performed under Schedule A - Sealcoat Existing G/A Apron - Eastside" and Schedule B - "Construct and Sealcoat New G/A Apron - Westside" including Schedule B's associated lighting work under Schedule D, shall all be accomplished within the Total Allowable Contract Time of, one hundred twenty (120) consecutive calendar days. The work to be performed under Schedule C - Construct 400' Safety Overruns" and its associated lighting work under Schedule D, shall all be accomplished within a maximum period of fifteen (15) consecutive calendar days, which shall itself occur within the Total Allowable Contract Time frame. The Contractor will be required to submit a construction schedule and sequence plan ' for review by the Director of Airports and the Engineer at least five (5) working days prior to the scheduled date of the Preconstruction Conference. At least one aircraft access taxiway to and from the terminal apron, the existing general aviation aprons ' and each end of the active Runway shall be kept open at all times, except during the following construction phase condition: ' When work is authorized under Schedules C and D for construction of the 400' safety overruns and threshold lighting at each end of the runway, it shall be performed under the limitations and conditions of Section 4.1 and shall be authorized only after the issuance of appropriate NOTAM advising e of the temporary closure of the runway. Under no circumstances shall work be performed within the above designated areas until the Contractor's schedule has been reviewed by the Director of Airports and the Engineer. r� PSR - 9 u 1 DIVISION I 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS SECTION 10 1 DEFINITION OF TERMS ' Whenever the following items are used in these specifications, in the contract, in any documents or other instruments pertaining to construction where these specifications govern, the intent and meaning shall be interpreted as follows: 1 10-01 AASHTO. The American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials, the successor association to AASHO. 1 10-02 ACCESS ROAD. The right-of-way, the roadway and all improvements constructed thereon connecting the airport to a public highway. 1 10-03 AIP. The Airport Improvement Program, a grant-in-aid program, administered by the Federal Aviation Administration. 1 10-04 ADVERTISEMENT. A public announcement, as required by local law, inviting bids for work to be performed and materials to be furnished. Work to be performed at location stated in the Advertisement for Bids. 10-05 AIR OPERATING AREA. For the purpose of these specifications, the term air operations area shall mean any area of the airport used or intended to be used for the 1 landing, takeoff, or surface maneuvering of aircraft. An air operation area shall include such paved or unpaved areas that are used or intended to be used for the unobstructed movement of aircraft in addition to its associated runway, taxiway, or apron. 1 10-06 AIRPORT. Airport means an area of land or water which is used or intended to be used for the landing and takeoff of aircraft, and includes its buildings and facilities, 1 if any. 10-07 ASTM. The American Society for Testing and Materials. 1 10-08 AWARD. The acceptance, by the Owner, of the successful bidder's proposal. 10-09 BIDDER. Any individual, partnership, firm, or corporation, acting directly or ' through a duly authorized representative, who submits a proposal for the work contemplated. 1 10.09.1 BID. The written offer of a bidder, submitted on the bid form, to perform the work in accordance with the requirements of the contract documents and stating the consideration which the bidder will require for so doing. 1 10-09.2 BID FORM. The attached form on which it is required that bids be submitted. I GP - 1 H 10-10 BUILDING AREA. An area on the airport to be used, considered, or intended to be used for airport buildings or other airport facilities or rights -of -way together with all airport buildings and facilities located thereon. 10-11 CALENDAR DAY. Every day shown on the calendar. 10-12 CHANGE ORDER. A written order to the Contractor covering changes in the plans, specifications, or proposal quantities and establishing the basis of payment and contract time adjustment, if any, for the work affected by such changes. The work, covered by a change order, shall be within the scope of the contract. 10-13 CONTRACT. The written agreement covering the work to be performed. The awarded contract shall include,. but not be limited to: The Advertisement; the Contract Form; the Proposal; the Performance and Guaranty Bond; the Payment Bond; and required insurance certificates; the Specifications; the Plans; and any addenda issued to bidders. 10-14 CONTRACT ITEM (PAY ITEM). A specific unit of work for which a price is provided in the contract. 10-15 CONTRACT TIME. The number of calendar days or working days, stated in the proposal, allowed for completion of the contract, including authorized time extensions. If a calendar date of completion is stated in the proposal, in lieu of a number of calendar or working days, the contract shall be completed by that date. 10-16 CONTRACTOR. The individual, partnership, firm, or corporation primarily liable for the acceptable performance of the work contracted and for the payment of all legal debts pertaining to the work who acts directly or through lawful agents or employees to complete the contract work. 10-17 DRAINAGE SYSTEM. The system of pipes, ditches, and structures by which surface or subsurface waters are collected and conducted from the airport area. 10-18 ENGINEER. The individual, partnership, firm, or corporation, duly authorized by the Owner (sponsor) to be responsible for Engineering observation of the contract work and acting directly or through an authorized representative. 10-19 EQUIPMENT. All machinery, together with the necessary supplies for upkeep and maintenance, and also all tools and apparatus necessary for the proper construction and acceptable completion of the work. 10-20 EXTRA WORK. An item of work not provided for in the awarded contract as previously modified by change order or supplemental agreement, but which is found by the Engineer to be necessary to complete the work within the intended scope of the contract as previously modified. 10-21 FAA. The Federal Aviation Administration of the U.S. Department of Transportation. When used to designate a person, FAA shall mean the Administrator or his duly authorized representative. 10-22 FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS. The Federal Specifications and Standards, and supplements, amendments, and indices thereto are prepared and issued by the General Services Administration of the Federal Government. They may be obtained from the GP - 2 1 Specifications Activity, Printed Materials Supply Division, Building 197, Naval tWeapons Plant, Washington, D.C. 20407. 10 23 INSPECTOR. An employee or representative of the Owner authorized to inspect work performed or being performed, or the materials furnished or being furnished by the Contractor in the execution of this contract. 10 24 INTENTION OF TERMS. Any reference to a specific requirement of a numbered paragraph of the Contract Specifications or a cited standards shall be ' interpreted to include all general requirements of the entire section, specification item, or cited standard that may be pertinent to such specific reference. ' 10-25 LABORATORY. The official testing laboratories of the Owner or such other laboratories as may be designated by the Engineer. 1026 LIGHTING. A system of fixtures providing or controlling the light sources used ' on or near the airport or within the airport buildings. The field lighting includes all luminous signals, markers, floodlights, and illuminating devices used on or near the airport or to aid in the operation of aircraft landing at, taking off from, or taxiing on the airport surface. 10-27 MAJOR AND MINOR CONTRACT ITEMS. A major contract item shall be any item that is listed in the proposal, the total cost of which is equal to or greater than 10 percent of the total amount of the awarded contract. All other items shall be considered minor contract items. ' 10-28 MATERIALS. Any substance specified for use in the construction of the contract work. 10-29 NOTICE TO PROCEED. A written notice to the Contractor to begin the actual work on a previously agreed to date. If applicable, the Notice to Proceed shall state the date on which the contract time begins. 10-30 OWNER (SPONSOR). MONROE COUNTY, FLORIDA 10-31 PAVEMENT. The combined surface course, base course, and subbase course, if any, considered as a single unit. 10-32 PAYMENT BOND. A bond executed by the Contractor and his surety on the attached form guaranteeing that the Contractor will, in good faith, perform the work in full conformity with the terms of the contract documents and will promptly pay all persons supplying the labor and materials for the work. 10-33 PERFORMANCE AND GUARANTY BOND. A bond executed by the Contractor and his surety on the attached form guaranteeing that the Contractor will truly perform and fulfill all the undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions and agreements in accordance with the terms of the contract. 10-34 PLANS. The official drawings or exact reproductions, prepared by the Engineer, which show the location, character, dimensions and which are to be considered as a part of the contract, supplementary to the specifications. A listing of the plan sheets for this project is given in the Instructions of Bidders, Page 1B-1, Paragraph 2 "Examination of Contract Documents and Site." GP - 3 h agreed scope of work for accomplishing specific airport 10 35 PROJECT. The g p p g sp rp development with respect to a particular airport. 10-36 PROPOSAL. The written offer of the Bidder (when submitted on the approved proposal form) to perform the contemplated work and furnish the necessary materials in accordance with the provisions of the plans and specifications. In this specification, the work 'BID" shall be substituted or used interchangeably with the worD "PROPOSAL". 10-37 PROPOSAL GUARANTY - Bid Bond. A Bond executed by a Bidder and its surety on a form shown in this Document, guaranteeing that the Bidder, if awarded the Contract, will execute the same and will furnish the required Performance and Guaranty Bond and Payment Bond. 10-38 RESIDENT PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE. The Resident project Representative is the Engineer's agent and will act as directed by and under the supervision of Engineer, and will confer with Engineer regarding his actions. Resident Project Representative's dealings in matters pertaining to the on -site work shall, in general, be only with Engineer and Contractor, and dealing with subcontractors shall only be through, or with, the full knowledge of Contractor. Written communications with Owner will be only through or as directed by Engineer. 10-39 RUNWAY. The area on the airport prepared for the landing and takeoff of aircraft. 10-40 SPECIFICATIONS. A part of the contract containing the written directions and requirements for completing the contract work. Standards for specifying materials or testing which are cited in the contract specifications by reference shall have the same force and effect as if included in the contract physically. 10-41 STRUCTURES. Airport facilities such as bridges; culverts; catch basins; inlets; retaining walls; cribbing; storm and sanitary sewer lines; water lines; underdrains; electrical ducts, manholes, lighting fixtures and bases; transformers; flexible and rigid pavements; navigational aids; buildings; vaults; and other manmade features of the airport that may be encountered in the work and not otherwise classified herein. 10-42 SUBGRADE. The soil which forms the pavement foundation. 10-43 SUPERINTENDENT. The contractor's executive representative who is present on the work during progress, authorized to receive and fulfill instructions from the engineer, and who shall supervise and direct the construction. 10-44 SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT. A written agreement between the contractor and the owner covering: 1) work that would increase or decrease the total amount of the awarded contract, or any major contract item, by more than 25 percent, such increased or decreased work being within the scope of the originally awarded contract, or 2) work that is not within the scope of the originally awarded contract, but is required to satisfy the general scope of the contract. 10-45 SURETY. The corporation, partnership, or individual, other than the contractor, executing payment or performance bonds which are furnished to the owner by the contractor. GP - 4 1 1 10-46 TAXIWAY. For the purpose of this document, the term taxiway means the ' portion of the air operations area of an airport that has been designated by competent airport authority for movement of aircraft to and from the airport's runway or aircraft parking areas. ' 10-47 WORK. The furnishing of all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary or convenient to the contractor's performance of all duties and obligations imposed by the contract, plans, and specifications. ' 10-48 WORKING DAY. A working day shall be any day other than a legal holiday, Saturday, or Sunday on which the normal working forces of the contractor may ' proceed with regular work for at least 6 hours toward completion of the contract. Unless work is suspended for causes beyond the contractor's control, Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays on which the contractor's forces engage in regular work, requiring the presence of an inspector, will be considered as working days. P GP - 5 SECTION 20 PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS 20-01 ADVERTISEMENT. See Advertisement for Bids, Page A-1 in these Contract Documents. 20-02 PREQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS. Each bidder shall furnish the Owner satisfactory evidence of his competency to perform the proposed work. Such evidence of competency, unless otherwise specified, shall consist of statements covering the bidder's past experience on similar work, a list of equipment that would be available for the work, and a list of key personnel that would be available. In addition, each bidder shall furnish the Owner satisfactory evidence of his financial responsibility. Such evidence of financial responsibility, unless otherwise specified, shall consist of a confidential statement or report of the bidder's financial resources and liabilities as of the last calendar year or the contractor's last fiscal year. Such statements or reports shall be certified by a public accountant. At the time of submitting such financial statements or reports, the bidder shall further certify whether his financial responsibility is approximately the same as stated or reported by the public accountant. If the bidder's financial responsibility has changed, the bidder shall qualify the public accountant's statement or report to reflect his (bidder's) true financial condition at the time such qualified statement or report is submitted to the Owner. Unless otherwise specified, a bidder may submit evidence that he is prequalified with the State Highway Division and is on the current "bidder's list" of the state in which the proposed work is located. Such evidence of State Highway Division prequalification may be submitted as evidence of financial responsibility in lieu of the certified statements or reports hereinabove specified. Each bidder shall submit "evidence of competency" and "evidence of financial responsibility" to the Owner with its bid. 20-03 CONTENTS OF PROPOSAL FORMS. The Owner shall furnish bidders with proposal forms. All papers bound with or attached to the proposal forms are necessary parts and must not be detached. The plans, specifications, and other documents designated in the proposal form shall be considered a part of the proposal whether attached or not. 20-04 ISSUANCE OF PROPOSAL FORMS. The Owner reserves the right to refuse to issue a proposal form to a prospective bidder should such bidder be in default for any of the following reasons: (a) Failure to comply with any prequalification regulations of the Owner, if such regulations ar cited, or otherwise included, in the proposal as a requirement for bidding. (b) Failure to pay, or satisfactorily settle, all bills due for labor and materials on former contracts in force (with the Owner) at the time the Owner issues the proposal to a prospective bidder. GP-6 fl n (a) Contractor default under previous contracts with the Owner. ' (d) Unsatisfactory work on previous contracts with the Owner. 20-05 INTERPRETATION OF ESTIMATED PROPOSAL QUANTITIES. An estimate of ' quantities of work to be done and materials to be furnished under these specifications is given in the proposal. It is the result of careful calculations and is believed to be correct. It is given only as a basis for comparison of proposals and the award of the ' contract. The Owner does not expressly or by implication agree that the actual quantities involved will correspond exactly therewith; nor shall the bidder plead misunderstanding or deception because of such estimates of quantities, or of the character, location, or other conditions pertaining to the work. Payment to the Contractor will be made only for the actual quantities of work performed or materials furnished in accordance with the plans and specifications. It is understood that the quantities may be increased or decreased as hereinafter provided in the subsection ' titled ALTERNATION OF WORK AND QUANTITIES of Section 40 without in any way invalidating the unit bid prices. L� P r 20-06 EXAMINATION OF PLANS. SPECIFICATIONS, AND SITE. The bidder is expected to carefully examine the site of the proposed work, the proposal, plans, specifications, and contract forms. He shall satisfy himself as to the character, quality and quantities of work to be performed, materials to be furnished, and as to the requirements of the proposed contract. The submission of a proposal shall be prima facie evidence that the bidder has made such examination and is satisfied as to the conditions to be encountered in performing the work and as to the requirements of the proposed contract, plans, and specifications. Boring logs and other records of subsurface investigations and tests are available for inspection of bidders. It is understood and agreed that such subsurface information, whether included in the plans, specifications, or otherwise made available to the bidder, was obtained and is intended for the Owner's design and estimating purposes only. Such information has been made available for the convenience of all bidders. It is further understood and agreed that each bidder is solely responsible for all assumptions, deductions, or conclusions which he may make or obtain from his examination of the boring logs and other records of subsurface investigations and tests that are furnished by the Owner. 20-07 PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL. The bidder shall submit his proposal on the forms furnished by the Owner. The Bid Form shall not be detached from the contract documents. All blank spaces in the proposal forms must be correctly filled in where indicated for each and every item for which a quantity is given. The bidder shall state the price (written in ink or typed) for which he proposes to do each pay item furnished in the proposal. The bidder shall sign his proposal correctly in ink. If the proposal is made by an individual, his name and post office address must be shown. If made by a partnership, the name and post office address of each member of the partnership must be shown. If made by a corporation, the person signing the proposal shall give the name of the state under the laws of which the corporation was chartered and the name, titles, and business address of the president, secretary, and the treasurer. Anyone signing a proposal as an agent shall file evidence of his authority to do so and that the signature is binding upon the firm or corporation. GP - 7 20-08 IRREGULAR PROPOSALS. Proposals shall be considered irregular for the P g following reasons: (a) If the proposal is on a form other than that furnished by the Owner, or if the Owner's form is altered, or if any part of the proposal form is detached. (b) If there are unauthorized additions, conditional or alternative pay items, or irregularities of any kind which make the proposal incomplete, indefinite, or otherwise ambiguous. (c) If the proposal does not contain a unit price for each pay item listed in the proposal, except in the case of authorized alternate pay items, for which the bidder is not required to furnish a unit price. (d) If the proposal contains unit prices that are obviously unbalanced. (e) If the proposal is not accompanied by the proposal guaranty specified by the Owner. For AIP contracts, proposals shall be considered irregular for any of the reasons stated, and, in addition, if the .proposal is "nonresponsive" with respect to the requirements of Part 152 of the Federal Aviation Regulation as specified in the Proposal Form. The Owner reserves the right to reject any irregular proposal and the right to waive technicalities if such waiver is in the best interest of the Owner and conforms to local laws and ordinances pertaining to the letting of construction contracts. 20-09 PROPOSAL GUARANTY. Each bid shall be accompanied by a bid bond in the form of a cashier's check made payable to the Owner or a bid bond prepared on the form attached hereto, duly executed by the bidder as principal having as Surety thereon a surety company satisfactory to the Owner. The guaranty so furnished shall be in the amount not less than ten percent (10%) of the amount of the total bid price. Attorneys -in -fact who sign bid bonds must file with such bond a certified copy of their power of attorney to sign such bonds. All bonds must be countersigned by a resident Florida agent of the Surety with proof of agency attached. 20-10 DELIVERY OF PROPOSAL. Each proposal submitted shall be placed in a sealed envelope plainly marked with the project number, location of airport, and name and business address of the bidder on the outside. When sent by mail, preferably registered, the sealed proposal, marked as indicated above should be enclosed in an additional envelope. No proposal will be considered unless received at the place specified in the advertisement before the time specified for receipt of all bids. Proposals received after the specified time shall be returned to the bidder unopened. 20-11 WITHDRAWAL OR REVISION OF PROPOSALS. A bidder may withdraw or revise by withdrawal of all proposal and submission of another) a proposal provided that the bidder's request for withdrawal is received by the Owner in writing or by telegram before the time specified for receipt of bids. Revised proposals must be received at the place specified in the advertisement before the time specified for receipt of all bids. GP - 8 1 U 7 20-12 PUBLIC OPENING OF PROPOSALS. Proposals shall be opened, and read, publicly at the time and place specified in the advertisement. Bidders, their authorized agents, and other interested persons are invited to attend. Proposals that have been withdrawn (by written or telegraphic request) or received after the time specified for receipt of bids shall be returned to the bidder unopened. 20-13 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS. A bidder shall be considered disqualified for any of the following reasons: (a) Submitting more than one proposal from the same partnership, firm, or corporation under the same name or different name. (b) Evidence of collusion among bidders. Bidders participating in such collusion shall be disqualified bidders for any future work of the Owner until any such participating bidder has been reinstated by the Owner as a qualified bidder. (c) If the bidder is considered to be in "default" for any reason specified in the subsection titled ISSUANCE OF PROPOSAL FORMS of this section. (d) Submission of an unbalanced bid in which the prices bid for some items are out of proportion to the prices bid for other items. (e) Lack of responsibility as shown by past work judged from the standpoint of workmanship and progress. (f) Lack of competency, as revealed by inability to produce valid license as required by law. (g) Uncompleted work for which the bidder is committed by contract, which, in the judgement of the Owner, might hinder or prevent the prompt completion of work under this contract if awarded to such bidder. (h) Being in arrears on any of his existing contracts with the Owner or in litigation with the Owner having defaulted on a previous contract with the Owner. GP - 9 SECTION 30 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT 30-01 CONSIDERATION OF PROPOSALS. After the proposals are publicly opened and read, they will be compared on the basis of the summation of the products obtained by multiplying the estimated quantities shown in the proposal by the unit bid prices. In the event of a discrepancy between a unit bid price and an extension, the unit bid price will govern. If a bidder's proposal contains a discrepancy between unit bid prices written in words and unit bid prices written in numbers, the unit price written in words shall govern. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof, will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. Until the award of a contract is made, the Owner reserved the right to reject a bidder's proposal for any of the following reasons: (a) If the proposal is irregular as specified in the subsection titled IRREGULAR PROPOSALS of Section 20. (b) If the bidder is disqualified for any of the reasons specified in the subsection titled DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS of Section 20. In addition, until the award of a contract in made, the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all proposals; waive technicalities, if such waiver is in the best interest of the owner and is in conformance with applicable state and local laws of regulations pertaining to the letting of construction contracts; advertise for new proposals; or proceed with the work otherwise. All such actions shall promote the Owner's best interests. 30-02 AWARD OF CONTRACT. Award of the contract is subject to the availability of FAA AIP funds, and will be made after the necessary investigations of the responsibility of the low bidders have been made. Upon approval by the Federal aviation Administration and on the recommendations of the Engineer, contract award notification will be made. Such award will be made, or all bids rejected, within sixty (60) days of the bid opening. Award of the contract shall be made by the Owner to the lowest, qualified bidder whose proposal conform to the cited requirements of the Owner. To determine the lowest qualified Bidder, the Owner may consider the Alternate Bid Item 9A as a replacement for Bid Item 9 and the Additive Bid Items. 30-03 CANCELLATION OF AWARD. The Owner reserves the right to cancel the award without liability to the bidder, except return of the proposal guaranty, at any time before a contract has been fully executed by all parties and is approved by the Owner in accordance with the subsection titled APPROVAL OF CONTRACT of this section. 30-04 RETURN OF PROPOSAL GUARANTY. All proposal guaranties, except those of the two lowest bidders, will be returned immediately after the Owner has made a comparison of bids as hereinbefore specified in the subsection titled CONSIDERATION OF PROPOSALS in this section. 0 F GP - 10 E 11 Proposal guaranties of the two lowest bidders will be retained by the Owner until such time as an award is made, at which time the unsuccessful bidder's proposal guaranty will be returned. The successful bidder's proposal guaranty will be returned as soon as the Owner receives the contract bonds as specified in the subsection titled REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT BONDS of this section. 30-05 REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT BONDS. At the time of the execution of the contract, the successful bidder shall furnish the Owner a surety bond or bonds which have been fully executed by the bidder and his surety guaranteeing the performance of the work and the payment of all legal debts that may be incurred by reason of the contractor's performance of the work. The surety and the form of the bond or bonds shall be acceptable to the Owner. For contracts under $100,000, the performance, payment and guaranty bond or bonds shall be in a sum equal to the full amount of each contract awarded. For contracts exceeding $100,000, separate performance and payment bonds shall each be in a sum equal to the full amount of each contract awarded. The bond shall be written through a company licensed to do business in the State of Florida and meeting the following requirements: (a) Qualifications - Management and Strength (1) The surety must be rated no less than "A" as to management, and no less than "AAA" as to strength, by the latest edition of Best's Insurance Guide, published by Alfred M. Best Company, Inc., 75 Fulton St., New York, New York 10038. (2) The surety company executing the bond shall be listed by the U.S. ' Treasury Department as being approved by and for writing bonds for federal projects on it current list in an amount not less than the amount of the bond to the Owner. (b) Bonding Limit - Any One Risk. The bonding limit of the sureties shall not exceed five percent 5%) of the policyholder surplus (capital and surplus) as listed by the aforementioned Best's Insurance Guide. (c) Authorization. Attorneys -in -fact who sign performance, payment and guaranty bonds must file with such bond a certified copy of their power of attorney to sign such bonds. All bonds must be countersigned by a resident Florida agent of the ' surety with proof of agency attached. 30-06 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT. The successful bidder shall sign (execute) the necessary agreements for entering into the contract and return such signed contract to the Owner, along with the fully executed surety bond or bonds specified in the subsection titled REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT BONDS of this section, within 10 calendar days from the date mailed or otherwise delivered to the successful bidder. The successful bidder shall provide satisfactory evidence of all required insurance coverage and proof satisfactory to the Owner or the persons executing the contract. The above documents must be furnished, executed, and delivered before the contract ' will be executed by the Owner and a copy of such fully executed contract is delivered to the Contractor. If the contract is mailed, special handling is recommended. 30-07 APPROVAL OF CONTRACT. Upon receipt of the contract and contract bond or bonds that have been executed by the successful bidder, the Owner shall complete the execution of the contract in accordance with local laws or ordinances, and return the fully executed contract to the Contractor. Delivery of the fully executed contract ' to the Contractor shall constitute the Owner's approval to be bound by the successful bidder's proposal and the terms of the contract. I GP - 11 30-08 FAILURE TO EXECUTE CONTRACT. Failure of the successful bidder to execute the contract and furnish an acceptable surety bond or bonds within the 10 calendar day period specified in the subsection titled REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT BONDS of this section shall be just cause for cancellation of the award and forfeiture of the proposal guaranty, not as a penalty, but as liquidation of damages to the Owner. E GP - 12 MR 7 SECTION 40 ' SCOPE OF WORK 40-01 INTENT OF CONTRACT. The intent of the contract is to provide for construction and completion, in every detail, of the work described. It is further intended that the Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, tools, ' transportation, and supplies required to complete the work in accordance with the plans, specifications, and terms of the contract. 1 I C 40-01.1 PRE -CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE. After contract has been awarded and signed, but prior to the commencement of the work, a Pre -Construction Conference shall be held at the office of the Owner. Such conference shall be attended by authorized representatives of the Owner, Engineer, Contractor, FAA, FDOT; and appropriate airport users. The purpose of this conference will be to review the Contractor's submitted progress schedule, integrate same, clarify any questions that might arise with regard to responsibility and jurisdiction, and acquaint all parties with the authorized representatives to be notified. The progress schedule shall be furnished to the Engineer five (5) working days in advance of this conference. The exact time and place of this meeting shall be established by the Owner and written notice shall be given. 40-02 ALTERATION OF WORK AND QUANTITIES. The Owner reserves and shall have the right to make such alterations in the work as may be necessary or desirable to complete the work originally intended in an acceptable manner. Unless otherwise specified herein, the Engineer shall be and is hereby authorized to make such alterations in the work as may increase or decrease the originally awarded contract quantities, provided that the aggregate of such alternations does not change the total contract cost or the total cost of any major contract item by more than 25 percent (total cost being based on the unit prices and estimated quantities in the awarded contract). Alterations which do not exceed 25 percent limitation shall not invalidate the contract nor release the surety, and the Contractor agrees to accept payment for such alterations as if the altered work had been a part of the original contract. These alterations which are for work within the general scope of the contract shall be covered by "change orders" issued by the Engineer. Change orders for altered work shall include extensions or contract time where, in the Engineer's opinion, such extensions are commensurate with the amount and difficulty of added work. Should the aggregate amount of altered work exceed the 25 percent limitation hereinabove specified, such excess altered work shall be covered by supplemental agreement. If the Owner and the Contractor are unable to agree on a unit adjustment for any contract item that requires a supplemental agreement, the Owner reserves the right to terminate the contract with respect to the item and make other arrangements for its completion. 40-03 OMITTED ITEMS. The Engineer may, in the Owner's best interest, omit from the work any contract item, except major contract items. Major items may be omitted by a supplemental agreement. Such omission of contract items shall not invalidate any other contract provisions or requirements. J GP - 13 Should a contract item be omitted or otherwise order to be non -performed the Contractor shall be paid for all work performed toward completion of such item prior to the date of the order to omit such item. Payment for work performed shall be in accordance with the subsection titled PAYMENT FOR OMITTED ITEMS of Section 90. 40-04 EXTRA WORK. Should acceptable completion of the contract require the Contractor to perform an item of work for which no basis of payment has been provided in the original contract or previously issued change orders or supplemental agreements, the same shall be called Extra Work. Extra work that is within the general scope of the contract shall be covered by written change order. Change orders for such extra work shall contain agreed unit prices for performing the change order work in accordance with the requirements specified in the order, and shall contain any adjustment to the contract time that, in the Engineer's opinion, is necessary for completion of such extra work. When determined by the Owner to be in its best interest, he may order the Contractor to proceed with extra work by force account as provided in the subsection titled PAYMENT FOR EXTRA WORK AND FORCE ACCOUNT WORK of Section 90. Any claim for payment of extra work that is not covered by written agreement (change order or supplemental agreement) shall be rejected by the Owner. 40-05 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC. It is the explicit intention of the contract that the safety of aircraft, as well as the Contractor's equipment and personnel, is the most important consideration. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall provide for the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft in the air operations areas of the airport with respect to his operations and the operations of all his subcontractors as specified in the subsection titled LIMITATION OF OPERATIONS of Section 80. It is further understood and agreed that the Contractor shall provide for the uninterrupted operation of visual and electronic signals (including power supplies thereto) used in the guidance of aircraft while operating to, from, and upon the airport as specified in the subsection titled CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR UTILITY SERVICE AND FACILITIES OF OTHERS in Section 70. With respect to his own operations and the operations of all his subcontractors, the Contractor shall provide marking, lighting, and other acceptable means of identifying: personnel; equipment; vehicles; storage areas; and any work area or conditions that may be hazardous to the operation of aircraft, fire -rescue equipment, or maintenance vehicles at the airport. When the contract requires the maintenance of vehicular traffic on an existing road, street, or highway during the Contractor's performance of work that is otherwise provided for in the contract, plans, and specifications, the Contractor shall keep such road, street, or highway open to all traffic and shall provide such maintenance as may be required to accommodate traffic. The Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain barricades, warning signs, flagmen, and other traffic control devices in reasonable conformity with the Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways (published by the United States Government Printing Office), unless otherwise specified herein. The Contractor shall also construct and maintain in a safe condition any temporary connections necessary for ingress and egress from abutting property or intersecting roads, streets, or highways. ( GP - 14 0 The Contractor shall make his own estimate of all labor, materials, equipment and ' incidentals necessary for providing the maintenance of aircraft and vehicular traffic as specified in this subsection. The cost of maintaining the aircraft and vehicular traffic specified in this subsection ' shall not be measured or paid for directly, but shall be included in the various contract items. ' Cars, trucks, and construction equipment shall be limited to the areas of runway and taxiway which are closed to air traffic, except when approved by the Owner. Safety practices shall be in accordance with FAA AC 150/5370-2C, Safety on Airports During Construction Activity. Vehicle traffic patterns to and from construction areas shall ' be as approved by the Owner after coordination with the Owner. Grassed areas damaged by ground traffic shall be restored by the Contractor at his expense prior to completion and acceptance of the project. ' The Contractor shall furnish watchmen in sufficient numbers to protect and divert vehicular, aircraft, and pedestrian traffic from working areas closed to traffic, or to ' protect any new work. Failure to comply with these requirements will result in the Owner shutting down the work until the Contractor shall have provided the necessary protection. ' When contractor vehicles must repeatedly cross the active runway, or be within 150 feet of an active runway, the Contractor shall furnish flagmen to control such movements to assure safety to aircraft and personnel using the active runway. ' Vehicles shall be flagged and lighted in accordance with AC 150/5370-2C. 40-06 REMOVAL OF EXISTING STRUCTURES. All existing structures encountered ' within the established lines, grades, or grading sections shall be removed by the Contractor, unless such existing structures are otherwise specified to be relocated, adjusted up or down, salvaged, abandoned in place, reused in the work or to remain in place. The cost of removing such existing structures shall not be measured or paid for ' directly, but shall be included in the various contract items. Should the Contractor encounter an existing structure (above or below ground) in the ' work for which the disposition is not indicated on the plans, the Engineer shall be notified prior to disturbing such structure. The disposition of existing structures so encountered shall be immediately determined by the Engineer in accordance with the ' provisions of the contract. Except as provided in the subsection titled RIGHTS IN AND USE OF MATERIALS FOUND IN THE WORK of this section, it is intended that all existing materials or structures that may be encountered (within the lines, grades, or grading sections established for completion of the work) shall be utilized in the work as otherwise provided for in the contract and shall remain the property of the Owner when so ' utilized in the work. 40-07 RIGHTS IN AND USE OF MATERIALS FOUND IN THE WORK. Should the Contractor encounter any material such as but not restricted to) sand, stone, gravel, slag, or concrete slabs within the established lines, grades, or grading sections, the use of which is intended by the terms of the contract to be either embankment or waste, he may at his option either: 1 GP - 15 a Use such material in another contract item providing such use is reviewed () rP g by the Engineer and is in conformance with the contract specifications applicable to such use; or, or, (b) Remove such material from the site, upon written approval of the Owner; (c) Use such material for his own temporary construction site; or, (d) Use such material as intended by the terms of the contract. Should the Contractor wish to exercise option (a), (b), or (c), he shall request the Engineer's review in advance of such use. Should the Contractor exercise option (a), (b), or (c), the Contractor shall be paid for the excavation or removal of such material at the applicable contract price. The Contractor shall replace, at his own expense, such removed or excavated material with an agreed equal volume of material that is acceptable for use in constructing embankment, backfills, or otherwise to the extent that such replacement material is needed to complete the contract work. The Contractor shall not be charged for his use of such material so used in the work or removed from the site. Should the Contractor exercise option (a), the Contractor shall be paid, at the applicable contract price, for furnishing and installing such material in accordance with requirements of the contract item in which the material is used. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall make no claim for delays by reason of his exercise of option (a), (b) or (c). The Contractor shall not excavate, remove, or otherwise disturb any material, structure, or part of a structure which is located outside the lines, grades, or grading sections established for the work, except where such excavation or removal is provided for in the contract, plans, or specifications. 40-08 FINAL CLEANING UP. Upon completion of the work and before acceptance and final payment will be made, the Contractor shall remove from the site all machinery, equipment, surplus and discarded materials, rubbish, temporary structures, and stumps or portions of trees. He shall cut all brush and woods within the limits indicated and shall leave the site in a neat and presentable condition. Material cleared from the site and deposited on adjacent property will not be considered as having been disposed of satisfactorily unless the Contractor has obtained the written permission of such property owner. Areas disturbed during construction are to be restored to the conditions existing prior to construction. No separate payment will be made for this work. 40-09 UTILITIES AND TEMPORARY FACILITIES. (a) Existing Utilities and Facilities indicated on the drawings may not be complete and location could vary from that shown. The Contractor shall verify the exact location of those existing utilities and facilities which are directly involved in the construction and/or within the limits of the work. GP -16 (b) Protection. Preserve in operating conditions all active utilities and ' facilities traversing the site of the work; protect all property including, but not limited to, sewer and water mains, conduit, manholes, catch basins, valve boxes, poles, guys, electrical and telephone cables and other appurtenances. The Contractor shall repair damage to any such utility and facility due to the work under this contract to ' the satisfaction of the local authority and the utility at no cost to the Owner. (c) Approval shall be obtained from the appropriate utility authority prior to making adjustments to, or in any way altering the operation of existing utilities and 1 facility or making connections to existing pipes and structures. (d) Electrical Power. Temporary wiring and electrical power for construction ' shall be furnished by the Contractor. Contractor shall make all necessary arrangements with the local power company for temporary services, at Contractor's ' expense. (1) Temporary wiring shall meet all safety requirements of the National Electrical Code and local code requirements. ' (2) Temporary power shall be made available by the Contractor to all subcontractors to enable them to properly carry out their work. An adequate number of outlets shall be provided, each properly and clearly labeled with maximum voltage ' and fuse protection, and provided with ground fault protection. (3) Temporary lighting shall consist of a weatherproof socket properly ' insulated and provided with a locking wire -type guard. (4) All devices shall be properly grounded. ' (e) Water. The Construction shall arrange with local authorities for water and pay all costs in connection therewith. ' (f) Temporary Sanitary Facilities. (1) Provide temporary toilet facilities separate from the job office. ' Maintain these during the entire period of construction under this Contract for the use of all construction personnel on the job. Provide enough chemical toilets to conveniently serve the needs of all personnel ' (2) Chemical toilets and their maintenance shall meet the requirements of the State and local health regulations and ordinances. Any facilities or maintenance methods failing to meet these requirements shall be corrected ' immediately. GP - 17 SECTION 50 CONTROL OF WORK 50-01 AUTHORITY OF THE ENGINEER. The Engineer shall decide any and all questions which may arise as to the quality and acceptability of materials furnished, work performed, and as to the manner of performance and rate of progress of the work. He shall decide all questions which may arise as to the interpretation of the specifications or plans relating to the work, the fulfillment of the contract on the part of the Contractor, and the rights of different contractors on the project. The Engineer shall determine the amount and quality of the several kinds of work performed and materials furnished which are to be paid for under the contract. All notices given by the Owner or the Engineer under the provisions of this contract shall be in writing and service of same may be in either of the following manners: (a) By delivery of such notice to the Contractor or to any officer of the Contractor if said Contractor be a corporation, or to any agent or superintendent of the Contractor. (b) By mailing such notice by certified mail to the address of the Contractor shown on the Contractor's bid. The Contractor shall allow and permit the Owner or his duly authorized representative to inspect and review all payrolls, records or personnel, conditions of employment, invoices of materials, books of accounts, and other relevant data and records pertinent to the contract and subcontracts. It is acknowledged that nothing is the performance of the Engineer's services in connection with this project implies any undertaking for the benefit of, or which may be enforced by the Contractor, its sub -contractors, or the surety of any of them, it being understood that the Engineer's obligations are solely to the Owner and that, in meeting such obligations, the Engineer may increase the burdens and expenses of the Contractor, its subcontractors, or the surety of any of them. Resident Project Representative will: 1. Schedules: Review the progress schedule, schedule of Shop Drawing submissions and schedule of values prepared by Contractor and consult with Engineer concerning their acceptability. 2. Conferences: Attend preconstruction conferences. Arrange a schedule of progress meetings and other job conferences as required in consultation with Engineer and notify those expected to attend in advance. Attend meetings, and maintain and circulate copies of minutes thereof. 3. Liaison: a. Serve as Engineer's liaison with Contractor, working principally through Contractor's superintendent and assist him in understanding the intent of the Contract Documents. Assist Engineer in serving as Owner's liaison with Contractor when Contractor's operations affect Owner's on -site operations. IF GP - 18 E 4. I 5. LI 6. 7. 8. b. As requested by Engineer, assist in obtaining from Owner additional details or information, when required at the job site for proper execution of the work. Shop Drawings and Samples: a. Receive and record date of receipt of shop drawings and samples, receive samples which are furnished at the site by Contractor, and notify Engineer of their availability for examination. b. Advise Engineer and Contractor or its superintendent immediately of the commencement of any work requiring a shop drawing or sample submission if the submission has not been reviewed by Engineer. Review of Work, Rejection of Defective Work, Inspections and Tests: a. Conduct on -site observations of the work in progress to assist Engineer in determining if the work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents and that completed work will conform to the Contract Documents. b. Report to Engineer whenever he believes that any work is unsatisfactory, faulty or defective, or does not conform to the Contract Documents, or does not meet the requirements of any inspections, tests, or approval required to be made or has been damaged prior to final payment; and advise Engineer when he believes work should be corrected or rejected or should be uncovered for observation, or requires special testing, inspection or approval. C. Verify that tests, equipment and systems startups and operating and maintenance instructions are conducted as required by the Contract Documents and in presence of the required personnel, and the Contractor maintains adequate records thereof; observe, record and report to Engineer appropriate details relative to the test procedures and startups. d. Accompany visiting inspectors representing public or other agencies having jurisdiction over the Project, record the outcome of these inspections and report to Engineer. Interpretation of Contract Documents. . Transmit to Contractor Engineer's clarification and interpretations of the Contract Documents. Modifications: Consider and evaluate Contractor's suggestions for modifications in drawings or specifications and report them with recommendations to Engineer. Records: a. Maintain at the job site orderly files for correspondence, reports of job conferences, shop drawings and sample submissions, reproductions of original Contract Documents, including all addenda, change orders, field orders, additional drawings issued subseqent to the execution of the contract, Engineer's clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents, progress reports and other project related documents. L GP -19 b. Keep a diary or log book, recording hours on the job site, weather conditions, data relative to questions of extras or deductions, list of visiting officials and representatives or manufacturers, fabricators, suppliers and distributors, daily activities, decisions, observations in general and specific observations in more detail as in the case of observing test procedures. Send copies to Engineer. C. Record names, addresses and telephone numbers of all contractors, subcontractors and major suppliers of material and equipment. 9. Reports: a. Furnish Engineer daily reports as required to show progress of the work and Contractor's compliance with the approved progress schedule and schedule of shop drawing submissions. b. Consult with Engineer in advance of scheduled major tests, inspections or start of important phases of the work. C. Report immediately to Engineer upon the occurrence of any accident. 10. Payment Requisitions: Review applications for payment with Contractor for compliance with the established procedure for their submission and forward them with recommendations to Engineer, noting particularly their relation to the schedule of values, work completed and materials and equipment delivered at the site, but not incorporated in the work. 11. Certificates, Maintenance and Operation Manuals: During the course of the work, verify that certificates, maintenance and operation manuals and other data required to be assembled and furnished by Contractor are applicable to the items actually installed; and deliver this material to Engineer for his review and forwarding to Owner prior to final acceptance of the work. 12. Completion: a. Before Engineer issues a Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit to Contractor a list of observed items requiring completion or correction. b. Conduct final inspection in the company of Engineer, Owner and Contractor and prepare a final list of items to be completed or corrected. C. Verify that all items on final list have been completed or corrected and make recommendations to Engineer concerning acceptance. Limitations of Authority Except upon written instructions of Engineer, Resident Project Representative shall not: 1. Authorize any deviation from the Contract Documents or approve any substitute materials or equipment; 2. Exceed limitations of Engineer's authority as set forth in the Contract Documents; GP - 20 P 3. Undertake any of the responsibility of Contractor, subcontractor or Contractor's ' superintendent, or expedite the work; 4. Advise on, or issue, directions relative to any aspect of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction unless such is specifically ' called for in the Contract Documents. 5. Advise on, or issue, directions as to safety precautions and programs in 1 connection with the work; 6., Authorize Owner to occupy the project in whole or in part; and, ' 7. Participate in specialized field or laboratory tests. 50-02 CONFORMITY WITH PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. All work and all ' materials furnished shall be in reasonably close conformity with the lines, grades, grading sections, cross sections, dimensions, material requirements, and testing requirements that are specified (including specified tolerances) in the contract, plans, ' or specifications. If the Engineer finds the materials furnished, work performed, or the finished product not within reasonably close conformity with the plans and specifications but that the portion of the work affected will, in his opinion, result in a finished product having a level of safety, economy, durability, and workmanship acceptable to the Owner, he will advise the Owner of his determination that the affected work be accepted and remain in place. In this event, the Engineer will document his determination and recommend to the Owner a basis of acceptance which will provide for an adjustment in the contract price for the affected portion of the work. The Engineer's determination ' and recommended contract price adjustments will be based on good engineering judgement and such tests or retests of the affected work as are, in his opinion, needed. Changes in the contract price shall be covered by contract modifications (change order or supplemental agreement) as applicable. ' If the Engineer finds the materials furnished, work performed, or the finished product are not in reasonable close conformity with the plans and specifications and have resulted in an unacceptable finished product, the affected work or materials shall be ' removed and replaced or otherwise corrected by and at the expense of the Contractor. ' For the purpose of this subsection, the term "reasonably close conformity" shall not be construed as waiving the Contractor's responsibility to complete the work in accordance with the contract, plans, and specifications. The term shall not be construed as waiving the Engineer's right to insist on strict compliance with the i requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications during the Contractor's prosecution of the work, when, in the Engineer's opinion, such compliance is essential to provide an acceptable finished portion of the work. ' For the purpose of this subsection, the term "reasonably close conformity" is also intended to provide the Engineer with the authority to use good engineering judgement in his determinations as to acceptance of work that is not in strict conformity but will provide a finished product equal to or better than that intended by the requirements of the contract, plans and specifications. H I GP - 21 50-03 COORDINATION OF CONTRACT PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. The contract, plans, specifications, and all referenced standards cited are essential parts of the contract requirements. A requirement occurring in one is as binding as though occurring in all. They are intended to be complementary and to describe and provide for a complete work. In case of discrepancy, calculated dimensions will govern over scaled dimensions; contract technical specifications shall govern over contract general provisions, plans, cited standards for materials or testing, and cited FAA advisory circulars; contract general provisions shall govern over plans, cited standards for materials or testing, and cited FAA advisory circulars; plans shall govern over cited standards for materials or testing and cited FAA advisory circulars. The Contractor shall not take advantage of any apparent error or omission on the plans or specifications. In the event the Contractor discovers any apparent error or discrepancy, he shall immediately call upon the Engineer for his interpretation and decision, and such decision shall be final. 50-04 COOPERATION OF CONTRACTOR. The Contractor will be supplied with two copies each of the plans and specifications. He shall have available on the work at all times one copy .each of the plans and specifications. Additional copies of the plans and specifications may be obtained by the Contractor for the cost of reproduction. The Contractor shall give constant attention to the work to facilitate the progress thereof, and he shall cooperate with the Engineer and his inspectors and with other contractors in every way possible. The Engineer shall allocate the work and designate the sequence of construction in case of controversy between contractors. The Contractor shall have a competent superintendent on the work at all times who is fully authorized as his agent on the work. The superintendent shall be capable of reading and thoroughly understanding the plans and specifications and shall receive and fulfill instructions from the Engineer or his authorized representative. 50-05 COOPERATION BETWEEN CONTRACTORS. The Owner reserves the right to contract for and perform other or additional work on or near the work covered by this contract. When separate contracts are let within the limits of any one project, each contractor shall conduct his work so as not to interfere with or hinder the progress of completion of the work being performed by other contractors. Contractors working on the same project shall cooperate with each other as directed. Each Contractor involved shall assume all liability, financial or otherwise, in connection with his contract and shall protect and save harmless the Owner and Engineer from any and all damages or claims that may arise because of inconvenience, delays, or loss experienced by him because of the presence and operations of other contractors working within the limits of the same project. The Contractor shall arrange his work and shall place and dispose of the materials being used so as not to interfere with the operations of the other contractors within the limits of the same project. He shall join his work with that of the others in an acceptable manner and shall perform it in proper sequence to that of the others. The Contractor shall not commit or permit any act which will interfere with the performance of the work by any other contractor or fail to perform such acts as required to avoid interference with the performance of work by any other contractor. GP - 22 I L� F Li If there be a difference of opinion as to the respective rights of the Contractor and others doing the work within the limits of or adjacent to the project, the Engineer will decide as to the respective rights of the various parties involved in order to secure the completion of the Owner's work in general harmony and in a satisfactory manner, and his decision shall be final and binding on the Contractor. 50-06 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT AND STAKES. The Engineer shall establish horizontal and vertical control and the Contractor shall furnish all other surveys prior to and during construction. Initial staking for the construction layout and the final measurements for the proposed Work shall be performed by a competent surveyor at the expense of the Contractor, who shall cooperate with the Engineer to facilitate checking of the work. 50-07 AUTOMATICALLY CONTROLLED EQUIPMENT. Whenever batching or mixing plant equipment is required to be operated automatically under the contract and a breakdown or malfunction of the automatic controls occurs, the equipment may be operated manually or by other methods for a period of 48 hours following the breakdown or malfunction, provided this method of operations will produce results which conform to all other requirements of the contract. 50-08 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF INSPECTORS. Inspectors employed by the Owner shall be authorized to inspect all work done and all material furnished. Such inspection may extend to all or any part of the work and to the preparation, fabrication, or manufacture of the materials to be used. Inspectors are not authorized to revoke, alter, or waive any provisions of the contract. Inspectors are not authorized to issue instructions contrary to the plans and specifications or to act as foreman for the Contractor. Inspectors employed by the Owner are authorized to notify the Contractor or his representative of any failure of the work or materials to conform to the requirements of the contract, plans, or specifications and to reject such nonconforming materials in question until such issues can be referred to the Engineer for his decision. The payment of any compensation, whatever may be its character or form, or the giving of any gratuity, or the granting of any valuable favor, by the Contractor to any inspector, directly or indirectly, is strictly prohibited and any such act on the part of the Contractor will constitute a violation of this contract. 50-09 INSPECTION OF THE WORK. All materials and each part of detail of the work shall be subject to inspection by the Engineer. The Engineer shall be allowed access to all parts of the work and shall be furnished with such information and assistance by the Contractor as is required to make a complete and detailed inspection. If the Engineer requests it, the Contractor, at any time before acceptance of the work, shall remove or uncover such portions of the finished work as may be directed. After examination, the Contractor shall restore said portions of the work to the standard required by the specifications. Should the work thus exposed or examined prove acceptable, the uncovering, and the replacingof the covering or making good of the parts removed will be paid for as extra work; but should the work so exposed or examined prove unacceptable, the uncovering, or removing, and the replacing of the covering or making good of the parts removed will be at the Contractor's expense. Any work done or materials used without supervision or inspection by an authorized representative of the Owner may be ordered removed and replaced at the Contractor's GP - 23 F expense unless the Owner's representative failed to inspect after having been given reasonable notice in writing that the work was to be performed. Should the contract work include relocation, adjustment, or any other modification to existing facilities, not the property of the (contract) Owner, authorized representatives of the Owner of such facilities shall have the right to inspect such work. Such inspection shall in no way interfere with the rights of the parties to this contract. 50-10 REMOVAL OF UNACCEPTABLE AND UNAUTHORIZED WORK. All work which does not conform to the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications will be considered unacceptable, unless otherwise determined acceptable by the Engineer as provided in the subsection titled CONFORMITY WITH PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS in this section. Unacceptable work, whether the result of poor workmanship, use of defective materials, damage through carelessness, or any other cause found to exist prior to the final acceptance of the work, shall be removed immediately and replaced in an acceptable manner in accordance with the provisions of the subsection titled CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR WORK in Section 70. No work shall be done without lines and grades having been given and reviewed by the Engineer. Work done contrary to the instructions of the Engineer, work done beyond the lines shown on the plans or as given, except as herein specified, or any extra work done without authority, will be considered as unauthorized and will not be paid for under the provisions of the contract. Work so done may be ordered removed or replaced at the Contractor's expense. Upon failure on the part of the Contractor to comply forthwith with any order of the Engineer made under the provisions of this subsection, the Owner will have the right to cause unacceptable work to be remedied or removed and replaced and unauthorized work to be removed and to deduct the costs (incurred by the Owner) from any monies due or to become due the Contractor. 50-11 LOAD RESTRICTIONS. The Contractor shall comply with all legal load restrictions in the hauling of materials on public roads beyond the limits of the work. A special permit will not relieve the Contractor of liability for damage which may result from the moving of materials or equipment. The operation of equipment of such weight or so loaded as to cause damage to structures or to any other type of construction will not be permitted. Hauling of materials over the base course or surface course under construction shall be limited as directed. No loads will be permitted on a concrete pavement, base, or structure before the expiration of the curing period. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage done by his hauling equipment and shall correct such damage at his own expense. 50-12 MAINTENANCE DURING CONSTRUCTION. The Contractor shall maintain the work during construction and until the work is accepted. This maintenance shall constitute continuous and effect work prosecuted day by day, with adequate equipment and forces so that the work is maintained in satisfactory condition at all times. In the case of a contract for the placing of a course upon a course or subgrade previously constructed, the Contractor shall maintain the previous course or subgrade during all construction operations. GP - 24 All costs of maintenance work during construction and before the project is accepted ' shall be included in the unit prices bid on the various contract items, and the Contractor will not be paid an additional amount for such work. 50-13 FAILURE TO MAINTAIN THE WORK. Should the Contractor at any time fail ' to maintain the work as provided in the subsection titled MAINTENANCE DURING CONSTRUCTION of this section, the Engineer shall immediately notify the Contractor of such noncompliance. Such notification shall specify a reasonable time within which the Contractor shall be required to remedy such unsatisfactory maintenance condition. The time specified will give due consideration to the exigency that exists. Should the Contractor fail to respond to the Engineer's notification, the Owner may ' suspend any work necessary for the Owner to correct such unsatisfactory maintenance conditions, depending on the exigency that exists. Any maintenance cost incurred by the Owner shall be deducted from monies due or to become due the Contractor. ' 50-14 PARTIAL ACCEPTANCE. If at any time during the prosecution of the project the Contractor substantially completes a usable unit or portion of the work, the occupancy of which will benefit the Owner, he may request the Engineer to make final inspection of that unit. If the Engineer finds upon inspection that the unit has been satisfactorily completed in compliance with the contract, he may accept it as being completed, and the Contractor may be relieved of further responsibility for that unit. ' Such partial acceptance and beneficial occupancy by the Owner shall not be void or alter any provision of the contract. ' 50-15 FINAL ACCEPTANCE. Upon due notice from the Contractor of presumptive completion of the entire project, the Engineer and Owner will make an inspection. If all construction provided for and contemplated by the contract is found to be I Ci completed in accordance with the contract, plans, and specifications, such inspection shall constitute the final inspection. The Owner shall notify the Contractor in writing of final acceptance as of the date of the final inspection. If, however, the inspection discloses any work, in whole or in part, as being unsatisfactory, the Owner will give the Contractor the necessary instructions for correction of same, and the Contractor shall immediately comply with and execute such instructions. Upon completion of the work, another inspection will be made which shall constitute the final inspection, provided the work has been satisfactorily completed. In such event, the Owner will make the final acceptance and notify the Contractor in writing of this acceptance as of the date of final inspection. 50-16 CLAIMS FOR ADJUSTMENT AND DISPUTES. If for any reason the Contractor deems that additional compensation is due him for work or materials not clearly provided for in the contract, plans, or specifications or previously authorized as extra work, he shall notify the Engineer in writing of his intention to claim such additional compensation before he begins the work on which he bases the claim. If such notification is not given or the Engineer is not afforded proper opportunity by the Contractor for keeping strict account of actual cost as required, then the Contractor hereby agrees to waive any claim for such additional compensation. Such notice by the Contractor and the fact that the Engineer has kept account of the cost of the work shall not in any way be construed as proving or substantiating the validity of the claim. When the work on which the claim for additional compensation is based has been completed, the Contractor shall, within 10 calendar days, submit his written claim to the Engineer who will present it to the Owner for consideration in accordance with local laws or ordinances. GP - 25 fi Nothing in this subsection shall be construed as a waiver of the Contractor's right to dispute final payment based on differences in measurements or computations. J GP - 26 SECTION 60 CONTROL OF MATERIALS ' 60-01 SOURCE OF SUPPLY AND QUALITY REQUIREMENTS. The materials used on the work shall conform to the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications. Unless otherwise specified, such materials that are manufactured or processed shall be new (as compared to used or reprocessed). In order to expedite the inspection and testing of materials, the Contractor shall furnish complete statements to the Engineer as to the origin, composition, and manufacture of all materials to be used in the work. Such statements shall be furnished promptly after execution of the contract but, in all cases, prior to delivery of such materials. At the Engineer's option, materials may be reviewed at the source of supply before delivery is started. If it is found after trial that sources of supply for previously ' reviewed materials do not produce specified products, the Contractor shall furnish materials from other sources. ' The Contractor shall furnish materials and products that conform to the requirements of cited material specifications. 60-02 SAMPLES, TESTS. AND CITED SPECIFICATIONS. All materials used in the ' work shall be inspected, tested, and reviewed by the Engineer before incorporation in the work. Any work in which untested materials are used without review of the Engineer shall be performed at the Contractor's risk. Materials found to be ' unacceptable and unauthorized will not be paid for and shall be removed at the Contractor's expense. Unless otherwise designated, tests in accordance with the cited standard methods of AASHTO or ASTM which are current on the date of advertisement for bids will be made by and at the expense of the Owner. Samples will ' be taken by a qualified representative of the Owner. All. materials being used are subject to inspection, test, or rejection at any time prior to or during incorporation into the Work. Copies of all tests will be furnished to the Contractor's representative ' at his request. All costs in connection with any retests necessary to reconfirm compliance with specifications, as a result of previously failed tests, shall be borne by the Contractor. ' Samples requiring laboratory tests will be delivered to the laboratory at the expense of the Owner, except when such laboratory test is required to be provided by the Contractor under the terms of the contract. If the Contractor desires that inspections ' or tests be made outside of the site, all expenses, including per diem for the Engineer or his inspectors, shall be borne by the Contractor. ' 60-03 CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE. The Engineer may permit the use, prior to sampling and testing, of certain materials or products when accompanied by manufacturer's certificates of compliance stating that such materials or products fully comply with the requirements of the contract. The certificate shall be signed by the manufacturer. Each lot of such materials or assemblies delivered to the work must be accompanied by a certificate of compliance in which the lot is clearly identified. L� I GP - 27 Materials or products used on the basist of certificates of compliance may be sampled and tested at any time and, if found not to be in conformity with contract requirements, will be subject to rejection whether in place or not. The form and distribution of certificates of compliance shall be reviewed by the Engineer. When a material or product is specified by 'brand name or equal', and the contractor elects to furnish the specified 'brand name", the Contractor shall be required to furnish the manufacturer's certificate of compliance for each lot of such material or product delivered to the work. Such certificate of compliance shall clearly identify each lot delivered and shall certify as to: (a) Conformance to the specified performance, testing, quality or dimensional requirements; and (b) Suitability of the material or product for the use intended in the contract work. Should the Contractor propose to furnish an "or equal" material or product, he shall furnish the manufacturer's certificates of compliance as hereinabove described for the specified brand name material or product. However, the Engineer shall be the sole judge as to whether the proposed "or equal" is suitable for use in the work. Time expended by the Engineer in excess of one hour to establish or determine the "or equal" status of a material or product substitution shall be at Contractor's expense. The Engineer reserves the right to refuse permission for use of materials or products on the basis of certificates of compliance. 60-04 PLANT INSPECTION. The Engineer or his authorized representative may inspect, at its source, any specified material or product to be used in the work. Manufacturing plants may be inspected from time to time for the purpose of determining compliance with specified manufacturing methods or materials to be used in the work and to obtain samples required for his acceptance of the material or product. Should the Engineer conduct plant inspections, the following conditions shall exist: (a) The Engineer shall have the cooperation and assistance of the Contractor and the producer with whom he has contracted for materials. (b) The Engineer shall have full entry at all reasonable times to such parts of the plant that concern the manufacture of production of the materials being furnished. (c) If required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall arrange for adequate office or working space that may be reasonably needed for conducting plant inspections. Office or working space should be conveniently located with respect to the plant. l GP - 28 ' It is understood and agreed that the Owner shall have the right to retest any material which has been tested and approved at the source of supply after it has been delivered to the site. The Engineer shall have the right to reject only material which, when retested, does not meet the requirements of the contract, plans, or specifications. 60-05 ENGINEER'S FIELD OFFICE AND LABORATORY. I- NOT A PART - ' 60-06 STORAGE OF MATERIALS. Materials shall be so stored as to assure the preservation of their quality and fitness for the work. Stored materials, even though ' approved before storage, may again be inspected prior to their use in the work. Stored materials shall be located so as to facilitate their prompt inspection. The Contractor shall coordinate the storage of all materials with the Engineer. Materials to be stored on airport property shall not create an obstruction to air navigation nor shall they ' interfere with the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, the storage of materials and the location of the Contractor's plant ' and parked equipment or vehicles shall be as directed by the Owner. Private property shall not be used for storage purposes without written permission of the owner or lessee of such property. The Contractor shall make all arrangements and bear all expenses for the storage of materials on private property. Upon request, the ' Contractor shall furnish the Engineer a copy of the property owner's permission. All storage sties on private or airport property shall be restored to their original conditions by the Contractor at his expense. All delivered materials and all portions of completed work shall become the property of the Owner but the Contractor shall store the materials and shall be responsible for and shall maintain all partly or wholly finished work during the continuance of the contract and until the final acceptance of ' the work. If any materials or part of the work be lost or destroyed by any cause or means whatsoever, the Contractor shall satisfactorily repair and replace same at his own cost. 60-07 UNACCEPTABLE MATERIALS. Any material or product that does not conform to the requirements of the contract, plans, or specifications shall be considered unacceptable and shall be rejected. The Contractor shall remove any rejected material or product from the site of the work, unless otherwise instructed by the Engineer. ' No rejected material or product, the defects of which have been corrected by the Contractor, shall be returned to the site of the work until such time as the Engineer has reviewed its use in the work. ' 60-08 OWNER -FURNISHED MATERIALS. The Contractor shall furnish all materials required to complete the work, except those specified herein (if any) to be furnished by the Owner. Owner -furnished materials shall be made available to the Contractor at the location specified herein. I GP - 29 hl All Costs of handling,transportation from the specified location to the site of work sP storage, and installing owner -furnished materials shall be included in the unit price bid for the contract item in which such owner -furnished material is used. After any owner -furnished material has been delivered to the location specified, the Contractor shall be responsible for any demurrage, damage, loss, or other deficiencies which may occur during the Contractor's handling, storage, or use of such owner - furnished material. The Owner will deduct from any monies due or to become due to the Contractor any cost incurred by the Owner in making good such loss due to the Contractor's handling, storage, or use of owner -furnished materials. 60-09 RECORD DRAWINGS. At the completion of the project construction and prior to the final inspection, the Contractor shall provide complete record drawings. The record drawings shall consist of one set of the latest edition of the contract drawings on which shall be clearly and neatly marked all variations from the contract drawings in the work actually installed. At every design elevation and dimension called out on the contract drawings, and areas as designated by the Engineer, the Contractor shall insure that a record elevation or dimension shall be provided for the record plans. The Contractor shall provide a competent surveyor to validate the record drawings. If the Contractor surveyor's data are found to be inaccurate, all (100%) of the record data shall be verified by a registered land surveyor at the Contractor's expense. 11 GP - 30 1 SECTION 70 ' LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC 70-01 LAWS TO BE OBSERVED. The Contractor shall keep fully informed of all federal and state laws, all local laws, ordinances, and regulations and all orders and decrees of bodies or tribunals having jurisdiction or authority, which in any manner affect those engaged or employed on the work. He shall at all times observe and comply with all such laws, ordinances, regulations, orders, and decrees; and shall ' protect and indemnify the Owner and all his officers, agents, or servants against any claim or liability arising from or based on the violation of any such law, ordinance, eregulation, order, or decree, whether by himself or his employees. 70-02 PERMITS, LICENSES AND TAXES. The Contractor shall procure all permits and licenses, pay all charges, fees, and taxes, and give all notices necessary and incidental to the due and lawful prosecution of the work. 70-03 PATENTED DEVICES, MATERIALS, AND PROCESSES. If the Contractor is required or desires to use any design, device, material, or process covered by letters of ' patent or copyright, he shall provide for such use by suitable legal agreement with the patentee or owner. The Contractor and the surety shall indemnify and save harmless the owner, any third party, or political subdivision from any and all claims for infringement by reason of the use of any such patented design, device, material or process, or any trademark or copyright, and shall indemnify the owner for any costs, expenses, and damages which it may be obliged to pay by reason of any infringement, ' at any time during the prosecution or after the completion of the work. 70-04 RESTORATION OF SURFACES DISTURBED BY OTHERS. The Owner reserves the right to authorize the construction, reconstruction, or maintenance of any public or private utility service, FAA or National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) facility, or a utility service of another government agency at any time during the process of the work. To the extent that such construction, reconstruction, or maintenance has been coordinated with the Owner, such authorized work (by others) is indicated as follows: Owner Location Person to Contact ' (Utility or (See Plan (Name, Title, Other Facility) Sheet No.) Address, and Phone (NONE ANTICIPATED AT THIS TIME) Except as listed above, the Contractor shall not permit any individual, firm, or ' corporation to excavate or otherwise disturb such utility services or facilities located within the limits of the work without the written permission of the Owner. ' Should the owner of public or private utility service, FAA, or NOAA facility, or a utility service of another government agency be authorized to construct, reconstruct, or maintain such utility or facility during the progress of the work, the Contractor shall cooperate with such owners by arranging and performing the work in this contract so as to facilitate such construction, reconstruction or maintenance by others whether or not such work by others is listed above. When ordered as extra work by the GP-31 J �1 !I Owner, the Contractor shall make all necessary repairs to the work which are due to such authorized work by others, unless otherwise provided for in the contract, plans, or specifications. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall not be entitled to make any claim for damages due to such authorized work by others or for any delay to the work resulting from such authorized work. 70-05 FEDERAL AID PARTICIPATION. For AIP contracts, the United States Government has agreed to reimburse the Owner for some portion of the contract costs. Such reimbursement is made from time to time upon the Owner's (sponsor's) request to the FAA. In consideration of the United States Government's (FAA's) agreement with the Owner, the Owner has included provisions in this contract pursuant to the requirements of the Airport and Airway Development Act of 1970 (84 stat. 219), as amended, and the Rules and Regulations of the Federal Aviation Administration that pertain to the work. As required by the Act, the contract work is subject to the inspection and approval of duly authorized representatives of the Administrator, Federal Aviation Administration and is further subject to those provisions of the rules and regulations that are cited in the contract, plans, or specifications. No requirement of the Act, the rules and regulations implementing the Act, or this contract shall be construed as making the Federal Government a party to the contract nor will any such requirement interfere, in any way, with the rights of either party to the contract. 70-06 SANITARY, HEALTH, AND SAFETY PROVISIONS. The Contractor shall provide and maintain in a neat, sanitary condition such accommodations for the use of his employees as may be necessary to comply with the requirements of the state and local Board of Health, or of other bodies or tribunals having jurisdiction. Attention is directed to federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations concerning construction safety and health standards. The Contractor shall not require any worker to work in surroundings or under conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to his health or safety. The Contractor, his personnel, and subcontractors will not be permitted to use the sanitary facilities in the existing buildings on the airport, and all personnel at the site shall be so advised. Enclosed temporary toilets shall be provided in sufficient numbers and located where directed and approved by the Owner. Drinking water shall be provided from a safe and sanitary source. All such facilities shall be furnished in strict accordance with existing governing health regulations. 70-07 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY. The Contractor shall control his operations and those of his subcontractors and all suppliers, to assure the least inconvenience to the traveling public. Under all circumstances, safety shall be the most important consideration. The Contractor shall maintain the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft and vehicular traffic with respect to his own operations and those of his subcontractors and all suppliers in accordance with the subsection titled MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC of Section 40 hereinabove specified and shall limit such operations for the convenience and safety of the traveling public as specified in the subsection titled LIMITATION OF OPERATIONS of Section 80 hereinafter. GP - 32 I Particular attention is directed to safety on the project during the construction set ' forth under this contract, in order that the Contractor's personnel as well as the general public will be adequately protected. Construction equipment will not be operated or parked in the vicinity of the active airport runway, taxiways and apron during construction. Trench, channels, holes and the like, dug for installation of ' underground items, will be left open a minimum length of time. Equipment not in use will be parked in areas designated on the drawings and at least 300 feet (500 feet for instrument runways) from the active runway and at least 200 feet from active taxiways and aprons. Working equipment closer than this to active paved areas will be permitted only with specific permission and coordinated with the airport manager through the resident engineer. No excavation will be made closer than 50 feet to active paved areas except with express permission and coordinated with the airport manager through the resident ' engineer. All such excavation left open over night will be adequately lighted with flashing lights. When construction requires cutting of active taxiways or runways, same shall have adequate warning barricades and flashing lights placed at key locations to insure safety of operations. The Owner will publish NOTAM stating times of construction on a runway and advise aviators that the runway is closed. Precaution shall be exercised at all times for the protection of persons and property. The safety provisions of applicable laws, building and construction codes shall be observed. Machinery, equipment and other hazards shall be guarded in accordance with the safety provisions of the Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction, published by the Association of General Contractors of America to the extent that such provisions are not in contravention of applicable law. 70-08 BARRICADES, WARNING SIGNS, AND HAZARD MARKINGS. The Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain all barricades, warning signs, and markings for hazards necessary to protect the public and the work. When used during periods of darkness, such barricades, warning signs and hazard markings shall be suitably illuminated. For vehicular and pedestrian traffic, the Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain barricades, warning signs, lights and other traffic control devices in reasonable conformity with the Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways (published by the United States Government Printing Office). When work requires closing of air operations area of the airport or portion of such area, the contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain temporary markings and associated lighting conforming to the requirements of FAA Advisory Circular 150/5340-1E, Marking of Paved Areas on Airports. The Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain markings and associated lighting of open trenches, excavations, temporary stock piles, and his parked construction equipment that may be hazardous to the operation of emergency fire/rescue or maintenance vehicles on the airport in reasonable conformance to Advisory Circular 150/5370-2C, Safety on Airports During Construction Activity. 1 GP - 33 The Contractor shall identify each motorized vehicle or piece of construction equipment in reasonable conformance to FAA Advisory Circular 150/5370-2C. The Contractor shall furnish and erect all barricades, warning signs, and markings for hazards prior to commencing work which requires such erection and shall maintain the barricades, warning signs, and markings for hazards until their dismantling is directed by the Engineer. Open flame type lights shall not be permitted within the air operations areas of the airport. 70-09 USE OF EXPLOSIVES. When the use of explosives is necessary for the prosecution of the work, the Contractor shall exercise the utmost care not to endanger life or property, including new work. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage resulting from the use of explosives. All explosives shall be stored in a secure manner in compliance with all laws and ordinances, and all such storage places shall be clearly marked. Where no local laws or ordinances apply, storage shall be provided satisfactory to the Engineer and, in general not closer than 1,000 feet from the work or from any building, road, or other place of human occupancy. The Contractor shall notify each property owner and public utility company having structures or facilities in proximity to the site of the work of his intention to use explosives. Such notice shall be given sufficiently in advance to enable them to take such steps as they deem necessary to protect their property from injury. The use of electrical blasting caps shall not be permitted on or within 1,000 feet of the airport property. 70-10 PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF PROPERTY AND LANDSCAPE. The Contractor shall be responsible for the preservation of all public and private property, and shall protect carefully from disturbance or damage all land monuments and property marks until the Engineer has witnessed or otherwise referenced their location and shall not move them until they have been witnessed or referenced. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage or injury to property of any character, during the prosecution of the work resulting from any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in his manner or method of executing the work, or at any time due to defective work or materials, and said responsibility will not be released until the project shall have been completed and accepted. When or where any direct or indirect damage or injury is done to public or private property by or on account of any, act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in the execution of the work, or in consequence of the nonexecution thereof by the Contractor, he shall restore, at his own expense, such property to a condition similar or equal to that existing before such damage or injury was done, by repairing, rebuilding, or otherwise restoring as may be directed, or he shall make good such damage or injury in an acceptable manner. 70-11 RESPONSIBILITY FOR DAMAGE CLAIMS. The Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the Engineer and the Owner and their officers, and employees from all suits, actions, or claims of any character brought because of any injuries or damage GP - 34 MI received or sustained by any person, persons, or property on account of the operations ' of the Contractor; or no account of or in consequence of any neglect in safeguarding the work; or through use of unacceptable materials in constructing the work; or because of any act or omission, neglect, or misconduct of said contractor; or because of any claims or amounts recovered from any infringements of patent, trademark, or ' copyright; or from any claims or amounts arising or recovered under the "Workmen's Compensation Act," or any other law, ordinance, order or decree. Money due the Contractor under and by virtue of his contract as may be considered necessary by the ' Owner for such purpose may be retained for the use of the Owner, or in case no money is due, his surety may be held until such suits, action or actions, claim or claims for injuries or damages as aforesaid shall have been settled and suitable evidence to that effect furnished to the Owner, except that money due the Contractor will not be withheld when the Contractor produces satisfactory evidence that he is adequately protected by public liability and property damage insurance. The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained the following required insurance and such insurance has been approved by the Owner, nor shall the Contractor allow any subcontractor to commence work on his subcontract ' until all the insurance required of the subcontractor has been obtained and approved. Prior to the commencement of work hereunder, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner and Engineer a certificate of written statement of the above required insurance. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to ' the effect that cancellation or any material change in the policies adversely affecting the interests of the Owner in such insurance shall not be effective until ten (10) days after written notice thereof to the owner and the Engineer. ' (a) Compensation Insurance. The Contractor shall take out and maintain during the life of this contract, Workmen's Compensation Insurance for all his employees at ' the site of the project and, in case any work is sublet, the Contractor shall require the subcontractor similarly to provide Workmen's Compensation Insurance for all of the latter's employees unless such employees are covered by the protection afforded by the Contractor. In case any class of employees engaged in hazardous work under this contract at the site of the project is not protected under the Workmen's Compensation Statute, the Contractor shall provide and cause each subcontractor to provide adequate insurance for the protection of his employees not otherwise protected. (b) Contractor's Public Liability and Property Damage Liabilitv Insurance. The Contractor shall take out and maintain regular Contractor's Public Liability and Property Damage Liability Insurance that will protect him from claims for damage for personal injury, including accidental death, as well as from claims for property damage that may arise from operations under this contract, whether such operations be by himself or by any subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them. The amounts of such insurance shall be as follows: (1) Contractors' public liability insurance including automobile liability in an amount not less than $300,000 for injuries, including wrongful death to any one person and subject to the same limit for each person in an amount not less than $1,000,000 for injuries including wrongful death to more than one person in any one occurrence. (2) Contractors' property damage liability insurance in an amount not less than $50,000 for damages on account of any one occurrence and in an amount not less than $100,000 for damages on account of all occurrences. 1 GP - 35 (3) Contractors' automobile damage liability insurance in an property g amount not less than $100,000. (c) Contingent Liability. The above policies for comprehensive liability and property damage insurance must so be written as to include contingent liability and contingent property damage insurance to protect the Contractor against claims arising from the operation of subcontractors. (d) Contractural Liability. To recognize and hold harmless the requirements of this contract. (e) Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance on half of the Owner. In addition to the public liability and property damage insurance above mentioned, the Contractor shall furnish written evidence to the owner that with respect to the Contractor's operations or those of any of his subcontractors, he has provided on behalf of the Owner for regular protective public liability and property damage insurance in the amounts above specified. (f) Builder's Risk. The Contractor shall secure and maintain during the term of this contract, builder's risk insurance to include fire, lightning, extended coverage and vandalism and malicious mischief. All policies shall name the Owner and Engineer as additional name insured. Certificates in triplicate from the insurance carrier stating the limits of liability and expiration date shall be filed with the Engineer before operations are begun. Such certificates shall not merely name the types of policy provided, but shall specifically refer to this contract and section, and the above paragraph in accordance with which insurance is being furnished, and state that such insurance is as required by such paragraphs of this contract. 70-12 THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY CLAUSE. It is specifically agreed between the parties executing the contract that it is not intended by any of the provisions of any part of the contract to create the public or any member thereof a third party beneficiary or to authorize anyone not a party to the contract to maintain a suit for personal injuries or property damage pursuant to the terms or provisions of the contract. 70-13 OPENING SECTIONS OF THE WORK TO TRAFFIC. Should it be necessary for the Contractor to complete portions of the contract work for the beneficial occupancy of the Owner prior to completion of the entire contract, such "phasing" of the work shall be specified herein and indicated on the plans. When so specified, the Contractor shall complete such portions of the work on or before the date specified or as otherwise specified. The Contractor shall make his own estimate of the difficulties involved in arranging his work to permit such beneficial occupancy by the Owner. 70-14 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR WORK. Until the Engineer's final written acceptance of the entire completed work, excepting only those portions of the work accepted in accordance with the subsection titled PARTIAL ACCEPTANCE OF Section 50, the Contractor shall have the charge and care thereof and shall take every precaution against injury or damage to any part due to the action of the elements or from any other cause, whether arising from the execution or from the nonexecution of the work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair, restore, and make good all injuries or damages to any portion of the work occasioned by any of the above causes before no GP - 36 final acceptance and shall bear the expense thereof except damage to the work due to unforeseeable causes beyond the control of and without fault or negligence of the Contractor, including but not restricted to acts of God such as earthquake, tidal wave, tornado, hurricane, or other cataclysmic phenomenon of nature, or acts of the public enemy or of governmental authorities. If the work is suspended for any cause whatsoever, the Contractor shall be responsible for the work and shall take such precautions necessary to prevent damage to the work. The Contractor shall provide for normal drainage and shall erect necessary temporary structures, signs, or -other facilities at his expense. During each period of suspension of work, the Contractor shall properly and continuously maintain in an acceptable growing condition all living material in newly established plantings, seedings, and soddings furnished under his contract, and shall take adequate precautions to protect new tree growth and other important vegetative growth against injury. DISTURBED BY OTHERS of this section, the Contractor shall cooperate with the Owner of any public or private utility service, FAA or National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), or a utility service of another government agency that may be authorized by the Owner to construct, reconstruct or maintain such utility services or facilities during the progress of the work. In addition, the Contractor shall control his operations to prevent the unscheduled interruption of such utility services and facilities. To the extent that such public or private utility services, FAA, NOAA and other governmental agencies, and airport tenants such as airline operators are known to exist within the limits of the contract work, the approximate locations have been indicated on the plans. It is understood and agreed that the Owner does not guarantee the accuracy or the completeness of the location information relating to existing utility services, facilities, or structures that may be shown on the plans or encountered in the work. Any inaccuracy or omission in such information shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility to protect such existing features from damage or unscheduled interruption of service. It is further understood and agreed that the Contractor shall, upon execution of the contract, notify the Owners of all such services or other facilities of his plan of operations. In addition to the general written notification hereinabove provided, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to keep such individual owners advised of changes in his plan or operations that would affect such owners. e Prior to commencing the work in the general vicinity of an existing utility service or facility, the Contractor shall again notify each such owner of his plan of operation. If, in the Contractor's opinion, the Owner's assistance is needed to locate the utility service or facility or the presence of a representative of the Owner is desirable to observe the work, such advice should be included in the notification. Such notification shall be given by the most expeditious means to reach the utility owner no later than two normal business days prior to the Contractor's commencement of operations in such general vicinity. The Contractor shall furnish a written summary of the 1 GP - 37 I notification to the Owner. The Contractor's failure to give the two days' notice hereinabove provided shall be cause for the Owner to suspend the Contractor's operations in the general vicinity of a utility service or facility. When the outside limits of an underground utility service have been located and staked on the ground, the Contractor shall be required to use excavation methods acceptable to the Engineer within 3 feet of such outside limits at such points as may be required to insure protection from damage due to the Contractor's operations. Should the Contractor damage or interrupt the operation of a utility service or facility by accident or otherwise, he shall immediately notify the proper authority and the Engineer and shall take all reasonable measures to prevent further damage or interruption of service. The Contractor, in such events, shall cooperate with the utility service or facility owner and the Engineer continuously until such damage has been repaired and service restored to the satisfaction of the utility or facility owner. The Contractor shall bear all costs of damage and restoration of service to any utility service or facility due to his operations whether or not due to negligence or accident. The Owner reserves the right to deduct such costs from any monies due or which become due the Contractor or his surety. 70-16 FURNISHING RIGHTS -OF -WAY. The Owner will be responsible for furnishing all rights -of -way upon which the work is to be constructed in advance of the Contractor's operations. 70-17 PERSONAL LIABILITY OF PUBLIC OFFICIALS. In carrying out any of the contract provisions or in exercising any power or authority granted to him by this contract, there shall be no liability upon the Engineer, his authorized representatives, or any official of the Owner either personally or as an official of the Owner. It is understood that in such matters they act solely as agents and representatives of the Owner. 70-18 NO WAIVER OF LEGAL RIGHTS. Upon completion of the work, the Owner will expeditiously make final inspection and notify the Contractor of final acceptance. Such final acceptance, however, shall not preclude or estop the Owner from correcting any measurement, estimate, or certificate made before or after completion of the work, nor shall the Owner be precluded or estopped from recovering from the Contractor or his surety, or both, such overpayment as may be sustained, or by failure on the part of the Contractor to fulfill his obligations under the contract. A waiver on the part of the Owner of any breach of any part of the contract shall not be held to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach. The Contractor, without prejudice to the terms of the contract, shall be liable by the Owner for latent defects, fraud, or such gross mistakes as may amount to fraud, or as regards the Owner's rights under any warranty or guaranty. 70-19 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION. The Contractor shall comply with all federal, state, and local laws and regulations controlling pollution of the environment. He shall take necessary precautions to prevent pollution of streams, lakes, ponds, and reservoirs with fuels, oils, bitumens, chemicals, or other harmful materials and to prevent pollution of the atmosphere from particulate and gaseous matter. GP - 38 r P G 70-20 ARCHAEOLOGICAL AND HISTORICAL FINDINGS. Unless otherwise specified in this subsection, the Contractor is advised that the site of the work is not within any property, district, or site, and does not contain any building, structure, or object listed in the current National Register of Historic Places published by the United States Department of the Interior. Should the Contractor encounter, during his operations, any building, part of a building, structure, or object which is incongruous with its surroundings, he shall immediately cease operations in that location and notify the Engineer. The Engineer will immediately investigate the Contractor's finding and the Owner will direct the Contractor to either resume his operations or to suspend operations as directed. Should the Owner order suspension of the Contractor's operations in order to protect an archaeological or historical finding, or order the Contractor to perform extra work, such shall be covered by an appropriate contract modification (change order or supplemental agreement) as provided in the subsection titled PAYMENT FOR EXTRA WORK AND FORCE ACCOUNT WORK of Section 90. If appropriate, the contract modification shall include an extension of contract time in accordance with the subsection DETERMINATION AND EXTENSION OF CONTRACT TIME of Section 80. 70-21 PROJECT INSPECTION BY OTHERS. The attention of the Contractor is invited to the fact that pursuant to a Joint Participation Agreement between the State of Florida, Department of Transportation and the Owner, the State of Florida may pay a portion of the cost to this improvement. The construction work and labor shall be done in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida subject to the inspection and approval of the State of Florida, Department of Transportation. The construction work and materials, therefore, will be subject to such inspection by the State of Florida, Department of Transportation or its agents as may be deemed necessary, but such inspection will in no sense make the State of Florida, Department of Transportation a party to this contract and will in no way interfere with the rights of either party to the contract. J GP - 39 E1 SECTION 80 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 80-01 SUBLETTING OF CONTRACT. The Owner will not recognize any subcontractor on the Work. The Contractor shall at all times when work is in progress be represented either in person, by a qualified Superintendent, or by other designated, qualified representative who is duly authorized to receive and execute orders of the Owner. Should the Contractor elect to assign his Contract, said assignment shall be concurred in by the surety, shall be presented for the consideration and approval of the Owner, and shall be consummated only on the written approval of the Owner. In case of approval, the Contractor shall file copies of all subcontracts with the Engineer. 80-02 NOTICE TO PROCEED. The Notice to Proceed shall state the date on which it is expected the Contractor will begin the construction and from which date contract time will be charged The Contractor shall begin the work to be performed under the contract within 10 days of the date set by the Owner in the written Notice to Proceed, but in any event, the Contractor shall notify the Owner at least 24 hours in advance of the time actual construction operations will begin. 80-03 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS. The Contractor shall submit his progress schedule for the Engineer's review at least five (5) working days (weekends excluded) prior to the scheduled date of the Preconstruction Conference. The Contractor's progress schedule may be used to establish major construction operations and to check on the progress of the Work. The Contractor shall provide sufficient materials, equipment, and labor to guarantee the completion of the project in accordance with the plans and specifications within the time set forth in the proposal. If the Contractor falls significantly behind the submitted schedule, the Contractor shall, upon the Engineer's request, submit a revised schedule for completion of the work within the contract time and modify his operations to provide such additional materials, equipment, and labor necessary to meet the revised schedule. Should the prosecution of the work be discontinued for any reason, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least 24 hours in advance of resuming operations. For AIP contracts, the Contractor shall not commence any actual construction prior to the date on which the Notice to Proceed is issued by the Owner. 80-04 LIMITATION OF OPERATIONS. The Contractor shall control his operations and the operations of his subcontractors and all suppliers so as to provide for the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft in the AIR OPERATIONS AREAS of the airport. When the work requires the Contractor to conduct his operations within an AIR OPERATIONS AREA of the airport, the work shall be coordinated with the airport management (through the Engineer) at least 48 hours prior to commencement of such work. The Contractor shall not close an AIR OPERATIONS AREA until so authorized by the Owner and until the necessary temporary marking and associated lighting is in place as provided in the subsection titled BARRICADES, WARNING SIGNS, AND HAZARD MARKINGS of Section 70. GP - 40 H I The construction work shall be accomplished in such a manner that the runway is subject to closure only during the times required for construction, and that such closures for construction receive timely publication of NOTAM as to timing and frequency of occurances. 80-05 CHARACTER OF WORKERS, METHODS, AND EQUIPMENT. The Contractor shall at all times employ sufficient labor and equipment for prosecuting the work to full completion in the manner and time required by the contract, plans, and specifications. All workers shall have sufficient skill and experience to perform properly the work assigned to them. Workers engaged in special work or skilled work shall have sufficient experience in such work and in the operation of the equipment required to perform the work satisfactorily. t Any person employed by the Contractor or by any subcontractor who, in the opinion of the Owner, does not perform his work in a proper and skillful manner or is intemperate or disorderly shall, at the written request of the Owner, be removed forthwith by the Contractor or subcontractor employing such person, and shall not be employed again in any portion of the work without the approval of the Owner. ' Should the Contractor fail to remove such person or persons or fail to furnish suitable and sufficient personnel for the proper prosecution of the work, the Owner may suspend the work by written notice until compliance with such orders. ' All equipment which is proposed to be used on the work shall be of sufficient size and in such mechanical condition as to meet the requirements of the work and to produce a satisfactory quality of work. Equipment used on any portion of the work shall be such ' that no injury to previously completed work, adjacent property, or existing airport facilities will result form its use. ' When the methods and equipment to be used by the Contractor in accomplishing the work are not prescribed in the contract, the Contractor is free to use any methods or equipment that will accomplish the work in conformity with the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications. 80-06 TEMPORARY SUSPENSION OF THE WORK. The Owner shall have the authority to suspend the work wholly, or in part, for such period or periods as he may ' deem necessary, due to unsuitable weather, or such other conditions as are considered unfavorable for the prosecution of the work, or for such time as in necessary due to the failure on the part of the Contractor to carry out orders given or perform any or all provisions of the contract. ' In the event that the Contractor is ordered by the Owner, in writing, to suspend work for some unforeseen cause not otherwise provided for in the contract and over which the Contractor has no control, the Contractor may be reimbursed for actual money expended on the work during the period of shutdown. No allowance will be made for anticipated profits. The period of shutdown shall be computed from the effective date of the Owner's order to suspend work to the effective date of the Owner's order to resume work. Claims for such compensation shall be filed with the Owner within the time period stated in the Owner's order to resume work. The Contractor shall submit with his claim information substantiating the amount shown on the claim. No provision of this article shall be construed as entitling the Contractor to compensation I GP - 41 for delays due to inclement weather, for suspensions made at the request of the �. sP Contractor, or for any other delay provided for in the contract, plans, or specifications. If it should become necessary to suspend work for an indefinite period, the Contractor shall store all materials in such manner that they will not become an obstruction nor become damaged in any way. He shall take every precaution to prevent damage or deterioration of the work performed and provide for normal drainage of the work. The Contractor shall erect temporary structures where necessary to provide for traffic on, to, or from the airport. 80-07 DETERMINATION AND EXTENSION OF CONTRA calendar days allowed for completion of the work shall be sta contract and shall be known as the CONTRACT TIME. The number of the proposal and Should the contract time require extension for reasons beyond the Contractor's control, it shall be adjusted as follows: (a) CONTRACT TIME based on CALENDAR DAYS shall be calculated weekly by the Engineer. The Engineer will furnish the Contractor a copy of his weekly statement of the number of calendar days charged against the contract time during the week and the number of calendar days currently specified for completion of the contract (the original contract time plus the number of calendar days, if any, that have been included in approved CHANGE ORDERS or SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENTS covering EXTRA WORK. (b) CONTRACT TIME based on CALENDAR DAYS shall consist of the number of calendar days stated in the contract counting from the effective date of the notice to proceed and including .all Saturdays, Sundays, holidays, and non -work days. All calendar days elapsing between the effective dates of the orders to suspend and resume all work, due to causes not the fault of the Contractor, shall be excluded. If the Contractor finds it impossible for reasons beyond his control to complete the work within the contract time as specified, or as extended in accordance with the provisions of this subsection, he may, at any time prior to the expiration of the contract time as extended, make a written request to the Owner for an extension of time setting forth the reasons which he believes will justify the granting of his request. The Contractor's plea that insufficient time was specified is not a valid reason for extension of time. If the Owner finds that the work was delayed because of conditions beyond the control and with the fault of the Contractor, he may extend the time for completion in such amount as the conditions justify. The extended time for completion shall then be in full force and effect, the same as though it were the original time for completion. 80-08 FAILURE TO COMPLETE ON TIME. For each calendar day, as specified in the contract, that any work remains uncompleted after the contract time (including all extensions and adjustments as provided in the subsection titled DETERMINATION AND EXTENSION OF CONTRACT TIME of this section) the sum specified in the contract and proposal as liquidated damages will be deducted from any money due or to become due the Contractor or his surety. Such deducted sums shall not be deducted as a penalty but shall be considered as liquidation of a reasonable portion of damages that will be incurred by the Owner should the Contractor fail to complete the work in the time provided in his contract. r GP - 42 i C� 1 Permitting the Contractor to discontinue and finish the work or any part of it after the time fixed for its completion, or after the date to which time for completion may be extended, will in no way operate as waiver on the part of the Owner of any of its rights under the contract. 1 80-09 DEFAULT AND TERMINATION OF CONTRACT. The Contractor shall be considered in default of his contract and such default will be considered as cause for the Owner to terminate the contract for any of the following reasons if the Contractor: (a) Fails to begin the work under the contract within the time specified in the ' "Notice to Proceed," or (b) Fails to preform the work or fails to provide sufficient workers, equipment or materials to assure completion of work in accordance with the terms of the ' contract, or (c) Performs the work unsuitably or neglects or refuses to remove materials or ' to perform anew such work as may be rejected as unacceptable and unsuitable, or (d) Discontinues the prosecution of the work, or ' (e) Fails to resume work which has been discontinued within a reasonable time after notice to do so, or (f) Becomes insolvent or is declared bankrupt, or commits any act of bankruptcy or insolvency, or ' (g) Allows any final judgment to stand against him unsatisfied for a period of 10 days, or (h) Makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or ' (i) For any other cause whatsoever, fails to carry on the work in an acceptable manner. ' Should the Owner consider the Contractor in default of the contract for any reason hereinbefore, he shall immediately give written notice to the Contractor and the ' Contractor's surety as to the reasons for considering the Contractor in default and the Owner's intentions to terminate the contract. If the Contractor or surety, within a period of 10 days after such notice, does not ' proceed in accordance therewith, then the Owner will, upon consideration of the facts of such delay, neglect, or default and the Contractor's failure to comply with such notice, have full power and authority without violating the contract, to take prosecution of the work out of the hands of the Contractor. The Owner may appropriate or use any or all materials and equipment that have been mobilized for use in the work and are acceptable and may enter into an agreement for the completion of said contract according to the terms and provisions thereof, or use such other methods as in the opinion of the Owner will be required for the completion of said contract in an acceptable manner. 1 GP - 43 kl All costs and charges incurred b the Owner, together with the cost of completing the g Y , g P g work under contract, will be deducted from any monies due or which may become due to the Contractor. If such expense exceeds the sum which would have been payable under the contract, then the Contractor and the surety shall be liable and shall pay to the Owner the amount of such excess. 80-10 TERMINATION FOR NATIONAL EMERGENCIES. The Owner shall terminate the contract or portion thereof by written notice when the Contractor is prevented from proceeding with the construction contract as a direct result of an Executive Order of the President with respect to the prosecution of war or in the interest of national defense. When the contract, or any portion thereof, is terminated before completion of all items of work in the contract, payment will be made for the actual number of units or items of work completed at the contract price or as mutually agreed for items of work partially completed or not started. No claims or loss of anticipated profits shall be considered. Reimbursement for organization of the work, and other overhead expenses (when not otherwise included in the contract), and moving equipment and material to and from the job will be considered, the intent being that an equitable settlement will be made with the Contractor. Acceptable materials, obtained or ordered by the Contractor for the work and that are not incorporated in the work shall, at the option of the Contractor, be purchased from the Contractor at actual cost as shown by receipted bills and actual cost records at such points of delivery as may be designated by the Owner. Termination of the contract or a portion thereof shall neither relieve the Contractor of his responsibilities for the completed work nor shall it relieve his surety of its obligation for and concerning any just claim arising out of the work performed. E GP - 44 SECTION 90 ' MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ' 90-01 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES. All work completed under the contract will be measured by the Engineer, or his authorized representatives, using United States Customary Units of Measurement. The method of measurement and computations to be used in determination of quantities of material furnished and of work performed under the contract will be ' those methods generally recognized as conforming to good engineering practice. Unless otherwise specified, longitudinal measurements for area computations will be made horizontally, and no deductions will be made for individual fixtures (or leave - outs) having an area of 9 square feet or less. Unless otherwise specified, transverse measurements for area computations will be the neat dimensions shown on the plans or ordered in writing by the Engineer. ' Structures will be measured according to neat lines shown on the plans or as altered to fit field conditions. ' Unless otherwise specified, all contract items which are measured by the linear foot such as electrical ducts, conduits, pipe culverts, underdrains, and similar items shall be measured parallel to the base or foundation upon which such items are placed. ' In computing volumes of excavation the average end area method or other acceptable methods will be used. ' The thickness of plates and galvanized sheet used in the manufacture of corrugated metal pipe, metal plate and pipe culverts and arches, and metal cribbing will be specified and measured in decimal fraction of inches. The term "ton" will mean the short ton consisting of 2,000 pounds avoirdupois. All materials which are measured or proportioned by weights shall be weighed on ' accurate, approved scales by competent, qualified personnel at locations designated by the Engineer. If material is shipped by rail, the car weight may be accepted provided that only the actual weight of material be paid for. However, car weights will not be ' acceptable for material to be passed through mixing plants. Trucks used to haul material being paid for by weight shall be weighted empty daily at such times as the Owner directs, and each truck shall bear a plainly legible identification mark. Material to be measured by volume in the hauling vehicle shall be measured therein at the point of delivery. Vehicles for this purpose may be of any size or type acceptable to the Owner, provided that the body is of such shape that the actual contents may be ' readily and accurately determined. All vehicles shall be loaded to at least their water level capacity and all loads shall be leveled when vehicles arrive at the point of delivery. When requested by the Contractor and reviewed by the Engineer in writing, material specified to be measured by the cubic yard may be wieghed and such weights will be converted to cubic yards for payment purposes. Factors for conversation from weight measurements to volume measurement will be determined by the Engineer and shall be agreed to by the Contractor before such method of measurement of pay quantities is used. 1 GP - 45 Net certified scale weights or weights based on certified volumes in the case of rail shipments will be used as a basis of measurement, subject to correction when bituminous material has been lost from the car or the distributor, wasted, or otherwise not incorporated in the work. Cement will be measured by the ton or hundredweight. Timber will be measured by the thousand feet board measure (MFBM) actually incorporated in the structure. Measurement will be based on nominal widths and thicknesses and the extreme length of each piece. The term "lump sum" when used as an item of payment will mean complete payment for the work described in the contract. When a complete structure or structural unit (in effect, "lump sum" work) is specified as the unit of measurement, the unit will be construed to include all necessary fittings and accessories. Rental of equipment will be measured by time in hours of actual working time and necessary traveling time of the equipment within the limits of the work. Special equipment ordered by the Engineer in connection with force account work will be measured as agreed in the change order or supplemental agreement authorizing such force account work as provided in the subsection titled PAYMENT FOR EXTRA FORCE ACCOUNT WORK of this section. When standard manufactured items are specified such as fence, wire, plates, rolled shapes, pipe conduits, etc., and these items are identified by gauge, unit weight, section dimensions, etc., such identification will be considered to be nominal weights or dimensions. Unless more stringently controlled by tolerances in cited specifications, manufacturing tolerances established by the industries involved will be accepted. Materials which are proportioned or measured and paid for by weight shall be weighed on certified scales. Scales shall be accurate within one-half percent to the correct weight throughout the range of use. The Contractor shall have the scales checked under the observation of the inspector before beginning work and at such other times as requested. The intervals shall be uniform in spacing throughout the graduated or marked length of the beam or dial and shall not exceed one -tenth of one percent of the nominal rated capacity of the scale, but not less than one pound. The use of spring balances will not be permitted. Beams, dials, platforms, and other scale equipment shall be so arranged that the operator and inspector can safely and conveniently view them. Scale installation shall have available, ten standard fifty -pound weights for testing the equipment or suitable weights and devices or other approved equipment. Scales must be tested for accuracy and serviced before use at a new site. Platform scales shall be installed and maintained with the platform level and rigid bulkheads at each end. GP - 46 LI Scales "outweighing" (indicating more than correct weight) will not be permitted to ' operate and all materials received subsequent to the last previous correct weighing - accuracy test will be reduced by the percentage of error in excess of one-half of one percent. ' In the event inspection reveals the scales have been "underweighing" (indicating less than correct weight) they shall be adjusted and no additional payment to the Contractor will be allowed for materials previously weighed and recorded. ' All costs in connection with furnishing, installing, certifying, testing, and maintaining scales; for furnishing check weights and scale house; and for all other items specified ' in this subsection, for the weighing of materials for proportioning or payment, shall be included in the unit contract prices for the various items of the project. When the estimated quantities for a specific portion of the work are designed as the pay quantities in the contract, they shall be the final quantities for which payment for such specific portion of the work will be made, unless the dimensions of said portions of the work shown on the plans are revised by the Engineer. If revised dimensions result in an increase or decrease in the quantities of such work, the final quantities for payment will be revised in the amount represented by the authorized changes in the dimensions. ' 90-02 SCOPE OF PAYMENT. The Contractor shall receive and accept compensation provided for in the contract as full payment for furnishing all materials, for performing all work under the contract in a complete and acceptable manner, and for all risk, loss, damage, or expense of whatever character arising out of the nature of the work or the prosecution thereof, subject to the provisions of the subsection titled NO WAIVER OF LEGAL RIGHTS of Section 70. ' When the "basis of payment" subsection of a technical specification requires that the contract price (bid price) include compensation for certain work or material essential ' to the item, this same work or material will not also be measured for payment under any other contract item which may appear elsewhere in the contract, plans, or specifications. ' 90-03 COMPENSATION FOR ALTERED QUANTITIES. When the accepted quantities of work vary from the quantities in the proposal, the Contractor shall accept as payment in full, so far as contract items are concerned, payment at the original ' contract price for the accepted quantities of work actually completed and accepted. No allowance, except as provided for in the subsection titled ALTERATION OF WORK AND QUANTITIES of Section 40 will be made for any increased expense, loss of expected reimbursement, or loss of anticipated profits suffered or claimed by the Contractor which results directly from such alterations or indirectly from his unbalanced allocation of overhead and profit among the contract items, or from any other cause. 90-04 PAYMENT FOR OMITTED ITEMS. As specified in the subsection titled OMITTED ITEMS of Section 40, the Owner shall have the right to omit from the work (order nonpreformance) any contract item, except major contractor items, in the best interest of the Owner. Should the Owner omit or order nonpreformance of a contract item or portion of such item from the work, the Contractor shall accept payment in full at the contract prices 1 GP - 47 E fj for any work actually completed and acceptable prior to the Owner's order to omit or nonpreform such contract item. Acceptable materials ordered by the Contractor or delivered on the work prior to the date of the Owner's order will be paid for at the actual cost to the Contractor and shall thereupon become the property of the Owner. In addition to the reimbursement hereinabove provided, the Contractor shall be reimbursed for all actual costs incurred for the purpose of performing the omitted contract item prior to the date of the Owner's order. Such additional costs incurred by the Contractor must be directly related to the deleted contract item and shall be supported by certified statements by the Contractor as to the nature and amount of such costs. 90-05 PAYMENT FOR EXTRA FORCE ACCOUNT WORK. Extra work, performed in accordance with the subsection titled EXTRA WORK of Section 40, will be paid for at the contract prices or agreed prices specified in the change order or supplemental agreement authorizing such extra work. When the change order or supplemental agreement authorizing the extra work requires that it be done by force account, such force account shall be measured and paid for as follows: (a) Labor. For all labor (skilled and unskilled) and foremen in direct charge of a specific force account item, the Contractor shall receive the rate of wage (or scale) for every hour that such labor or foremen is actually engaged in the specific force account work. Such wage (or scale) shall be agreed upon in writing before beginning the work. The Contractor shall receive the actual costs paid to, or in behalf of, workers by reason of subsistence and travel allowances, health and welfare benefits, pension fund benefits and other benefits, when such amounts are required by collective bargaining agreement or other employment contract generally applicable to the classes of labor employed on the work. An amount equal to 15 percent of the sum of the above items will also be paid the Contractor. (b) Insurance and Taxes. For property damage, liability and workmen's compensation insurance premiums, unemployment insurance contributions, and social security taxes on the force account work the Contractor shall receive the actual cost, to which cost (sum) five percent will be added. The Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence of the rate or rates paid for such insurance and taxes. (e) Materials. For materials accepted by the Owner and used, the Contractor shall receive the actual cost of such materials delivered on the work, including transportation charges paid by him (exclusive of machinery rentals as hereinafter set forth), to which cost (sum) 15 percent will be added. (d) Equipment. For any machinery or special equipment (other than small tools) including fuel and lubricants, plus transportation costs, the use of which has been authorized by the Owner, the Contractor shall receive the rental rates agreed upon in writing before such work is begun for the actual time that such equipment is committed to the work, to which rental sum 15 percent will be added. GP - 48 L' (e) Miscellaneous. No additional allowance will be made for general ' superintendence, the use of small tools, or other costs for which no specific allowance is herein provided. (f) Comparison of Records. The Contractor and the Owner shall compare ' records of the cost of force account work at the end of each day. Agreement shall be indicated by signature of the Contractor and Owner or their duly authorized representatives. (g) Statements. No payment will be made for work performed on a force account basis until the Contractor has furnished the Owner with duplicate itemized ' statements of the cost of such force account work detailed as follows: (1) Name, classification, date, daily hours, total hours, rate and extension for each laborer and foreman. ' (2) Designation, dates, daily hours, total hours, rental rate, and extension for each unit of machinery and equipment. (3) Quantities of materials, prices and extensions. (4) Transportation of materials. (5) Cost of property damage, liability and workmen's compensation insurance premiums, unemployment insurance contributions, and social security tax. Statements shall be accompanied_ and supported by receipted invoice for all materials used and transportation charges. However, if materials used on the force account are not specifically purchased for such work but are taken from the Contractor's stock, ' then in lieu of the invoices the Contractor shall furnish an affidavit certifying that such materials were taken from his stock, that the quantity claimed was actually used, and that the price and transportation claimed represent the actual cost to the ' Contractor. The additional payment, based on the percentages specified above, shall constitute full compensation for all items of expense not specifically provided for the force account ' work. The total payment made as provided above shall constitute full compensation for such work. 0 90-06 PARTIAL PAYMENTS. Partial payments will be made at least once each month as the work progresses. Said payments will be based upon estimates prepared by the Engineer of the value of the work performed and materials complete in place in accordance with the contract, plans, and specifications. Such partial payments may also include the delivered actual cost of those materials stockpiled and stored in accordance with the subsection titled PAYMENT FOR MATERIALS ON HAND of this section. No partial payment will be made when the amount due the Contractor since the last estimate amounts to less than five hundred dollars. From the total of the amount determined to be payable on a partial payment, 10 percent of such total amount will be deducted and retained by the Owner until the final payment is made. The balance (90 percent) of the amount payable, less all previous payments, shall be certified for payment. GP - 49 �I When not less than 95% of the work has been completed the Engineer may, at his discretion and with the consent of the surety, prepare an estimate from which will be retained an amount not less than twice the contract value or estimated cost, whichever is greater, of the work remaining to be done. The remainder, less all previous payments and deductions, will then be certified for payment to the Contractor. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall not be entitled to demand or receive partial payment based on quantities of work in excess of those provided in the proposal or covered by approved change orders or supplemental agreements, except when such excess quantities have been determined by the Engineer to be a part of the final quantity for the item of work in question. No partial payment shall bind the Owner to the acceptance of any materials or work in place as to quality or quantity. All partial payments are subject to correction at the time of final payment as provided in the section titled ACCEPTANCE AND FINAL PAYMENT of this section. 90-07 PAYMENT FOR MATERIALS ON HAND. Partial payments may be made to the extent of the delivered cost of materials to be incorporated in the work, provided that such materials meet the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications and are delivered to acceptable sites on the airport property or at other sites in the vicinity that are acceptable to the Owner. Such delivered costs of stored or stockpiled materials may be included in the next partial payment after the following conditions are met: (a) The material has been stored or stockpiled in a manner acceptable to the Engineer at or on an approved site. (b) The Contractor has furnished the Engineer with acceptable evidence of the quantity and quality of such stored or stockpiled materials. (c) The Contractor has furnished the engineer with satisfactory evidence that the material and transportation costs have been paid. (d) The Contractor has furnished the Owner legal title (free of liens or encumbrances of any kind) to the material so stored or stockpiled. (e) The Contractor has furnished the Owner evidence that the material so stored or stockpiled is insured against loss by damage to or disappearance of such materials at any time prior to use in the work. It is understood and agreed that the transfer of title and the Owner's payment for such stored or stockpiled materials shall in no way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for furnishing and placing such materials in accordance with the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications. In no case will the amount of partial payments for materials on hand exceed the contract price for such materials or the contract price for the contract item in which the material is intended to be used. No partial payment will be made for stored or stockpiled living or perishable plant materials. GP - 50 The Contractor shall bear all costs associated with the partial payment of stored or ' stockpiled materials in accordance with the provisions of this subsection. 90-08 ACCEPTANCE AND FINAL PAYMENT. Before the final payment is made, the Contractor shall show to the Owner satisfactory evidence that all just liens, claims, ' and demands of his employees and of other parties from whom materials used in the construction of the work have been purchased or procured, are fully satisfied and shall execute and furnish a release of lien of the form included with the contract I documents. Before acceptance and final payment is made, the Contractor shall furnish to the ' Owner a guarantee to remain in full force and effect for a period of one (1) year from the date of the acceptance of the project by the Owner which shall provide that the Contractor shall repair or replace for said period of one year, all work performed and materials and equipment furnished that were not performed or furnished according to the terms of the contract, and made good all defects thereof that have become apparent before the expiration of one year. Such guarantees shall be covered by the surety bond. If any part of the project, in the opinion of the Owner for the reasons ' stated above, needs to be replaced, repaired or made good during that time, he shall so notify the Contractor in writing. If the Contractor refuses or neglects to do such work within five (5) days from the date of service of such notice, the Owner shall have the ' work done by others and the cost thereof shall be paid by the Contractor or his surety. Before the surety bond is released, the Owner shall certify in writing that the foregoing obligations have been fully discharged. ' When the contract work has been accepted in accordance with the requirements of the subsection titled FINAL ACCEPTANCE of Section 50, the Engineer will prepare the final estimate of the items of work actually performed. The Contractor shall approve ' the Engineer's final estimate or advise the Engineer of his objections to the final estimate which are based on disputes in measurements or computations of the final quantities to be paid under the contract as amended by change order or supplemental ' agreement. The Contractor and Engineer shall resolve all disputes (if any) in the measurement and computation of final quantities to be paid within thirty (30) calendar days of the Contractor's receipt of the Engineer's final estimate. If, after such thirty - day period, a dispute still exists, the Contractor may approve the Engineer's estimate 1 under protest of the quantities in dispute and such disputed quantities shall be considered by the Owner as a claim in accordance with the subsection titled CLAIMS FOR ADJUSTMENT AND DISPUTES of Section 50. ' After the Contractor has approved, or approved under protest, the Engineer's final estimate, final payment will be processed based on the entire sum, or the undisputed sum in case of approval under protest, determined to be due the Contractor less all ' previous payments and all amounts to be deducted under the provisions of the contract. All prior partial estimates and payments shall be subject to correction in the final estimate and payment. ' If the Contractor has filed a claim for additional compensation under the provisions of the subsection titled CLAIMS FOR ADJUSTMENT AND DISPUTES of Section 50 or under the provisions of this subsection, such claims will be considered by the Owner in accordance with local laws or ordinances. Upon final adjudication of such claims, any additional payment determined to be due the Contractor will be paid pursuant to a supplemental, final estimate. 1 GP - 51 ITEM G-100 MOBILIZATION Description 100-1.1 The work specified in this section consists of the preparatory work and operations in mobilizing for beginning work on the project, including, but not limited to, those operations necessary for the movement of personnel, equipment, supplies and Incidentals to the project site and for the establishment of temporary offices, buildings, safety equipment and first aid supplies, sanitary and other facilities, as required by these specifications, and State and local laws and regulations. The costs of bonds and any required insurance and any other preconstruction expense necessary for the start of the work, excluding the cost of construction materials, shall also be included in this section. Method of Measurement 100-2.1 The work and incidental costs covered under this Section will be paid for at the Contract lump sum price for the item of Mobilization. Partial Payments will be made therefor in accordance. with the following: % of Original Contract Amount Earned 5 10 25 50 Allowable % of Lump Sum Price For the Item 25 50 75 100 The standard retainage, as specified in Section 90-06, will be applied to these allowances; partial payments made on this item shall in no way act to preclude or limit any of the provisions for partial payments otherwise provided for by the Contract. Basis of Payment 100-3.1 Payment shall be made under: Item G-100-3.1 Mobilization - per lump sum. G-100 - 1 I ' ITEM P-151 CLEARING AND GRUBBING Description ' 151-1.1 This item shall consist of clearing and grubbing including the disposal of materials, for all areas within the limits designated in the plans or as required by the Engineer. ' Construction Methods 151-2.1 GENERAL. Prior to the commencement of clearing and grubbing operations, the areas denoted in the plans to be cleared and grubbed under this item shall be staked on the ground by the contractor and reviewed by the Engineer. The clearing and grubbing shall be done at a satisfactory distance in advance of the grading operations. Clearing and grubbing shall consist of clearing the surface of the ground of the designated areas of all tress, stumps, down timber, logs, snags, brush, undergrowth, hedges, heavy growth of grass or weeds, fences, structures, debris, and rubbish of any ' nature, natural obstructions or such material which in the opinion of the Engineer is unsuitable for the foundation of strips, pavements, or other required structures, including the grubbing of stumps, roots, matted roots, foundations, and the disposal from the project of all spoiled materials resulting from clearing and grubbing. All spoil materials removed by clearing and grubbing shall be disposed of by removal to approved disposal areas off airport property. No burning of spoil materials or blasting will be allowed on site. The manner and location of disposal of materials shall be subject to the review of the Engineer and shall not create an unsightly or objectionable view. The contractor is required to locate a disposal area outside the airport property limits at his own expense, and shall obtain and file with the Engineer, permission in writing from the property owner for the use of private property for this purpose. As far as practicable, waste concrete and masonry shall be placed on slopes of embankments or channels. When embankments are constructed of such material, this material shall be placed in accordance with requirements for formations of embankments. Any broken concrete or masonry which cannot be used in construction, ' and all other materials not considered suitable for use elsewhere, shall be disposed of by the contractor. In no case shall any discarded materials be left in windrows or piles adjacent to or within the airport limits. Ll Ll H P-151 - 1 L The removal or relocation of existing structures and utilities required to permit , orderly progress of work shall be accomplished by local agencies, unless otherwise shown in the plans. Whenever a telephone or telegraph pole, pipeline, conduit, sewer, roadway, or other utility is encountered which is not already scheduled to be removed , or relocated by the proper Local Authority or Contractor, and must be removed or relocated, the Contractor shall advise the Engineer who will notify the proper Local Authority or Owner and attempt to secure prompt action. , 151-2.2 CLEARING AND GRUBBING In areas designated to be cleared and grubbed, all stumps, roots, buried logs, brush, grass, and other unsatisfactory materials shall be removed, except where embankments exceeding 3 1/2 feet in depth are to be made outside of paved areas. In cases where such depth of embankments is to be made, all unsatisfactory materials shall be removed, but sound trees, stumps, and brush can be cut off within 6 inches above the ground and allowed to remain. Tap roots and other projections over 1 1/2 inches in diameter shall be grubbed out to a depth of at least 18 inches below the finished subgrade or slope elevation. ' Any miscellaneous structures that are shown in the plans to be removed shall be demolished, relocated or removed, and all materials therefrom shall be removed from , the site. The remaining or existing foundations, wells, cesspools, and all like structures shall be destroyed by breaking out or breaking down the materials of which the foundations, wells, cesspools, etc., are built to a depth at least 2 feet below the existing surrounding ground. Any broken concrete, blocks, or other objectionable material which cannot be used in backfill shall be removed and disposed of. The holes, cavities or openings shall be backfilled with acceptable material and properly compacted. All holes remaining after the grubbing operation in embankment areas shall have the sides broken down to flatten out the slopes, and shall be filled with acceptable , material, moistened and properly compacted in layers to the density required in Item P-152. The same construction procedure shall be applied to all holes remaining after grubbing in excavation areas where the depth of holes exceeds the depth of the proposed excavation. Permits and Licenses: Contractor shall obtain all necessary permits and licenses for performing the work and shall furnish a copy of same to the Engineer prior to commencing the work. The Contractor shall comply with the requirements of the permits. Notices: Contractor shall issue written notices of planned demolition to utility , companies or local authorities owning utility poles, ducts, conduits, wires or pipes running to or through the project site. Copies of said notices shall be submitted to the Engineer. P-151 - 2 , E f Ci [I H Utility Services: Contractor shall notify utility companies or Local Authorities furnishing electrical power, gas, water telephone, or sewer service to relocate or remove any equipment owned by them in structures to be demolished and to remove, disconnect, cap or plug their services to facilitate demolition. 151-2.5 CLEAN-UP Site shall be left in a clean condition satisfactory to the Engineer, free from demolished materials, rubbish or debris. Site shall be graded to meet adjacent contours and provide flow for surface drainage. The Contractor shall restore items intended to remain that have been damaged by demolition work. All interrupted utility services shall be returned to their pre-existing state and disconnect temporary services, unless otherwise specified. Method of Measurement 151-3.1 The quantities of clearing and grubbing as shown by the limits in the plans or as ordered by the Engineer shall be cited in terms of the number of square yards of land specifically cleared and grubbed. Basis of Payment 151-4.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per square yard for clearing and grubbing. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: Item P-151-4.1 Clearing and Grubbing —per square yard. P-151 - 3 L 1� ii I 11 ITEM P-152 EXCAVATION AND MMAtiM^= Description 152-1.1 This item shall consist of excavating, removing, placing, compacting and satisfactorily disposing of all materials within the limits of the work required to construct the apron , intermediate, and other areas for drainage, or other purposes in accordance with these specifications and in conformity with the dimensions, lines and grades, and typical section shown in the plans. All suitable material taken from excavation shall be used in the formation of embankment, subgrade, and for backfilling as indicated in the plans or as required by the engineer. When the volume of the excavation exceeds that required to construct the embankments to the -grades indicated, the excess shall be used to grade the areas of ultimate development or wasted as directed. When the volume of excavation is not sufficient for constructing the .fill to the grades indicated, the deficiency shall be supplied from borrow sources obtained at locations outside airport property subject to approval by the engineer. 152-1.2 CLASSIFICATION. All material excavated shall be classified as defined below: ' (a) "Unclassified Excavation" shall consist of the excavation and -disposal of all material, regardless of its nature, which is not otherwise classified and paid for. (ti) "Borrow Excavatiou7 shall consist of the excavation. and satisfactory utilL-ation of material from authorized borrow pits as approved by the ' engineer. it shall include only material that is suitable .for the canstr=t:ia of arrort embankments or of other work of constructing embankments covered by the contract, in excess of the quantity of usable material available from required excavations. 1 h 0 P-152-1 C� FIB ITEM P-152 EXCAVATION AND-=BWL= Construction Methods 152-2.1 GENERAL. The rough excavation shall be carried to the necessary depth to obtain the specified depth of subgrade deusif icatiou shown in the plans. Likewise, on embankments, the depth of subgrade densification shall be as shown in the plans. Should the contractor, through negligence or other fault, excavate below the designated lines, he shall replace the excavation with acceptable materials and in an acceptable manner and condition as reviewed by the engineer, at his own expense. The excavation, moving, placing, disposition of all material, and the suitability of material to be placed in embankments shall all be subject to review by the engineer. All material determined unsuitable shall be disposed of in authorized waste areas. Topsoil shall not be used in fills or in subgrades but shall be stockpiled for later reuse as appropriate. The contractor shall inform and satisfy himself as to the character, quantity, and distribution of all material to be excavated. No payment will be made. for any excavated material which is used for purposes other than those designated. All spoil areas shall be leveled to a uniform line and section and shall present a neat appearance before project acceptance. The surface elevation of spoil areas shall not extend above the surface elevation of adjacent or contiguous usable areas of the airport. Those areas outside of the pavement areas in which the top layer of soil material becomes compacted, due to hauling or to any other activity of the contractor, shall be scarified and disced to a depth of 4 -inches to Loosen and pulverize the soil. If it is necessary to interrupt existing surface drainage, sewers or underdrainage, conduits, utilities, or siailar underground structures, or parts thereof, the contractor shall be responsible for and shall take all necessary precautions to protect and preserve or provide temporary services. When such facilities are encountered, the contractor shall notify the engineer, who shall arrange for their removal, if necessary. The contractor shall, at his owm expense, satisfactorily repair all damage to such facilities or structures which may result from any of his operations during the period of the contract. 152-2.2 EXCAVATION. Excavation shall be performed as indicated in the contract plans to the lines, grades, and elevation shown, and shall be made so that the requirements for formation -of embankments can be followed. No excavation or stripping shall be started until the contractor's surveyor has taken cross -sectional elevations and measurements of the existing ground surface, has staked out the proposed work, and has furnished all certified survey data to the engineer for review. All material encountered within the limits indicated shall be removed and disposed of. During the process of excavation, the grade shall be maintained so that it will be well drained at all times. If necessary, temporary drains and drainage ditches shall be installed to intercept or divert surface water which may affect the work. F 0 P-152-2 0 4 IM P-152 EXCAVATION AND LMSLOMM"r ' When selective grading is specified or required as indicated in the plans, the ecavated material shall be handled to allow the selected material to be properly placed in the embankment and in the capping of pavement subgrades as ' determined from the soil profile and soil characteristics. This material shall be deposited within the designated areas of the airport as shown in the plans or as designated by the engineer. 1 1 H I 11 If, at the time of excavation, it is not possible to place any material in its proper section of the permanent construction, it shall be stockpiled in designated areas for later use. Rock, shale, hardpan, loose rock, boulders, or other material unsatisfactory for landing strips, taxiways, aprons, parking areas, subgrades, roads, shoulders, intermediate areas, or any areas intended for turfing shall be excavated to a mini— depth of 12 inches, or to the depth specified by the engineer, below the contemplated surface of the subgrade or the designated grades. Muck, peat, matted roots, or other yielding material, unsatisfactory for subgrads foundation, shall be removed to the depth specified, to provide a satisfactory foundation. 'Unsatisfactory materials shall be disposed of off -site or at locations on airport property as may be designated by the engineer. All material so excavated shall be paid for at the'coutract unit price per equam yard for "'Unclassified Excavation." The portion so excavated shall be refilled with suitable selected material as specified, obtained from the grading operations or borrow area and thoroughly compacted by rolling. The necessary refilling will constitute a part of the embankment. Where rock cuts are -made and refilled with selected material, or where trenching out is done to provide for a course of pavement, the depths thus created shall be ditched at frequent intervals to provide adequate drainage. The contractor shall make the distribution as indicated on the plans. Widening or narrowing of the section and raising or lowering of the grade to avoid haul will not be permitted. The right is reserved to make minor adjustments or revisions in lines or grades, if found necessary, as the work progresses due to discrepancies in the plans or to ,obtain satisfactory, construction. Overbreak, including slides, is that portion of any material displaced or loosened beyond the finished work as planned or acceptable to the engineer. The engineer shall determine if the displacement of such material was unavoidable and his decision shall be final. All overbreak shall be removed by the contractor and disposed of; however, payment will not be made for the removal and disposal of overbreak which the engineer determines as avoidable. Unavoidable overbreak will be classified as "Unclassified Excavation." The removal of existing structures and utilities required to permit the orderly progress of work will be accomplished by local agencies, unless otherwise shown in the plans. All existing foundations shall be excavated for at least 2 feet below the top of the subgrade and the material disposed of. All foundations thus excavated shall be backfilled with suitable material and compacted. I P-152-3 ITEM P-152 EXCAVATION ?u`iD MSALM ti'T In cut areas, the subgrade under areas to be paved shall be compacted to the depths and to the densities at optimum moisture as shown in the plans or as specified in the specifications, or when not otherwise shown or specified, to a minimum depth of 6 inches and to a density of not less than 95x, for cohesive soils, and 100% for noncohesive soils, of the maximum density at optimum moisture as determined by the compaction control tests specified in FAA T-611. Any unsuitable materials encountered shall be removed and paid for as specified. No payment or measurement for payment will be made for suitable materials removed, manipulated, and replaced in order to obtain density. Any removal, manipulation, aeration, replacement, and recompaction of suitable materials necessary to obtain the required density shall be considered as incidental to the excavation and embankment operations, and shall be performed by the contractor at no additional cost to the project. Stones or rock fragments larger than 4 inches in their greatest dimension will not be permitted in the top 6 inches of the subgrade. The finished grading operations conforming to the typical cross section shall be completed and maintained prior to any paving operations. In cuts, all loose or protruding rocks on the back slopes shall be barred loose or otherwise removed to line or finished .grade of slope. All cut -and- -fill -slopes .shall be' uniformly dressed. to the slope, cross section, and alignment shown in the plans or as required by the engineer. Blasting will not'be permitted. 152-2.3 BORROW EXCAVATION. Borrow excavation shall consist of excavation made from borrow areas outside the boundaries of airport property. It shall be the contractor's responsibility to locate borrow sources, obtain the supply, and submit same to the engineer for review. The contractor shall notify, the engineer, sufficiently in advance of the beginning of excavation, so necessary measurements and tests can be made. All objectionable material shall be disposed of. All borrow pits shall be opened up immediately to expose the vertical face of various strata of acceptable katerial to enable obtaining a uuifo= product. Borrow pits shall be excavated to regular lines to permit accurate measurements* and shall be drained and left in a neat and presentable condition with all slopes dressed uniformly. The borrow excavation shall be handled and placed as specified in these specifications for excavation and embankment. 152-2.4 DITCH EXCAVATION. Ditch excavation shall consist of excavating for drainage ditches such as intercepting, inlet or outlet, temporary levee construction, or any other type as designed or as shown in the plans. The work shall be performed in the proper sequence with the other construction. The location of all ditches or levees shall be established on the ground. All P-152-4 I 0 Lei 1 L 1 0 LI D ITEM P-15 2 EXCAVATION AND E43"LM—m-ST satisfactory material shall be placed in fills; unsatisfactory material shall be placed in spoil areas or other areas as Rsy be Wired by the egueer. Waste or sgaplus mterial shall. be dspxmd of as shown in the plans or as od=w-iUse reed by the agweer. Inte opting ditches shall be corstnrrted prior to the starting of adjacent excavation operations. All necessary handwork shall be performed to secure al finish true to line, elevation, and cross section, as designated. Ditches constructed on the project shall be maintained to the required cross section and shall be kept free from debris or obstructions until the project is accepted. Where necessary, sufficient openings shall be provided through spoil banks to permit drainage from adjacent lands. Unless otherwise specified, no separate payment will be made for ditch excavation other than for the material removed which will be paid for at the unit price for "Unclassified Excavation." 152-2.5 PREPARATION OF MMAMENT AREA. Embankment areas shall be cleared and grubbed in accordance with the requirements in Item P-151. All depressions or holes below the ground surface, whether caused by grubbing or otherwise, shall be backfilled with suitable material and compacted to ground surface before the construction of the embankment will be permitted to start. Immediately prior to the placing of the fill materials, the entire area upon which the embankment is to be placed, except where limited by rock, shall be scarified and broken by means of a disc harrow or plow, or other approved equipment, to a depth of 6 inches. Scarifying -shall be done approximately parallel to the axis of the fill. All roots, debris. large stones, or objectionable material that would cause interference with the compaction of the foundation or fill shall be removed from the area and disposed of as required. A thin layer (approximately 3 inches) of the fill material shall be spread over the scarified foundation and the whole area compacted as required in the specifications. No direct payment shall be made for the work performed under this section. The necessary clearing and grubbing and the yardage removed or used will be paid for under the respective item of work. 152-2.6 STRIPPING All vegetation such grass, decayed vegetable matter, rubbish within the area upon which embankment is otherwise removed before the embankment objectionable material be allowed in or payment will be made for stripping. The be paid for at the contract unit price Excavation." as brush, heavy sods, heavy growth of and any other unsuitable material to be placed shall be stripped or s starte4,and in no case shall such under the embankment. No direct yardage removed and disposed of shall per square yard for "Unclassified P-152-5 J J ITEM P-152 EXCAVATION AND E*3A�'iT 152-2.7 FORMATION OF EMBANKMENTS. Embankments shall be formed of satisfactory materials placed in successive horizontal layers of not more than 8 inches in loose depth for the full width of the cross section. The grading operations shall be conducted, and the various soil strata shall be placed, to produce a soil structure as shown on the typical cross section or as directed. All materials entering the embankment shall be reasonably free of organic matter such as leaves, grass, roots, and other objectionable material. Soil, granular material, shale, and any other material permitted for use in embankment shall be spread in successive layers as specified. Operations on earthwork shall be suspended at any time when satisfactory results cannot be obtained because of rain, or other unsatisfactory conditions of the field. The contractor shall drag, blade, or slope the embankment to provide proper surface drainage. The material in the layers shall be of the proper moisture content before rolling to obtain the prescribed compaction. Wetting or drying of the material and manipulation when necessary to secure a uniform moisture content throughout the layer shall be required. Should the material be too wet to permit proper compaction or rolling, all work on all portions of the embankment thus affected shall be delayed until the material has dried to the required moisture content. Sprinkling shall be done with approved equipment that will sufficiently distribute the water. Sufficient equipment to furnish the required water shall be available at all times. Samples of all embankment materials for testing, both before and after placement and compaction, will be taken at frequent intervals. From these tests, corrections, adjustments, and modifications of methods, materials, and moisture content will be made to construct the embankment. Rolling operations shall be continued until the embankment is compacted to not less than 95x, for noncohesive soils; and 90Z for cohesive soils of the maximum density, at optimum moisture, as determined by. the FAA compaction control tests T-611. Under all areas to be paved, the embankment shall be compacted to the depths and to the densities at optimum moisture as shown on the plans or as specified in the specifications, or, when not otherwise shown or specified, to ,a minimum depth of 9 inches and to a density of not less than 95%, for cohesive soils, and 10OZ for noncohesive soils, for the maximum density at opt4-- moisture as determined by the compaction control tests specified in FAA T-611. On all areas outside of the pavement areas, no compaction will be required on the top 4 inches. Any areas inaccessible to a roller shall be consolidated and compacted by mechanical tapers. During construction of the embankment, the contractor shall route his equipment at all times, both when loaded and when empty, over the layers as they are placed and shall distribute the travel evenly over the entire width of the embankment. The equipment shall be operated in such a manner that hardpan, cemented gravel, clay, or other chunky soil material will be broken up into small particles and become incorporated with the other material in the layer. P-152-6 I 11 .J ITEM P-152 EXCAVATION AND MAMENT In the construction of embankments, starting layers shall be placed in the deepest portion of the fill; as placement progresses, layers shall be constructed approximately parallel to the finished pavement grade line. ' When rock and other embankment material are excavated at approximately the same time, the rock shall be incorporated into the outer portion of the ' embankment and the other material shall be incorporated under the future paved. areas. Stones or fragmentary rock larger than 4 inches in their greatest dimension will not be allowed in the top 6 inches of the subgrade. Rockfill shall be brought up in layers as specified or as directed and every effort shall be exerted to fill the voids with the finer material to form a dense, compact mass. Rock or boulders shall not be disposed of outside of the excavation or embankment areas, except at places and in the manner designated ' by the engineer. ' The contractor shall be responsible for the stability of 1 embankments made p s ty al en s ' under the contract and shall replace any portion which, in the opinion of the engineer, has become displaced due to carelessness or negligence on the part of the contractor. ' There will be no separate measurement or payment for compacted embankment, and all costs incidental to placing in layers,. compacting, disciug, watering, mixing, sloping, and other necessary operations of the embankments will be ' included in the contract price for excavation, borrow, or other items. When stockpiling of excavated material and later rehandling of such material is required in order to produce 'the specified subgrade structure, the material ' shall be paid for at the contract unit price per square, yard for "Unclassified Excavation." 152-2.8 EQUIPMENT. The contractor may use any type of earth -moving, compaction, and watering equipment he may desire or has at his disposal, ' provided the equipment is in a satisfactory condition and is of such capacity that the construction schedule can be maintained as planned by the contractor and as reviewed by the engineer in accordance with the total calendar days or working days bid for the construction. The contractor shall furnish, operate, ' and maintain such equipment as is necessary to control uniform density, layers, section, and smoothness of grade. ' 152-2.9 PREPARATION AND PROTECTION OF THE TOP OF THE SUBGRADE. On areas to be paved, the specified depth in cut areas and the top of embankment shall be compacted to the density specified. When completed, the surface shall be true to the lines, grades, and cross section shown on the plans. After all drains, structures, ducts, and other underground appurtenances along the edges or 7 P-152-7 E ITEM P-15 2 EXCAVATION AND E SAMMMYT under the pavement have been completed, the subgrade shall be compacted to the depth specified at not less than 951 density for cohesive soils and 100% for uoncohesive soils, as determined by the compaction control tests specified in FAA T-611. Any irregularities or depressions that develop under rolling shall be corrected by loosening the material at these places and adding, removing, or replacing material until the surface is smooth and uniform. Any portion of the area which is not accessible to a roller shall be compacted to the required density by approved mechanical tampers. If necessary, the material shall be sprinkled with water during rolling or tamping. All soft and yielding material and material which will not compact readily when rolled or tamped shall be removed if required by the engineer and replaced with suitable material. After grading operations are complete, all loose stones larger than 2 inches in their greatest dimension shall be removed from the surface of all proposed graded paving areas and disposed of off -site unless directed otheruiise by the engineer. At all times, the top of the subgrade shall be kept in such condition that it will drain readily and effectively. In handling materials, tools, and equipment, the contractor shall protect the subgrade from damage by laying planks when directed and shall take other precautions as needed. In no case will vehicles be allowed to travel in a single tract. If ruts are formed, the subgrade shall be reshaped and rolled. Storage or stockpiling of materials on the top of the subgrade will not be permitted. Until the subgrade has been checked and approved, no subbase, base, surface course, or pavement shall be laid thereon. 152-2.10 RAUL. No payment will be made separately or directly for haul on any part of the work. All hauling will be considered a necessary and incidental part of the work and its cost shall be considered by the contractor and included in the contract unit price for the pay items of work involved. 152-2.11 TOLERANCES. In those areas upon which a subbase or base course is to be placed, the top of the subgrade shall be of such smoothness that, when tested with a 16-foot straightedge applied parallel and at right angles to the centerline, it shall not show any deviation in excess of } inch, or shall not be more than 0.05 foot from true grade as established by grade hubs or pins. Any deviation in excess of these amounts shall be corrected by loosening, adding, or removing materials, reshaping, and recompacting by sprinkling and rolling. P-152-8 r ITEM P-152 227CAVATION AbM EBAN"K,= Method of Measurement 152-3.1 The yardage paid for shall be the number 'of square yards q measured in its original position. Square yard pay quantities shall be computed to the neat lines as ' shown in the drawings and acceptably removed. Measurement shall not include the yardage of material excavated without ' authorization beyond normal slope lines, or the yardage of material used for purposes other than those directed. 152-3.2 Stockpiled material paid for shall be the number of square yards measured prior to the excavation. ' Pay quantities snall be computed by the method of average and areas. 152-3.3 Borrow material paid for shall be the number of squareyards measured in its final position as embankment. Basis of Payment 152-4.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per -square yard for'Unciassified Excavation and Embankment This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, -equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. 152- 4.2 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per square yard for Borrow Excavation." This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. P-152-9 ITEM P-152 EXCAVATION AND DM L%M 'T Payment will be made under: Item P-152-4.1 Unclassified ExcAvation and Embankment --per square yard. Item P-152-4.2 Borrow Excavation —per square yard. TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUnU?MTS Test and short title FAA T-611--Density . P-152-10 Material and short title None 1 ITEM P-154 SUBBASE COURSE Description 154-1.1 This item shall consist of a subbase course composed of granular ' materials constructed on a prepared subgrade or underlying course in accordance with these specifications, and in conformity with the dimensions and typical cross section shown on the plans, and with the lines and grades established by the engineer. Materials 154-2.1 MATERIALS. The subbase material shall consist of hard durable ' particles or fragments of granular aggregates. This material will be mixed or blended with fine sand, clay, stone dust, or other similar binding or filler materials produced from approved sources. This mixture must be uniform and shall comply with the requirements of these specifications as to gradation, soil constants, and shall be capable of being compacted into a dense and stable subbase. The material shall be free from vegetable matter, lumps or excessive amounts of clay, and other objectionable or foreign substances. Pit -run material may be used, provided the material meets the requirements specified. d l TABLE 1. - GRADATION REQUIREMENTS Percentage by weight Sieve designation (square openings) passing as per AASHO T 11 and T 27 sieves 3-inch 100 --------------------------- No. 10 20-100 --------------------------- No. 40 5- 60 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ P-154-1 ITEM P-154 SUBBASE COURSE The portion of the material passing the No. 40 sieve shall have a liquid limit of not more than 25 and a plasticity index of not more than 6 when tested in accordance with AASHO T 89 and T 90. Construction Methods 154-3.1 GENERAL. The subbase course shall be placed where designated on the plans or as directed by the engineer. The material shall be shaped and thoroughly compacted within the tolerances specified. Granular subbase which, due to grain sizes or shapes, are not sufficiently stable to support without movement the construction equipment, shall be mechanically stabilized to the depth necessary to provide such stability as directed by the engineer. The mechanical stabilization shall principally include the addition of a fine-grained medium to bind the particles of the subbase material sufficiently to furnish a bearing strength, so that the course will not deform under the traffic of the construction equipment. The addition of the binding medium to the subbase material shall not increase the soil constants of that material above the limits specified. 154-3.2 OPERATION IN PITS. All work involved in clearing and stripping pits and handling unsuitable material encountered shall be performed by the contractor at his own expense. The subbase material shall be obtained from pits or sources that have been approved. The material in the pits shall be excavated and handled in such manner that a uniform and satisfactory product can be secured. 154-3.3 EQUIPMENT. All equipment necessary for the proper construction of this work shall be on the project, shall be in first-class working condition, and shall have been approved by the engineer before construction is permitted to start. Provision shall be made by the contractor for furnishing water at the site of the work using equipment of ample capacity and design to assure uniform application. The processing equipment shall be designed, constructed, and operated and shall have sufficient capacity to thoroughly mix all materials and water in the proportions required to produce a subbase course of the gradation and consistency required. P-154-2 I C L f� i7 Li n ITEM P-154 SUBBASE COURSE 154-3.4 PREPARING UNDERLYING COURSE. Before the underlying course shall be prepared and course shall be checked and accepted by the spreading operations are started. any subbase material is placed, conditioned as specified. The engineer before placing and Grade control between the edges of the pavement shall be by means of grade stakes, steel pins, or forms placed in lanes parallel to the centerline of the pavement and at intervals which will permit string lines or check boards to be placed between the stakes, pins, or forms. To protect the subgrade and to insure proper drainage, the spreading of the subbase shall begin along the centerline of the pavement on a crowned section or on the high side of pavements with a one-way slope. 154-3.5 MATERIALS ACCEPTABLE IN EXISTING CONDITION. When the entire subbase material is secured in a uniform and satisfactory condition and contains approximately the required moisture, such approved material may be moved directly to the spreading equipment for placing. The material may be obtained from gravel pits, stockpiles, or may be produced from a crushing and screening plant with the proper blending. The materials from these sources shall meet the requirements for gradation, quality, and consistency. It is the intent of this section of the specifications to secure materials that will not require further mixing. The moisture content of the material shall be approximately that required to obtain maximum density. Any minor deficiency or excess of moisture may be corrected by surface sprinkling or by aeration. In such instances, some mixing or manipulation may be required, immediately preceding the rolling, to obtain the required moisture content. The final operation shall be blading or dragging, if necessary, to obtain a smooth uniform surface true to line and grade. 154-3.6 PLANT MIXING. When materials from several sources are to be blended and mixed, the subbase material shall be processed in a central or travel mixing plant. The subbase material, together with any blended material, shall be thoroughly mixed with the required amount of water. After the mixing is complete, the material shall be transported to and spread on the underlying course without undue loss of the moisture content. 154-3.7 MIXED IN PLACE. When materials from different sources are to be proportioned and mixed or blended in place, the relative proportions of the components of the mixture shall be as designated by the engineer. The subbase material shall be deposited and spread evenly to a uniform thickness and width. Then the binder, filler or other material shall be deposited and spread evenly over the first layer. There shall be as many layers of materials added as the engineer may direct to obtain the required subbase mixture. P-154-3 J ITEM P-154 SUBBASE COURSE When the required amount of materials have been placed, they shall be thoroughly mixed and blended by means of approved graders, discs, harrows, rotary tillers, supplemented by other suitable equipment if necessary. The mixing shall continue until the mixture is uniform throughout. Areas of segregated material shall be corrected by the addition of binder or filler material and by thorough remixing. Water in the amount and as directed by the engineer shall be uniformly applied prior to and during the mixing operations, if necessary, to maintain the material at its required moisture content. When the mixing and blending has been completed, the material shall be spread in a uniform layer which, when compacted, will meet the requirements of thickness and typical cross section. 154-3.8 GENERAL METHODS FOR PLACING. The subbase course shall be constructed in layers. Any layer shall be not less than 3 inches nor more than 8 inches of compacted thickness. The material, as spread, shall be of uniform gradation with no pockets of fine or coarse materials. The subbase, unless otherwise permitted by the engineer, shall not be spread more than 2,000 square yards in advance of the rolling. Any necessary sprinkling shall be kept within this limit. No material shall be placed on a soft or muddy course. When more than one layer is required, the construction procedure described herein shall apply similarly to each layer. During the placing and spreading, sufficient caution shall be exercised to prevent the incorporation of subgrade, shoulder, or foreign material in the subbase course mixture. 154-3.9 FINISHING AND COMPACTING. After spreading or mixing, the subbase material shall be thoroughly compacted by rolling and sprinkling, when necessary. Sufficient rollers shall be furnished to adequately handle the rate of placing and spreading of the subbase course. Rolling shall progress gradually from the sides to the center of the lane under construction, or from one side toward previously placed material, by lapping uniformly each preceding track by at least 12 inches. The rolling shall continue until the material is thoroughly set and stable, and the subbase material has been compacted to not less than 100% of maximum density at optimum moisture as determined by the compaction control tests specified in FAA T-611. Blading and rolling shall be done alternately, as required or directed, to obtain a smooth, even, and uniformly compacted subbase. The course shall not be rolled when the underlying course is soft or yielding or when the rolling causes undulation in the subbase. When the rolling develops irregularities that exceed } inch when tested with a 16-foot straightedge, the irregular surface shall be loosened and then refilled with the same kind of material as that used in constructing the course and again rolled as required above. P-154-4 I F ITEM P-154 SUBBASE COURSE 1 Along places inaccessible to rollers, the subbase material shall be tamped 1 thoroughly with mechanical or hand tampers. Sprinkling during rolling, if necessary, shall be in the amount and by equipment as necessary to achieve the required compaction. Water shall not be ' _added in such a manner or quantity that free water will reach the underlying layer and cause it to become soft. ' 154-3.10 SURFACE TEST. After the course is completely compacted, the surface shall be tested for smoothness and accuracy of grade and crown; any portion found to lack the required smoothness or to fail in accuracy of grade or crown shall be scarified, reshaped, recompacted, and otherwise manipulated as the engineer may direct until the required smoothness and accuracy are obtained. The finished surface shall not vary more than } inch when tested with a ' 16-foot straightedge applied parallel with, and at right angles to, the centerline. ' 154-3.11 THICKNESS. The thickness of the completed subbase course shall be determined by depth tests or cores taken at intervals so each test shall ' represent no more than 500 square yards. When the deficiency in thickness is more than } inch, the contractor shall correct such areas by scarifying, adding satisfactory mixture, rolling, sprinkling, reshaping, and finishing in accordance with these specifications. The contractor shall replace at his expense the subbase material where borings are taken for test purposes. I 154-3.12 PROTECTION. Work on subbase course shall not be conducted when the subgrade is wet. I54-3.13 MAINTENANCE. Following the final shaping of the material, the subbase shall be maintained throughout its entire length by the use of standard motor graders and rollers until, in the judgement of the engineer, the subbase meets all requirements and is acceptable for the construction of ' the next course. Method of Measurement 154-4.1 The yardage of subbase course to be paid for shall be the number of square yards of subbase course material placed, compacted, and accepted in the completed course. The quantity of subbase course material shall be measured in final position based upon depth tests or cores taken as directed by the P-154-5 i_i ITEM P-154 SUBBASE COURSE engineer, or at the rate of 1 depth test for each 500 square yards of subbase course, or by means of average end areas on the complete work computed from elevations to the nearest 0.01 foot. On individual depth measurements, thicknesses more than } inch in excess of that shown on the plans shall be considered as the specified thickness plus } inch in computing the yardage for payment. Subbase materials shall not be included in any other excavation quantities. Basis of Payment 154-5.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per square. yard for 126 subbase course. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials; for all preparation, hauling, and placing of these materials; and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: Item P-154-5.1 Subbase Course --per square yard. TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS Test and Short Title Material and Short Title AASHO T 11 & T 27--Gradation AASHO T 89--Liquid Limit AASHO T 90--Plastic Limit and Plasticity Index FAA T-611--Density P-154-6 None i I I ITEM P-156 TEMPORARY AIR AND WATER POLLUTION, SOIL EROSION, AND SILTATION CONTROL Description ' 156-1.1 This item shall consist of temporary control measures as shown on the plans or as ordered by the Engineer during the life of a contract to control water pollution, soil erosion, and siltation through the use of berms, dikes, dams, sediment basins, fiber mats, gravel, mulches, grasses, slope drains, and other erosion control devices or methods. The temporary erosion control measures contained herein shall be coordinated with the permanent erosion control measures specified as part of this contract to the extent practical to assure economical, effective, and continuous erosion control throughout the construction period. Temporary control may include work outside the construction limits such as borrow pit operations, equipment and material storage sites, waste areas, and temporary plant sites. Materials 156-2.1 GRASS. Grass which will not compete with the grasses sown later for permanent cover shall be a quick -growing species (such as ryegrass, Italian ryegrass, or cereal grasses) suitable to the area providing a temporary cover. 156-2.2 MULCHES. Mulches may be hay, straw, fiber mats, netting, bark, wood chips, or other suitable material reasonably clean and free of noxious weeds and deleterious materials. 156-2.3 FERTILIZER. Fertilizer shall be a standard commercial grade and shall conform to all Federal and state regulations, and to the standards of the Association of Official Agricultural Chemists. 156-2.4 SLOPE DRAINS. Slope drains may be constructed of pipe, fiber mats, rubble, portland cement concrete, bituminous concrete, or other materials that will adequately control erosion. 156-2.5 OTHER. All other materials shall meet commercial grade standards and shall be reviewed by the Engineer before being incorporated into the project. Construction Requirements 156-3.1 GENERAL. In the event of conflict between these requirements and pollution control laws, rules, or regulations of other Federal, state, or local agencies, the more restrictive laws, rules or regulations shall apply. P-156 - 1 The Contractor shall be responsible for assuring compliance to the extent that construction practices, construction operations, and construction work are involved. The Contractor shall limit the surface area of erodible earth material exposed by clearing and grubbing, excavation, borrow and fill operations, and shall provide immediate permanent or temporary pollution control measures to minimize contamination of adjacent streams or other watercourses, lakes, ponds, or other areas of water impoundment. 156-3.2 SCHEDULE. Prior to the start of construction, the Contractor shall submit schedules for accomplishment of temporary and permanent erosion control work, as are applicable for clearing and grubbing; grading; construction; paving; and structures at watercourses. The Contractor shall also submit a proposed method of erosion and dust control on haul roads and borrow pits and a plan for disposal of waste materials. Work shall not be started until the erosion control schedules and methods of operations for the applicable construction have been reviewed by the Engineer. Several methods of controlling dust and other air pollutants include: 1. Exposing the minimum area of erodible earth. 2. Applying temporary mulch with or without seeding. 3. Using water sprinkler trucks. 4. Using covered haul trucks. 5. Using dust palliatives or penetration asphalt on haul roads. 6. Using plastic sheet coverings. 156-3.3 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS. The Contractor will be required to incorporate all permanent erosion control features into the project at the earliest practicable time as outlined in the accepted schedule. Except where future construction operations will damage slopes, the Contractor shall perform the permanent seeding and mulching and other specified slope protection work in stages, as soon as substantial areas of exposed slopes can be made available. Temporary erosion and pollution control measures will be used to correct conditions that develop during construction that were not foreseen during the design stage; that are needed prior to installation of permanent control features; or that are needed temporarily to control erosion that develops during normal construction practices, but are not associated with permanent control features on the project. Where erosion is likely to be a problem, clearing and grubbing operations should be scheduled and performed so that grading operations and permanent erosion control features can follow immediately thereafter if the project conditions permit; otherwise, temporary erosion control measures may be required between successive construction stages. The Contractor shall limit the area of clearing and grubbing, excavation, borrow, and embankment operations in progress, commensurate with its capability and progress in keeping the finish grading, mulching, seeding, and other such permanent control measures current in accordance with the accepted schedule. Should seasonal P-156-2 [,I limitations make such coordination unrealistic, temporary erosion control measures shall be taken immediately to the extent feasible and justified. In the event that temporary erosion and pollution control measures are required due to the Contractor's negligence, carelessness, or failure to install permanent controls as a part of the work as scheduled or are ordered by the Engineer, such work shall be performed by the Contractor at its own expense. The erosion control features installed by the Contractor shall be acceptably maintained by the Contractor during the construction period. Whenever construction equipment must cross watercourses at frequent intervals, and such crossings will adversely affect the sediment levels, temporary structures should be provided. Pollutants such as fuel, lubricants, bitumen, raw sewage, wash water from concrete mixing operations, and other harmful materials shall not be discharged into or near rivers, streams, and impoundments or into natural or manmade channels leading thereto. Method of Payment 156-4.1 GENERAL. Temporary erosion and pollution control work required which is not attributed to the Contractor's negligence, carelessness, or failure to install permanent controls will be performed as scheduled or ordered by the Engineer. ' Completed and accepted work will not be measured and paid for directly but shall be considered as a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor with costs included in the contract prices bid for the items to which they apply. 156-4.2 Control work performed for protection of construction areas outside the construction limits, such as borrow and waste areas, haul roads, equipment and material storage sites, and temporary plant sites, will not be measured and paid for directly but shall be considered as a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor with costs included in the contract prices bid for the items to which they apply. i 11 P-156 - 3 I=- P-211 I. ROCKL BASE COURSE Description 211-1.1 This item shall consist of a base course composed of lime rock con- structed on the prepared underlying course in accordance with these specifi- cations and shall conform to the dimensions and typical cross section shown on the plans and with the lines and grades established by the engineer. Materials ' 211-2.1 MATERLUZ. The lime rock base course material shall consist of fossiliferous limestone of uniform quality, and shall not contain hard or flinty pieces which will cause a rough surface containing pits and pockets. ' The rock shall show no tendency to "air slack" or undergo chemical change when exposed to the weather. The material when watered and rolled shall be capable of being compacted into a dense and well -bonded base. The oolitic type of lime rock shall meet the following requirements: .t Carbonates of calcium and magnesium - not less than 70%. Oxides of iron and alp - nor more than 2%. The combined amount of carbonates, oxides, and silica shall be at least 97%. The material shall be non -plastic. ' All other types of lime rock shall contain not less than 95% of carbonates of calcium and magnesium. Liquid limit shall not exceed 35, plasticity index shall not exceed 6, as determined in accordance with AASHO T 89 and T 90. The chemical analysis of lime rock shall consist. of determining the silica insoluble, iron oxide, and alumina by solution of the sample in hydrochloric (HCl) acid, evaporating, debydrating, redissolving the residue, and neutralizing with ammonium hydroxide, filtering, washing, and igniting the residue lime rock. The difference between this insoluble matter and 100% is reported as carbonates of calcium and magaesi= The lime rock shall not contain more thaw 0.5% of roots, leaf mold, organic, ' or foreign matter and shall be obtained from pits from which all overburden has been removed previous to blasting and quarrying. 0 � 11 P-211-1 C IT M P-211 = ROCK BASE COURSE The gradation of the lime rock shall meet the following requirements: Sieve designation (square openings) Percentage by Weight Passing sieves 3 1/2 inch ----------------------------- 100 3/4 inch ------------------------------- 50-100 All fine material shall consist entirely of dust of fracture. Construction Methods 211-3.1 SOURCES OF SUPPLY. All work involved in cleaning and stripping pits, including the handling of unsuitable material shall be performed by the contractor at his own expense. The lime rock shall be obtained from approved sources. The pits shall be operated in such a manner that a*clean and uniform material will be secured. 211-3.2 EQUUV=. All equipment necessary for the proper construction of this work shall be on the project, in first-class working.condition, and approved by the engineer before construction is permitted to start. 211 3.3 PREPAPME UDIERLYING COURSE. Before any rock base course material is placed, the underlying course shall be prepared and conditioned as specified. The course shall be checked and accepted by the engineer before placing and spreading, operations are started. Any ruts or soft, yielding places caused by improter drainage conditions, hauling, or any other cause, shall be corrected and rolled to the required compaction before the base course is placed thereon. Grade control between the edges of the pavement shall be accomplished by grade stakes, steel pins, or forms placed in lanes parallel to the centerline of the pavement and at intervals sufficiently close that string lines or check boards may be placed between the stakes, pins, or forms. To protect the naderlying course and to insure proper drainage, the spreading of the lime rock shall begin along the centerline of the pavement on. a crowned section or on the high side of the pavement with a one-way slope. P-211-2 k iJ I11E61 P-211 LIME ROCK BASE COURSE ' 211-3.4 PLACING AND SPREADING. All base course material shall be placed on the prepared underlying course and compacted in layers to the thickness ' shown on the plans. The depositing and spreading of the material on the prepared course or on a completed layer shall commence mere designated and shall progress without breaks. The material shall be deposited =d spread in lanes in a uniform layer and without segregation of size to such loose ' depth that, when compacted, the layer shall have the required thickness. When more than one layer is required, the construction procedure described herein shall apply similarly to each layer, excepting the scarifying and ' rerolling of the surface which shall apply to only the top layer. The rock shall be transported to locations where it is to be used over rock ' previously placed and dumped at the end of the .receding spread. It shall then be spread uniformly with shovels, forks, or approved mechanical spreaders especially constructed for this purpose. In no case shall rock be dumped directly onto the underlying course. Transporting over the underlying course will not be permitted, except as directed, in which case it must be protected by planking if rutting occurs. During the dumping and spreading operations, the rock shall be brought to the proper moisture content to obtain — r mn density. If water is added, it shallbe uniformly ' mixed to the full depth cf the course by discing. All segregated areas of fine or coarse rock shall be removed and replaced with well -graded rock, and approved by the engineer. Lime rock shall not be spread when the sub- , grade is in an unsuitable condition. The lime rock base course shall be constructed in a layer not less than 4 inches nor more than 6 inches of compacted thickness. The base course shall ' be constructed in lanes or strips parallel with the centerline of the paved area. ' During the placing operation, sufficient caution shall be exercised to pre- vent the incorporation of subgrade, subbase, or shoulder material in the lime rock. 211-3.5 ROLLIM. Immediately following final spreading, the material shall ' be compacted to Rill width with approved compaction equipment. Rolling shall progress gradually from the sides to the center of the lane under con- struction, or from one side toward previously placed material, and shall con- tinue until the surface has been rolled and compacted. Rolling shall continue until the base material has been compacted to not less than 100% density as determined by the compaction control tests specified in PAL T-611. Prior to and during compaction, water in the amounts required shall be uniformly applied to maintain satisfactory moisture content to obtain maximum density. Sufficient rollers of the designated types shall be fur- fl P-211-3 H ITEM P-211 LIME ROCK BASE COURSE nished to adequately handle the compaction of the material that has been placed and spread. Blading and rolling shall be done alternately as required or directed to obtain a smooth, even surface and until the entire depth of base is compacted into a dense, unyielding mass. Rerolling of previous day's spread shall be done as directed. When the shoulder backfill material has been placed, the shoulder shall be thoroughly rolled and compacted. Along curbs, headers, and all areas inaccessible to the roller, the base course material shall be tamped thoroughly with mechanical or hand tampers. 211-3.6 FIlaSHM BASE COURSE. After the watering and rolling of the base course, the entire surface shall be scarified to a depth of at least 3 inches and shaped to the enact crown and cross section with a blade grader. The scarified material shall be rewatered and thoroughly rolled. Rolling shall continue until the base is bonded and compacted into a dense, unyielding mass, true to grade and cross section. The scarifying and rolling of the surface of the base shall follow the initial rolling of the lime rock by not more than 4 days. When the lime rock base is constructed in two layers, the scarifying of the surface shall be to a depth of 2 inches. ' If, in the opinion of the engineer, the surface of the base is glazed or cemented to the extent that the prime coat could not penetrate properly, and after determining that the condition of the base meets all requirements, he will direct that the surface of the base be hard -planed with a blade grader and broomed immediately prior to the application of the prime coat. This hard -planing shall be done in such a manner that only the glazed or cemented surface is removed, leaving a granular or porous condition that will allow free penetration of the prime material. The material planed from the base shall be removed from the base area. If at any time the underlying material becomes churned up and mixed with the base course material, the contractor shall, without additional compensation, d=g out and remove the mixture;.reshape and compact the underlying course, replace the materials removed with clean rock which shall be watered and rolled until satisfactorily compacted. Where cracks, checks, or failures appear in the base, either before or after priming and before the surface course is laid, the contractor shall remove such cracks, checks, or failures by rescarifying, reshaping, watering, rolling, and adding lime rock where necessary. P-211-4 I r C� 1 1 L) ITF14I P-211 LIME ROCK SASE COURSE 211-3.7 SURFACE TEST. After the course has been completely compacted, the surface shall be tested for smoothness and accuracy of grade and crown. Any portion lacking the required smoothness or failing in accuracy of grade or crown shall be scarified, reshaped, recompacted, and otherwise manipu- lated as the engineer may direct until the required smoothness and accuracy are obtained. The finished surface shall not vary more than 3/8 inch from a 16-foot straightedge when applied to the surface parallel with, and at right angles to, the centerline. In testing surface of the harder lime rocks, measurement of clearances from the straightedge small not include small holes caused by individual pieces being pulled out by the grader. 211-3.8 THICKNESS. The thickness of the base course shall be determined by depth tests or elevations taken at intervals in such a manner that each test shall represent 300 square yards, or it shall be as otherwise directed by the engineer. The depth tests shall be made by test holes through the base at least 3 inches in diameter. Where the base deficiency is more than 1/2 inch, the contrac- tor shall correct such areas by scarifying and adding rock. The base shall be scarified, rock added, and tapered a distance of 100 feet in each direc- tion from the edge of the deficient area for each inch of rock added. The affected area shall then be watered, bladed, rolled, and brought to a satis- factory state of compaction, required thickmess, and cross section. The thickness of the base in the affected area shall be remeasured by depth tests or elevations. The operations of scarifying♦ adding rock, and reroll- ing shall contimue until the base thickness is within the 1/2-inch tolerance of base thickness. The final base thicmess of the reconditioned area shall be used to determine the average job thickness. The average job thickness shall be the average of tk* depth measurement as above, outlined and shall be. within 1/4 inch of the tbtcmesa sho= on the typical cross section. 0n irdivi&ial. depth meant ---ovate v tbiclmesa" more than 1/2 inch is excess of tbat sticker on the plans shall be.aonaidered as specified thickness plus 1/2 inch in competing the s =so job thickness. The contractor small replace, at his espease, the lime rock raved fr = test holes. 211-3.9 PROM== Work on the bane _course shall not. be acco=lisbed When the subgrade Is wet. P-211-5 1 E T % P-211 LROCK BASE COURSE Hauling equipment may be routed over completed portions of the base course, provided no damage results and provided that such°equipment is routed over the full width of the base course to avoid rutting or uneven compaction. However, the engineer in charge shall have hill and specific authority to stop all hauling over completed or partially completed base course when, in his opinion, such hauling is causing damage. Any damage resulting to the base course from routing equipment over the base course shall be repaired by the contractor at his own expense. 211-3-10 MAIlV'M ANCE. Following the completion of the base course, the contractor shall perform all maintenance work necessary to keep the base course in a condition satisfactory for priming. After priming, the surface shall be kept clean and free from foreign material. The base course shall be properly drained at all times. If cleaning is necessary, or if the prime cost becomes disturbed, any work or restitution necessary shall be performed at the expense of the contractor. Method of Measurement 211-4.1 The yardage of lime rock base course to be paid for small be the number of square yards of base material placed, bonded, and accepted in the completed base course. Basis of Payment 211- .1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per square yard fbr lime rock base course. This price shall be Rill ecmpensation for fur- nishing all materials and for all preparation, hauling, and placing of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. P-211-6 1 M ITEM P-211 LIME ROCK EASE COURSE The cost of removing cracks and checks including the labor and material for repriming, and the additional lime rock necessary for crack elimination, will not be paid for separately but shall be included in the contract price per square yard for lime rock base course. Payment will be made under: Item P-211-5.1 Lime Rock Base Course - per sgwe yard. TE.STIlVG AND MATERIAL REQtTIlRIIME24rS Test and short title Material and short title AASHO T 89 - Liquid Limit None AASHO T 90 - Plastic Limit and . Plasticity Index FAA T-611 - Density P -211-7 ITEM P 401 PLANT MIX BITUMINOUS PAVEMENTS Description ' 401-1.1 This item shall consist of a surface course composed of mineral aggregate and bituminous material mixed in a central mixing plant and ' placed on a prepared course in accordance with these specifications and shall conform to the lines, grades, thicknesses, and typical cross sections shown on the plans. tEach course shall be constructed to the depth, typical section, or elevation required by the plans and shall be rolled, finished and approved before the placement of the next course. The Contractor shall submit a.paving plan at least 15 days prior to the start of paving operations, snowing the proposed location, thickness ' and laydown sequence of all pavement layers to be placed. With the exception of the test section (401-3.3) , no pavement layers shall be placed until the paving plan has been reviewed by the Engineer. ' Materials 401-2.1 AGGREGATE. Aggregates shall consist of crushed stone, crushed gravel, or crushed slag with or without sand or other inert ' finely divided mineral aggregate. The portion of materials retained on the No. 8 sieve shall be -known as coarse aggregate, the portion passing the No. 8 sieve and retained in the No. 200 sieve as fine aggregate, and the portion passing the 200 sieve as mineral filler. (a) Coarse Aggregate. Coarse aggregate shall consist of ' sound, tough, durable particles, free from adherent films of matter that would prevent thorough coating with the bituminous material. The percentage of wear shall not be greater than 40 percent when tested in accordance with ASTM C 131. (The sodium sulfate soundness ' loss shall not exceed 9 percent, after five cycles, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 88.) ' Aggregate shall contain at least 70 percent by weight of crushed pieces having two or more fractured faces and 85 percent having at least one fractured face. The area of each face shall be equal to at least 75 percent of the smallest midsectional area of the piece. When two fractured faces are contiguous, the angle between the planes of fractures shall be at least 30 degrees to count as two fractured faces. Fractured faces shall be obtained by artificial crushing. J 1 P - 4 0 1 - 1 C I The aggregate shall not contain more than 8 percent, by weight, of flat or elongated pieces. A flat particle is one having a ratio of width to thickness greater than five; an elongated particle is one having a ratio of length to width greater than five. Slag shall be air-cooled, blast furnace slag, and shall have a compacted weight of not less than 70 pounds per cubic foot when tested in accordance with ASTM C 29. (b) Fine Aggregate. Fine aggregate shall consist of clean, sound, durable, angular particles produced by crushing stone, slag, or gravel that meets the requirements for wear and soundness specified for coarse aggregate. The aggregate particles shall be free from coatings of clay, silt, or other objectionable matter and shall contain no clay balls. The fine aggregate, including any blended filler, shall have a plasticity index of not more than six when tested in accordance with ASTM D 424, and a liquid limit of not more than 25 when tested in accordance with ASTM D 423. Natural sand may be used to obtain the gradation of the aggregate blend or to improve the workability of the mix. The amount of sand to be added will be adjusted to produce mixtures conforming to requirements o.f this specification. (c) Sampling and Testing. ASTM- D 75 shall be used in sampling coarse and fine aggregate, and ASTM C 183 shall be used in sampling mineral filler. The Contractor shall furnish documenta- tion to the Engineer confirming that the aggregates meet specification requirement. (d) Sources of Aggregates. Sources of aggregates shall be selected well in advance of the time the materials are required in the work. When the aggregates are obtained from a previously MOT approved source or an existing source producing aggregates that has a satisfactory service record in airport bituminous pavement construction for at least five years, samples shall be submitted 14 days prior to start of production. An inspection of the producer's operation will be made by the Engineer.. When new sources are to be developed, the Contractor shall indicate the sources and shall submit a plan for operation 30 days in advance of starting production. Samples from test pits, borings, and other excavations shall be submitted at the same time. FDOT approval of the source of aggregates does not relieve the Contractor in any way of the responsibility for delivery at the job site of aggretates that meet the requirements specified herein. P-401-2 J P ' (e) Samples of Aggregates. Samples of aggregates shall be furnished by the Contractor at the start of production and at intervals during production of bituminous mixtures. The sampling ' points and intervals will be designated by the Engineer. The samples will be the basis for testing of specific lots of aggregates from the standpoint of the quality requirements of this section. ' 401-2.2 FILLER If filler, in addition to that naturally present in the aggregate, is necessary, it shall meet the requirements of ASTM 0 ' 242. 401-2.3 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL. Bituminous material shall conform ' to the following requirements: Type and Grade Specification Mixing Temperature ' Asphalt Cement- AASHO M226-80(1986) 2750 - 325oF Viscosity Grade AC 30 ' AC-30 (min) poises Viscosity,- 1400F, y p 3000,*,600 Viscosity, 275OF 380 Penetration, 770F, 100GM, 5 sec SO Flash Point, COC, Deg. F 450 Solubility in Trichlorethylene 9910% The Contractor shall furnish vendor's certified test reports for each tankload of bitumen shipped to the project. The report shall be deliveree to the Engineer for review prior to use of the material. The furnishing of the vendor's certified test report for the bituminous- material shall be the basis for final acceptance. -Composition 401-3.1 COMPOSITION OF MIXTURE. The bituminous plant mix shall be composed of a mixture of aggregate, filler if required, and bituminous material. The several aggregate fractions shall be sized, -uniformly graded, and combined in such proportions that the resulting mixture meets the grading requirements of the job mix formula. 401-3.2 JOB MIX FORMULA. No bituminous mixture for payment shall be produced until a job mix formula has been reviewed by the Engineer. P-401-3 C The formula shall be submitted in writing by the Contractor to the Engineer at least 10 days prior to the start of paving operations and shall indicate the definite percentage of each sieve fraction of aggregate, the percentage of bitumen, and the temperature of the completed mixture when discharged from the mixer. All test data used to develop the job mix formula shall also be submitted. The job mix formula for each mixture shall be in effect until modified in writing by the Engineer. Should a change in source of materials be made, a new job mix formula must be established before the new materials is used. The bituminous mixture shall be designed using procedures contained in Chapter III, MARSHALL METHOD OF MIX DESIGN,, of the Asphalt Institute Manual Series No. 2 (MS-2) , current edition, and shall meet the requirements of Tables 1 and 2. The temperature of the mix immediately prior to compaction shall be 250 degrees + 5 degrees F (121 degrees + 3 degrees C). TABLE 1. MARSHALL DESIGN CRITERIA Pavements Designed for 60,000 lbs., or Test Property more or tire pressure greater than 100 psi Number of Blows 75 Stability, minimum pounds (newtons) 1800 (8000) Flow, 0.01 in. (0.25mm) 8-16 Percent air voids 2.5-4.5 Percent voids in mineral aggregate See•Table 2 L P-401-4 F TABLE 2. MINIMUM PERCENT VOIDS IN MINERAL AGGREGATE ' Maximum Particle Size Minimum Voids in (Table 3) Mineral Aggregate in. mm percent 1j2 12.5 lg 3/4 19.0 15 ' The mineral aggregate shall be of such size that the percentage composition by weight, as determined by laboratory screens, will ' conform to the gradation or gradations specified in Table 3 when tested in accordance with ASTM Standard C 136 (dry sieve). The percentage by weight for the bituminous material shall be within the ' limits specified. The gradations in Table 3 represent the limits which shall determine the suitability of aggregate for use from the sources of supply. The ' aggregate, as finally selectedr shall nave a gradation within the .Z".. limits designated in Table 3 and shall not vary from the low limit on one sieve to the high _11m.it on thee adjacent sieve, or vice versa, but ' shall be uniformly graded from coarse to fine. P k P-ror6 i TABLE 3. AGGREGATE - BITUMINOUS PAVEMENTS Sieve Percentage by Weight Passing Sieves Size 3/4" max. 1/2" max. 1 1/4 in. (31.25 mm) -- -- 1 in. (25.0 mm) -- 3/4 in. (19.0 mm) 100 -- 1/2 in. (12.5 mm) 82- 96 100 3/8 in. (9.5 mm) 75- 89 79- 93 No. 4 (4.75 mm) 59- 73 59- 73 No. 8 (2.36 mm) 46- 60 46- 60 No. 16 (1.18 mm) 38- 48 34- 48 No. 30 (0.60 mm) 24- 38 24- 38 No. 50 (0.30 mm) 15- 27 15- 27 No. 100 (0.15 mm) , 8- 18 8- 18 No. 200 (0.075 mm) 3- 6 3- 6 Bitumen percent Stone or gravel 5.0-7.5 5.5-8.0 Slag 6.5-9.5 7.0-10.0 The job mix tolerances shown in Table 4 shall be applied to the job mix formula to establish a job control. grading band. The full tolerances still apply if application of the job mix tolerances results in a job control grading band outside the master grading ' band. ' TABLE 4. JOB MIX FORMULA TOLERANCES (Based on a Single Test) ' Material Tolerance Plus or Minus ' Aggregate assing No. 4 sieve or larger 7 percent P 9 ' Aggregate passing Nos. 8 and 16 sieves 6 percent Aggregate pass.ing Nos. 30 and 50 sieves 5 percent Aggregate passing Nos. 100 and 200 sieves 3 percent Bitumen 0.45 percent ' Temperature of mix 200 F (110 C) ' The aggregate gradation may be adjusted within the limits of Table 3 as directed,. without adjustments in the contract unit prices. Deviation from the final reviewed design for bitumen content and gradation of aggregates shall not be greater than the tolerances permitted and shall be -based on daily plant extraction. Extraction ' tests for bitumen content and aggregate gradation will be made at least twice daily. The mixture will be tested for bitumen content in accordance with ASTM D 2172 and for aggregate gradation in accordance ' with AASHO T 30. The completed mixture shall be sampled at the plant to retain job control. One sample shall be taken from each sublot on a random ' basis,, in accordance with procedures contained in ASTM D 3665. A lot shall consist of :-,S©d tons and shall be divided into 4 sublots. Testing shall be in accordance with the Marshall method procedures contained. in Chapter III of the Asphalt Institute Manual Series No. 2 (MS-2), current edition, except the temperature of the mix prior to compaction shall be 250 degrees F +5 degrees F (121 degrees C +2 degrees C) . If any two consecutive Marshall test results of any property do not conform to the requirements shown in Tables 1 and 2, the Contractor shall take immediate corrective action. In no IP-4ot-7 instance shall the percent air voids exceed +1 percent of the job mix formula value. The Contractor shall halt production if the Marshall test criteria are not met and shall not resume production until the problem is corrected. If the index of retained strength of the specimens of composite mixture, as determined be ASTM D_ 1075, if less than 75, the aggregates shall be rejected or the asphalt shall be treated with an antistripping agent. The amount of antistripping agent added to the asphalt shall be sufficient to produce an index of retained strength of not less than 75. 401-3.3 TEST SECTION. Prior to full production, the Contractor shall prepare a quantity of bituminous mixture according to the job mix formula. The amount of mixture should be sufficient to construct a test section 50 feet long and 20 feet wide placed in two sections and shall be of the same depth specified for the construction of the course which it represents. The underlying grade or pavement structure upon which the test section is to be constructed shall be the same as the remainder of the course represented by the test section. The equipment used in construction of the test section shall be the same type and weight to be used on the remainder of the course represented by the test section. If the test section should prove to be unsatisfactory, the necessary adjustments to the mix design, plant operation, and/or rolling procedures shall be made. Additional test sections, as required, shall be constructed and evaluated for conformance to the specifications. When test sections do not conform to specification requirements, the pavement shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. a marginal quality test section that has been placed in an area of little or no traffic may be left in place. If a second test section also does not meet specification requirements both sections shall be removed at the Contractor's expense. Full production shall not begin without the Engineer's review. Test sections will be paid for in accordance with paragraph 6.1 401-3.4 TESTING LABORATORY. The testing laboratory used to develop the job mix formula and to perform the tests required by this specification shall meet the requirements of ASTM D 3666. A certification that the laboratory meets these requirements shall be submitted to the Engineer. An approved testing laboratory will not be required for quality control tests made by the Contractor. P-401-6 1 Construction Methods 1 401-4.1 WEATHER LIMITATIONS. The bituminous mixture shall not be placed upon a wet surface or when the surface temperature of the 1 underlying course is less than specified in Table 5. The temperature requirements may be waived, but only at the discretion of the Engineer. 1 TABLE 5. BASE TEMPERATURE LIMITATIONS 1 Mat Thickness Base Temperature (Minimum) ' F C 3 in. (7.5cm) or greater 40 4 ' Greater than 1 in. (2.5 cm) but less than 3 in. (7.5 cm) 45 7 1 1 in. (2.5 cm) or less 50 10 1 401-4.2 BITUMINOUS MIXING PLANT. Plants used for the preparation of bituminous mixtures shall conform to the requirements of ASTM 0 ' 995 with the following changes: ' (a) Requirements of All Plants. (1) Truck scales. The bituminous mixture shall be weighed on sealed scales furnished by the Contractor, or on public scales at the: Contractor's expense. Such scales shall be inspected and sealed as often as the Engineer deems necessary to assure their accuracy. Scales shall conform to the requirements of Section 90. ' (2) Testing laboratory. The Contractor or producer shall provide laboratory facilities for control and acceptance testing functions during periods of mix production, sampling, and testing and whenever materials subject to the.provisions of these 1 specifications are being supplied or tested. The laboratory shall provide adequate equipment, space, and utilities as required for the performance of the specified tests. L! 1 P_or9 �II (3) Inspection of plant. The Engineer, or his author- ized representative, shall have access, at all times, to all parts of the plant for checking adequacy of equipment; inspecting operation of the plant: verifying weights, proportions, and character of materials; and checking the temperatures maintained in the preparation of the mixtures. (4) Storage bins and surge bins. Paragraph 3.9 of ASTM D 995 is deleted. Instead, the following applies. Use of surge bins or storage bins for temporary storage of hot bituminous mixtures will be permitted as follows: (a) The bituminous mixture may be stored in surge bins for a period of time not to exceed 3 hours, (b) The bituminous mixture may be stored in insulated storage bins for a period of time not to exceed 24 hours, provided an inert gas atmosphere is maintained in the bin during the storage period. The bins shall be such that mix drawn from them meets the same requirements as mix loaded directly into trucks. If the Engineer determines that there is an -excessive amount of heat loss, segregation or oxidation of the mixture due to temporary storage, no overnight storage will be allowed. 401-4.3 HAULING EQUIPMENT. Trucks used for hauling bituminous mixtures shall have tight,. clean,. and smooth metal beds. To prevent the mixture from adhering to them, the truck beds shall be lightly coated with a minimum amount of paraffin oil, lime solution, or other approved material. Each truck shall have a suitable cover to protect the mixture from adverse weather. When necessary, to ensure that the mixture will be delivered to the site at the specified temperature, truck beds shall be insulated and covers shall. be securely fastened. .401-4.4 BITUMINOUS PAVERS. Bituminous pavers shall be self- contained, power -propelled units with an activated screed or strike - off assembly, heated if necessary, and shall be capable of spreading and finishing courses of bituminous plant mix material which will meet the specified thickness, smoothness, and grade. Pavers used for shoulders and similar construction shall be capable of spreading and finishing courses of bituminous plant mix material in widths shown on the plans. The paver shall have a receiving hopper of sufficient capacity to permit a uniform spreading operation. The hopper shall be equipped with a distribution system to place the mixture uniformly in front of P-401-10 the screed. The screed or strike -off assembly shall effectively produce a finished surface of the required evenness and texture without tearing, shoving, or gouging the mixture. ' The paver shall be capable of operating at forward speeds consistent with satisfactory laying of the mixture. ' The paver shall be equipped with a control system capable of automatically maintaining the specified screed elevation. The control system shall be automatically actuated from either a reference line or surface through a system of mechanical sensors or ' sensor -directed mechanisms or devices which will maintain the paver screed at a predetermined transverse slope and at the proper ' elevation to obtain the required surface. The transverse slope controller shall be capable of maintaining the screed at the desired slope within plus or minus 0.1 percent. ' The controls shall be capable of work}ng in conjunction with any of the following attachments: (a) Ski —type device of not less than 30 feet (9.14 m) in length. ` (b) Taut stringline (wire) set to grade. ' (c) Short ski or shoe. t. 401-4.5 ROLLERS. Rollers of the vibratory, steel wheel, or pneumatic -tired type may be used. They shall be in good condition, J capable of operating at slow speeds to avoid displacement of the bituminous mixture. The number, type, and weight of rollers shall be sufficient to compact the mixture to the required density while it is still in a workable condition. The use of equipment which causes ' excessive crushing of tne_aggregate will not be permitted. ' 401-4.6 PREPARATION OF BITUMINOUS MATERIAL. The bituminous ma- terial shall be heated in a manner that will avoid local overneating and provide a continuous supply of the bituminous materials to the mixer at a uniform temperature. The temperature of the bituminous ' material delivered to the mixer shall be sufficient to provide a suitable viscosity for adequate coating of the aggregate particles but shall not exceed 325 degrees F (160 degrees C). 401-4.7 R P EPARATION OF MINERAL AGGREGATE. The aggregate for the mixture shall be drie3 and heated to the temperature designated by the job. formula within the job tolerance specified. The maximum temperature and rate of heating shall be such that no permanent damage occurs to the aggregates. Particular care shall be taken P-401-11 C H that aggregates high in calcium or magnesium content are not damaged by overheating. The temperatures shall not be lower than is required to obtain complete coating and un'i;form distribution on the aggregate particles and to provide a mixture of satisfactory workability. 401-4.8 PREPARATION OF BITUMINOUS MIXTURE. The aggregates and the bituminous material shall be weighed or metered and introduced into the mixer in the amount specified by the job mix formula. The combined materials shall be mixed until the aggregate obtains a uniform coating of bitumen and is throughly disturbed throughout the mixture. Wet mixing time shall be the shortest time that will produce a satisfactory mixture. It shall be established by the Contractor, based on the procedure for determining the percentage of coated particles described in ASTM D 2489, and reviewed by the Engineer for each individual plant and for each type of aggregate used. The minimum mixing time shall be 25 seconds. The mixing time will be set to achieve 95 percent of coated particles. For continuous mix -plants, the minimum mixing time shall be determined by dividing_ the weight of its contents at operating level by the weight of the mixture delivered per second by the mixer.. The moisture content of the mix shall not exceed 1.0 percent. 401-4.9 TRANSPORTING, SPREADING, AND FINISHING. The mixture shall transported from the mixing plant to the point of use in vehicles conforming. to the requirements of Section 401-4.3. Deliveries shall be scheduled so that spreading and rolling of all mixture prepared for one day's run can be completed during daylight, unless adequate artificial lighting is provided. Hauling over freshly placed material shall not be permitted until the material has been compacted, as specified, and allowed to cgol to atmospheric temperature. Immediately before placing the bituminous mixture, the underlying course shall be cleared of all debris with power blowers, power brooms, or hand brooms as directed. The mix shall be placed at a temperature of not less than 250 degrees F (107 degrees C) when asphalt cement is used, and not less than 150 degrees F (65 degrees C) when tar is used. Upon arrival, the mixture shall be spread to the full width by the bituminous paver. It shall be struck off in a uniform layer of such depth that, when the work is completed, it shall have the required thickness and conform to the grade and contour indicated. The speed of the paver shall be regulated to eliminate pulling and tearing of the bituminous mat. Unless otherwise directed, placement of the mixture shall begin along the centerline of a crowned section or on P-401-12 I I the high side of areas with a one-way slope. The mixture shall be ' placed in consecutive adjacent strips having a minimum width of 10 feet, except where edge lanes require less width to complete the area. The longitudinal joint in one layer shall offset that in the ' layer immediately below by at least 1 foot (30 cm) , however, the joint in the top layer shall be at the centerline, of the pavement. Transverse joints in one layer shall be offset by at least 2 feet (60 cm) from transverse joints in the previous layer. Transverse joints ' in adjacent lanes shall be offset a minimum of 10 feet (3 m). On areas where irregularities or unavoidable obstacles make the use ' of mechanical spreading and finishing equipment impractical, the mixture may be spread, raked, and luted by hand tools. ' 410-4.10 COMPACTION OF MIXTURE. After spreading, the mixture shall be thoroughly and uniformly compacted by rolling. The surface shall be rolled when the mixture has attained sufficient stability so ' that the rolling does not cause undue displacement, cracking or shoving. The sequence of rolling operations and the type of rollers used shall be at the discretion of the Contractor. ' The speed of the roller shall, at all times, be sufficiently slow to avoid displacement of the hot mixture. Any displacement occurring as a result of reversing the direction of the roller, or from any other cause, shall be corrected at once. Sufficient rollers shall be furnished to handle the outptjt of the ' plant. Rolling shall continue until all roller marks are eliminated, the surface is of uniform texture and true to grade and cross section, and the required field density is obtained. i To prevent adhesion of the mixture to the roller, the wheels shall be kept properly moistened, but excessive water will not be permitted. In areas not accessible to the roller, the mixture shall be thoroughly compacted with -hot hand tampers.. Any mixtures that becomes loose and broken, mixed with dirt, or in any ' way defective shall be removed and replaced with fresh hot mixture immediately and compacted to conform to the surrounding area. This work shall be done at the Contractor's expense. Skin patching ' shall not be allowed. 401-4.11 JOINTS. The formation of all joints shall be made in such 1 a manner as to ensure a continuous bond between old and new sections of the course. All joints shall have the same texture, density, and smoothness as other sections of the course. I P-401-13 The roller shall not pass over the unprotected end of the freshly laid mixture except when necessary to form a transverse joint. When necessary to form a transverse joint, it ,shall be made by means of placing a bulkhead or by tapering the course, in which case the edge shall be cut back to its full depth and width on a straight line to expose a vertical face. In both methods all contact surfaces shall be given a tack coat of bituminous material before placing any fresh mixture against the joint. Longitudinal joints which are irregular, damaged, or otherwise defective shall be cut back to expose a clean, sound surface for the full depth of the course. All contact surfaces shall be given a tack coat of bituminous material prior to placing any fresh mixture against the joint. P-401-14 I 401-4.12 ACCEPTANCE SAMPLING AND TESTING OF BITUMINOUS MIXTURE ' (DENSITY). Pavement density will be determined by comparing the density of cores taken from the compacted pavement to the density of laboratory -compacted specimens. ' (a) Lot Sizes. The pavement will be accepted for density on a lot basis. A lot will consist of 500 tons. (b) Laboratory Density. .Bituminous mixture for laboratory - compacted specimen shall be sampled on a lot basis from trucks delivering material to the job site. The lot size shall be the same ' as indicated in paragraph 4.12(a) and shall be delivered into four equal sublots. One sample shall be taken from each sublot on a random basis, in accordance with procedures contained in ASTM D 3665. One laboratory compacted specimen shall be prepared from each ' sublot. The specimens shall be compacted in accordance with ASTM D 1559, ' Section 3.5., except that the temperature immediately prior to compaction shall be 250 degrees F +5 degrees (120 degrees C +3 degrees ) . The sample of bituminous mixture can be placed in an oven for not more than 30 minutes to maintain the heat, but it shall not be ' reheated if it cools below. 250 degrees F (120 degrees C ) before use. The density of each specimen shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D 2726 or D 1188, whichever. is applicable. t(c) Core Density.. Cores for determining the density of the compacted pavement shall be taken on a lot basis-. The lot size shall be the same as indicated in paragraphs 4.12(a) and shall be divided ' into four equal sub lots. One core shall be taken from each sublot on a random basis in accordance with procedures- contained in Appendix C of The Asphalt Institute'&. Specification Series No. 1, latest edition. The cores shall be taken in accordance with the ' requirements of paragraph 4.14. The density of each core shall be determined in accordance. with ASTM C 2726 or D 1188, whichever is applicable. ' (d) Pavement Density. The target density (percent compac- tion) of each lot of in -place pavement shall be 98 percent of the ' average density of the laboratory -prepared specimens. The pavement density shall be determined by dividing the core density of each sublot by the average density of the laboratory -prepared specimens. P E ' P-40 1 - 1 5 (e) Acceptance Criteria. Acceptance of each lot of bitu- minous surface course shall be based on the percentage of material within specification limits (PWL). The PWL is determined using standard statistical techniques and involves the number of tests in each lot (n) and the Quality Index (Q) . The Quality Index is calculated form the following formula: X-L Q= --R-- where: Q = Quality Index X - average of pavement densities (percent compaction) L - lower specification limit (96.7 percent) R - range - difference between the highest and lowest pavement densitites (percent compaction) The PWL shall be determined from Table 6, using the number of tests (n) and the Quality Index (Q) . Each lot of bituminous mix shall be accepted for density when the PWL equals or exceeds 90 percent. Each -lot not meeting the 90 percent PWL requirement will be accepted at an adjusted contract unit price in accordance with Table 7. I P-401-16 i I TABLE 6. TABLE FOR ESTIMATING PERCENT ' OF LOT WITHIN TOLERANCE LIMITS 11 fl I -� fl Percent Positive values of Q Within Limits n-3 n-4 n-5 n-6 99 .5895 .6574 .6642 .6611 98 .5879 .6440 .6387 .6264 97 .5863 .6307 .6166 .5983 96 .5847 .6173 .5966 .5744 95 .5830 .6039 .5777 .5530 94 .5814 .5905 .5600 .5330 93 .5797 .5771 .5431 .5143 92 .5762 .5638 .5267 .4968 91 .5219 .5504 .5108 .4800 90 .5677 .5370 .4955 .4640 89 .5621 .5236 .4808 .4485 88 .5564 .5101 .4657 .4337 87 .5499 .4967 .4514 .4191 86 .5432 .4833 .4373 .4050 85 .5355 .4699 .4234 .3913 84 .5275 .4565 .4097 ..3778 83 .5189 .4431 .3962 .3647 82 .5098 .4297 .3829 .3517 81 .5001 .4162 .3697 .3391 80 .4889 .4028 .3567 . 3266 79 .4791 .3894 .342E .3144 78 .4679 .3760 ..3.311 .3023 77 .4560 .3526 .3184 .2902 76 .4439 .3492 .3059 .2785 75 .4311 .3358 .2935 .2669 74 •4179 .3223 .2811 .2554 73 .4041 .3088 .2689 .2440 72 .3901 .2954 .2567 .2327 71 .3754 .2820 .2446 .2215 70 .3604 .2685 .2325 .2104 69 .3450 .2551 .2206 .1995 68 .3293 .2417 .2086 .1884 67 .3131 .2283 .1968 .1777 66 .2965 .2149 .1835 .1668 65 • .2798 .2015 .1732 .1562 P-40 1-1 7 Percent Positive Values of Q Within Limits n=3 n=4 n=5 n=6 64 .2625 .1881 .1614 .1455 63 .2451 .1747 .1497 .1349 62 .2274 .1611 .1382 .1243 61 .2093 .1477 .1265 .1139 60 .1911 .1343 .1149 .1034 55 .0970 .0672 50 .0000. .0000 .0573 .0515 .0000 .0000 All negative values of Q will result in a PWL below 65 percent. TABLE 7. PRICE ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE Percentage of Material Above Percent of Contract the Specification Limit (PWL) Unit Price to be Paid 90-100 100 80-90 0.5 PWL + 55.0 65-80 2.0 PWL - 65.0. Below 65 l/ i 1/ The lot shall be removed and replaced. However, the Owner may decide to accept the deficient lot. In that case, if the Owner and Contractor agree in writing, that lot shall not be removed, and it will be -paid for at 50 percent of the contract price. 401-4.13 SURFACE TESTS. 'Tests for conformity with the specified crown and grade shall be made by the Contractor immediately after initial compaction. Any variation shall be corrected by the removal or addition of materials and by continuous rolling. WbE finieted surface sttal-3 not --vary more than 1/4 inch for surface Qourrer wbeft tested with a 16-toot (4.8 m) straightedge applied Swcallel- with, Qr..at right angles to, the -centerline. After the completion of final rolling, the smoothness of the course shall be tested by the Engineer; humps or depressions exceeding the specified tolerances shall be immediately corrected by removing the defective work and replacing with new material. This shall be done at the Contractor's expense. 0 L, �I P-401-1a The finished surfaces of bituminous courses shall not vary from the gradeline, elevations, and cross sections shown on the contract drawings by more than 1/2 inch (12.70 mm)'. The Contractor shall correct pavement areas varying in excess of this amount by paving and ' replacing the defective work. Skin patching will not be permitted. ' 401-4.14 SAMPLING PAVEMENT. .Core samples for determination of the density of completed pavements shall be obtained by the Contractor at no extra cost. The size, number, and locations of,the samples will be as indicated by the Engineer. Samples shall be neatly cut with a ' saw, core drill, or other equipment. The Contractor shall furnish all tools, labor, and materials for cutting samples and replacing pavement. ' All tests necessary to determine conformance with requirements specified in this item will be performed by the Owner without cost to ' the Contractor except that the Contractor shall pay for any retests. Mehtod of Measurement 1 ' 401-5.1 Plant mix bituminous concrete pavement shall be measured by the number of tons - of bituminous mixture used in the accepted work. Recorded batch weights or truck scale weights will be used to determine the basis of the tonnage. Basis of Payment ' 401-6.1 Payment for an accepted bituminous concrete. pavement shall be made at the full or adjusted contract unit price -per ton. The ' price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, for all preparation, mixing, and placing of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. i(a) Basis of Adjusted Payment. Table 7 shall be used• to determine the adjusted contract price for a lot -of material when the ' results of the pavement density tests for that lot indicate that the percentage of material above the specification limit is less than 90 percent. (b) Payment. Payment will be made under: Item P-401-6.1 Bituminous Surface Course - per ton IP-4o,-19 TESTING REQUIREMENTS ASTM C 29 Unit Weight of Aggregate ASTM C 88 Soundness of Aggregates by Use of Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate ASTM C 131 Resistance. to Abrasion of Small Size Coarse Aggregate by Use of the Los Angeles Machine ASTM C 136 Sieve or Screen Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregate ASTM C 183 Sampling Hydraulic Cement ASTM D 75 Sampling Aggregates ASTM D 423 Liquid Limit of Soils ASTM D 424 Plastic Limit and Plasticity Index of Soils ASTM D 995 Requirements for Mixing Plants for Hot -Mixed, Hot -Laid Bituminous Paving Mixtures ASTM D 1075 Effect of Water on Cohesion of Compacted Bituminous Mixtures ASTM D 1188 Bulk Specific Gravity of Compacted Bituminous .Mixtures Using Paraffin -Coated Specimens ASTM D 1559 Resistance to Plastic Flow of Bituminous Mixtures Using Marshall Apparatus ASTM D 2172 Quantitative Extraction of Bitumen from Bituminous Paving Mixtures ASTM D 2489 Degree of Particle Coating of Bituminous - Aggregate Mixtures ASTM D 2726 Bulk Specific Gravity of Compacted Bituminous Mixtures Using Saturated Surface -Dry - Specimens ASTM D 3665 Random Sampling of Paving Materials ASTM D 3666 Inspection and Testing Agencies for Bituminous Paving Materials AASHO T 30 Mechanical Analysis of Extracted Aggregate P-401-20 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 t 1� 1 1 1 1 1 The Asphalt Model Construction Specifications for Asphalt institute's Concrete and Other Plant -Type Mixes Series (SS-1) The Asphalt Mix Design Methods for Asphalt Concrete Institute's Manual No. 2 (MS-2) MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS ASTM. D 242 Mineral Filler for Bituminous Paving Mixtures ASTM D 490 Tar ASTM D 946 Asphalt Cement for Use in Pavement Construction ASTM D 3381 Viscosity -Graded •Asphalt Cement for Use in Pavement Construction AASHO M 226 Viscosity Graded Asphalt Cement P-401-21 1 1 1 1 1 1 ITEM P-602 BITUAIINOUS PRIME COAT Description 602-1.1 This item shall consist of an application of bituminous material on the prepared base course in accordance with this specification applied at the rate specified by the engineer. The type of bituminous material to be used shall be selected by the engineer from those included in this specification. 602-1.2 QUANTITIES OF BITUMINOUS MATERIAL. The approximate amount of bituminous material per square yard for the prime coat shall be as provided in the Table 1. Table L—Quantities of Material Material Amount Bituminous material ------------------- 10:10 too'. 15 gallon per square yd. Materials 602-2.1 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL. The types, grades, controlling '. specifications, and application temperatures for the bituminous materials are given below. P-602-1 ITEM P-602 BITUMINOUS PRIME COAT Type and grade I Specification I Application temperatures Liquid asphalt RC-70 AASHO M 81/M-82/ M 141 Construction Methods 120°-1600 F. 602-3.1 WEATHER LIMITATIONS. The prime coat shall be applied only when the existing surface is dry or contains sufficient moisture to get uniform distribution of the bituminous material, when the atmospheric temperature is above 60* F. , and when the weather is not foggy or rainy. The temperature requirements may be waived, but only when so directed by the engineer. 602-3.2 EQUIPMENT. The equipment used by the contractor shall include a self -powered pressure bituminous material distributor and equipment for heating bituminous material. The distributor shall have pneumatic tires of such width and number that the load produced on the surface shall not exceed 650 pounds per inch of tire width and shall be designed, equipped, and operated so that bituminous material at even heat can be applied uniformly on variable widths of surface at readily controlled rates from 0.05 to 2.0 gallons per square yard. The material shall be applied within a pressure range from 25 to 75 pounds per square inch and with an allowable variation from any specified rate not to exceed 5%. Distributor equipment shall include a thermometer for reading temperatures of tank contents. C L P-602-2 C C C 1 7 1 7 ITEM P-602 BITUMINOUS PRIME COAT 602-3.3 APPLICATION OF BITUMINOUS MATERIAL. , Immediately before applying the prime coat, the full width of the surface to be primed shall be swept with a power broom to remove all loose dirt and other objectionable material. The application of the bituminous material shall be made by means of a pressure distributor at the temperature, pressure, and in the amounts directed by the engineer. Following the application, the primed surface shall be allowed to dry not less than 48 hours without being disturbed or for such additional time as may be necessary to permit the drying out of the prime until it will not be picked up by traffic or equipment. This period shall be determined by the engineer. The surface shall then be maintained by the contractor until the surfacing has been placed. Suitable precautions shall be taken by the contractor to protect the primed surface against damage during this interval, including supplying and spreading any sand necessary to blot up excess bituminous material. 602-3.4 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY. Samples of the bituminous materials that the contractor proposes to use, together with a statement as to their source and character, must be submitted and approved before use of such material begins. The contractor shall require the manufacturer or producer of the bituminous materials to furnish material subject to this and all other pertinent requirements of the contract. Only satisfactory materials, so demonstrated by service tests, shall be acceptable. The contractor shall furnish vendor's certified test reports for each carload, or equivalent, of bituminous material shipped to the project. The report shall be delivered to the engineer before permission is granted for use of the material. The furnishing of the vendor's certified test report for the bituminous material shall not be interpreted as basis for final acceptance. All such test reports shall be subject to verification by testing samples of materials received for use on the project. 602-3.5 FREIGELT AND WEIGH BILLS. Before the final estimate is allowed, the contractor shall file with the engineer receipted bills when railroad shipments are made, and certified weigh bills when materials are received in any other manner, of the bituminous materials actually used in the construction covered by the contract. The contractor shall not remove bituminous material from the tank car or storage tank until the initial outage and temperature measurements have been taken by the engineer, nor shall the car or tank be released until the final outage has been taken by ,r the engineer. I P-602-3 k ITEM P-602 BITUMINOUS PRIME COAT Copies of freight bills and weigh bills shall be 4furnished to the engineer during the progress of the work. Method of Measurement 602-4.1 The bituminous prime coat to be paid for shall be the number of square yards measured over the required surface area of application. Basis of Payment 602-5.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per square yard for bituminous prime coat. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, delivering, and applying the materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete this item. Payment will be made under: Item P-602-5.1 Bituminous Prime Coat --per square yard TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS Test and short title Material and short title ASTM D-1250--Vol Corr. for Asphalts AASHO M 81—Asphalt RC AASHO M 82--Asphalt MC AASHO M 141--Asphalt SC P-602-4 1 I 7 U ITEM P-609 BITUMINOUS SURFACE TREATMENT Description 609-1.1 This item shall consist of a bituminous surface treatment as a wearing course composed of multiple applications of bituminous material and aggregate cover placed on the prepared primed base or properly cured wearing surface, in accordance with these specifications, and shall conform to the dimensions, typical cross sections, and with lines and grades as shown in the plans. 609-1.2 QUANTITIES OF MATERIALS PER SQUARE YARD. The approximate amounts of materials per square yard for the bituminous surface treatment shall be as provided in Table 1 for the treatment specified in the plans. The exact amounts to be used shall be reviewed by the engineer. TABLE 1 — QUANTITIES OF MATERIALS Materials First application Amounts Bituminous material --------------------- 0.15 to 0.25 gallon per square yard. Aggregate material ---------------------- 35 to 55 pounds per square yard.. Second application Bituminous material --------------------- 0.30 to 0.50 gallon per square yard. Aggregate material ---------------------- 20 to 55 pounds per square yard. Third application Bituminous material --------------------- 0.20 to 0.30 gallon per square yard. Aggregate material ---------------------- 10 to 20 pounds per square yard. Materials 609-2.1 AGGREGATE MATERIALS. The aggregate material shall be crushed stone. The cover material shall be screenings or sand as reviewed by the Engineer. P-609 - 1 C The crushed stone material shall be manufactured from sound, hard, durable rock of accepted quality and crushed to specification size. All strata, streaks, and pockets of clay, dirt, sandstone, soft rock, or other unsuitable material accompanying the sound rock shall be discarded and not allowed to enter the crusher. The crushed aggregate shall not contain more than 8%, by weight, of elongated or flat pieces and shall be free from wood, roots, vegetable, organic, or other extraneous matter. The crushed coarse aggregate shall have a percentage of wear not more than 40 or 500 revolutions, as determined by AASHO T 96 (Los Angeles Rattler Test). The aggregate shall show no evidence of disintegration nor show a total loss greater than 12% when subjected to five cycles of the sodium sulphate accelerated soundness test specified in AASHO T 104. The crushed aggregate for the applications shall meet the requirements for gradation given in Table 2 when tested in accordance with AASHO T 11 and T 27. TABLE 2 — REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADATION OF AGGREGATE Aggregate for first application Sieve Designation Percentage by weight (square openings) passing sieves 1inch--------------------------------- 100 3/4inch-------------------------------- 90 -- 100 1/2 inch -------------------------------- 20 -- 55 3/8inch-------------------------------- 0 -- 15 No.4---------------------------------- 0 -- 15 Aggregate for second application Sieve Designation Percentage by weight (square openings) passing sieves 1/2inch-------------------------------- 100 3/8inch-------------------------------- 85 -- 100 No.4---------------------------------- 10 -- 30 No.8---------------------------------- 0 -- 10 No. 100 -------------------------------- 0 -- 2 P-609 - 2 F r I Aggregate for third application ' Sieve Designation Percentage by weight (square openings) passing sieves 1/4 inch ------------------------------- 100 No. 4--------------------------------- 70 -- 100 ' No. 10-------------------------------- 10 -- 50 No. 40-------------------------------- 0 -- 5 No. 100------------------------------- 0 -- 1 The gradations in the table represent the limits which shall determine suitability of ' aggregate for use for the specified applications from the sources of supply. The final gradations decided on, within the limits designated in the table, shall be uniformly ' graded from coarse to fine. The cover aggregate used in the third application shall be a light-colored material whose color and reflectivity shall be reviewed by the engineer. The aggregate to be used shall show no evidence of stripping or swell when tested in accordance with AASHO T 182 and T 101. The use of antistrip agents for the control ' of stripping shall be used if necessary. 609-2.2 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL. The types, grades, controlling specifications, and ' application temperatures for the bituminous material are given below. 1 Type and grade Specification Temperature ' Asphalt cement 120-150 penetration ---------- AASHO M226-80 (1986) 2830---350 F. 200-300 penetration ---------- AASHO M226-80 (1986) 2600--3250 F. ' Construction Methods ' 609-3.1 WEATHER LIMITATIONS. Bituminous material shall not be applied to wet aggregate material or during sand, dust, or rain storms. The pavement shall be free of surface moisture during the contractor's operating periods. H P-609 - 3 r� C Bituminous material shall not be applied when the atmospheric temperature is less than 700F. The contractor shall delay the application of bituminous material until the atmospheric and pavement surface conditions are satisfactory. No bituminous material shall be placed which cannot be cared for during daylight hours. 609-3.2 OPERATION OF PITS AND QUARRIES. The aggregate material shall be obtained from approved sources. The contractor shall make all necessary arrangements for obtaining the material, and all work involved in clearing and stripping pits or quarries and handling unsuitable material shall be performed by the contractor at his own expenses. The material in the pits shall be handled so that a uniform and satisfactory product shall be secured. Pits shall be adequately drained and shall be left in a neat and presentable condition with all slopes dressed uniformly. Quarries shall be left as neat and presentable as practicable. 609-3.3 EQUIPMENT AND ORGANIZATION. Each unit required in the execution of these specifications shall be under the continuous supervision of a competent superintendent thoroughly experienced in this type of work. Experienced operators will be required on all equipment used in hauling and applying bituminous material and aggregates. All equipment necessary to perform this work properly shall be on the project, in first- class working condition, before construction is started. The following equipment will be the minimum required for this type of construction, and additional machinery shall be secured if it is necessary to fulfill the conditions of these specifications or to complete the item within the time specified: (a) The distributor shall have pneumatic tires of such width and number that the load produced on the pavement surface shall not exceed 650 pounds per inch of tire width and it shall be designed and operated so that bituminous material at even heat may be applied uniformly on variable widths of surface at readily controlled rates from 0.05 to 2.0 gallons per square yard. The bituminous material shall be applied within a pressure range of 25 to 75 pounds per square inch and with an allowable variation from any specified rate not to exceed 5%. Distributor equipment shall include a tachometer, pressure gauges, volume -measuring devices, and a thermometer for reading temperatures of tank contents. (b) The aggregate spreader shall be adjustable to spread accurately and evenly the required amounts per square yard. (c) The steel -wheel rollers shall be of the self-propelled tandem or three - wheel type rollers. The wheels on the rollers shall be equipped with adjustable scrapers which shall be used when necessary to clean the wheel surfaces. Rollers shall be equipped with tanks and sprinkling apparatus which shall be used to keep the wheels wet and prevent the surfacing materials from sticking. (d) The pneumatic roller shall consist of pneumatic tires arranged in a manner to provide a satisfactory compacting unit. The roller shall have an effective rolling width of at least 60 inches and shall give a compression of at least 275 pounds per inch of tread width when fully loaded. (e) A power broom or power blower, broom dragging equipment, and equipment for heating aggregate shall be included, when needed. P-609 - 4 i J F ' The contractor shall supply such auxiliary equipment as needed. ' Bituminous binder and aggregate shall not be spread over a greater yardage than can be rolled and finished in one day's operation. 609-3.4 PREPARING UNDERLYING COURSE. The surface of the underlying course shall be prepared, shaped, and conditioned to a uniform grade and section, as shown in the plans and as specified. Loose dirt and other objectionable material shall be removed from the surface. On those type of bases where the a prime coat is required and specified, the prime shall be applied and satisfactorily cured before starting the bituminous surface treatment. The contractor shall patch, with premixed bituminous material, any holes or other malformations deviating from the true cross section and grade. All small patches shall be thoroughly hand tamped while the large patches shall be rolled with a power or pneumatic roller. 609-3.5 APPLICATION OF BITUMINOUS MATERIAL. Bituminous material shall be applied upon the properly prepared surface at the rate and temperature specified using a pressure distributor to obtain uniform distribution at all points. To insure proper drainage, the strips shall begin along the centerline of the pavement on a crowned section or on the high side of the pavement with a one-way slope. During all applications, the surfaces of adjacent structures shall be protected in such manner as to prevent their being spattered or marred. Bituminous materials shall not be discharged into borrow pits or gutters or upon the airport property. 609-3.6 APPLICATION OF AGGREGATE MATERIAL. Immediately after the application of the bituminous material, the aggregates at the rate specified for each designated application shall be spread uniformly over the bituminous material with the aggregate equipment specified. Trucks spreading aggregate shall be operated backward so that the bituminous material will be covered before the truck wheels pass over it. The aggregate shall be spread in the same width of application as the bituminous material and shall not be applied in such thickness as to cause blanketing. Back -spotting or sprinkling of additional aggregate material, and pouring additional bituminous material over areas that show up having insufficient cover or bitumen, shall be done by hand whenever necessary. Additional spreading of aggregate material shall be done by means of a motor -patrol grader equipped with broom moldboard, a broom drag, or a power broom, as appropriate. Power rollers shall be used immediately after the aggregate is spread. Following the rolling with the steel -wheel roller, the course shall be further rolled with a pneumatic roller to insure proper embedding into the bitumen. The rolling shall be continued until no more aggregate material can be worked into the surface. In the construction of the second and third application, blading with the wire -broom moldboard attachment or broom dragging shall begin as soon as possible after the rolling has started and after the surface has set sufficiently to prevent excessive marking. Further blading and rolling on the strip being placed and on adjacent strips previously placed, shall be done as often as necessary to keep the aggregate material uniformly distributed. These operations shall be continued until the surface is evenly covered and cured. 7 P-609 - 5 I F Succeeding applications shall not be applied until the preceding application has set and in no case until at least 24 hours have elapsed. If dust, dirt, or other foreign matter accumulates on the surface between the applications, the contractor shall sweep and clean the surface as specified herein. The bituminous material and the aggregate shall be spread upon the clean and properly cured surface and handled as required. Extreme care shall be taken in all applications to avoid brooming or tracking dirt or any foreign matter on any portion of the pavement surface under construction. All surplus aggregate from the final application shall be swept off the surface and removed prior to final acceptance of the work. 609-3.7 CORRECTION OF DEFECTS. Any defects, such as raveling, low centers, lack of uniformity, or other imperfections caused by faulty workmanship, shall be corrected. All defective materials resulting from over -heating, improper handling, or application shall be removed by the contractor and replaced with approved materials as provided for in these specifications. 609-3.8 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY. Samples of the bituminous materials that the contractor proposes to use, together with a statement as to their source and character, shall be submitted to the Engineer for review before use of such materials begins. The contractor shall furnish vendor's certified test reports for each carload, or equivalent, of bitumen shipped to the project. The report shall be delivered to the engineer before permission is granted for use of the material. The furnishing of the vendor's certified test report for the bituminous material shall not be interpreted as a basis for final acceptance. All such test reports shall be subject to verification by testing sample materials as received for use on the project. 609-3.9 FREIGHT AND WEIGH BILLS. Before the final estimate is allowed, the contractor shall file with the engineer receipted bills where railroad shipments are made, and certified weight bills when materials are received in any other manner, of the bituminous and covering materials actually used in the construction covered by the contract. The contractor shall not remove bituminous material from the tank car or storage tank until the initial outage and temperature measurements have been taken by the Engineer, nor shall the car or tank be released until the final outage has been taken by the Engineer. Copies of all freight bills and weigh bills shall be furnished to the Engineer during the progress of the work. Method of Measurement 609-4.1 The quantity of bituminous and aggregate materials to be paid for shall be the number of square yards of completed bituminous surface treatment placed and accepted in the designated areas. P-609 - 6 H 7 I H I r]1--1 Basis of Payment 609-5.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per square yard for bituminous surface treatment. These prices shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, hauling and application of the materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: Item P-609-5.1 Bituminous Surface Treatment - per square yard. TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS Test and short title Material and short title AASHO T 19--Slag AASHO M 20--Asphalt Cement AASHO T 96--Abrasion AASHO M 81--Asphalt RC AASHO t 104--Soundness AASHO M82--Asphalt MC AASHO T 11 & T 27--Gradation AASHO T 182--Stripping AASHO T 101--Swell AASHO T 84 do T 85--Specific Gravity ASTM D-33--Vol. Coor. for Asphalts P-609 - 7 r 1 ' ITEM P-610 ' STRUCTURAL PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE Description 610-1.1 This item shall consist of either plain or reinforced structural portland cement concrete, prepared and constructed in accordance with these specifications, at ' the locations and of the form and dimensions shown on the plans. The concrete shall be composed of coarse aggregate, fine aggregate, portland cement, and water. ' Materials 610-2.1 General: Only approved materials, conforming to the requirements of these ' specifications, shall be used in the work. They may be subjected to inspection and tests at any time during the progress of their preparation or use. The source of supply of each of the materials shall be reviewed by the engineer before delivery or use is ' started. Representative preliminary samples of the materials shall be submitted by the contractor, when required, for examination and test. Materials shall be stored and handled to insure the preservation of their quality and fitness for use and shall be located to facilitate prompt inspection. All equipment for handling and transporting ' materials and concrete must be clean before any material or concrete is placed therein. ' In no case shall the use of pit -run or naturally mixed aggregates be permitted. Naturally mixed aggregate shall be screened and washed, and all fine and coarse aggregates shall be stored separately and kept clean. The mixing of different kinds of ' aggregates from different sources in one storage pile or alternating batches of different aggregates will not be permitted. 610-2.2 Coarse Aggregate: The coarse aggregate for concrete shall meet the ' requirements of AASHO M 80. The percentage of wear shall be not more than 45 at 500 revolutions as determined by AASHO T 96. Coarse aggregate shall be well graded from coarse to fine and shall meet the following gradation requirement shown in Table 1, using AASHO T 27. Table 1 Requirements for Gradation of Coarse Aggregate Sieve designation Percentage by weight passing sieves (square openings) 2" 1 1/2" 1" 3/4" 1/2" 3/8" No. 4 No. 4 to 3/4 inch ---- ---- 100 90--100 H Al ---- 20--55 0--10 P-610 - 1 H [7 610-2.3 Fine Aggregate: The fine aggregate for concrete shall meet the requirements of AASHO M 6. The fine aggregate shall be well graded from fine to coarse and shall meet the following gradation requirements, when tested in accordance with AASHO T 27: Table 2 Requirements for Gradation of Fine Aggregate Sieve designation Percentage by weight (square openings) passing sieves 3/8inch----------------------------------------------- 100 No.4------------------------------------------------ 95--100 No. 16------------------------------------------------ 45--80 No.30------------------------------------------------ 25--55 No.50------------------------------------------------ 10--30 No.100------------------------------------------------ 2--10 Blending will be permitted, if necessary, in order to meet the gradation requirements for fine aggregate. Fine aggregate deficient in the percentage of material passing the No. 50 mesh sieve may be accepted, provided that such deficiency does not exceed 5% and is remedied by the addition of pozzolanic or cementitious materials other than portland cement, as specified in 610-2.6 on admixtures, in sufficient quantity to produce the required workability as reviewed by the engineer. 610-2.4 Cement: The cement used shall be portland cement conforming to the requirements of AASHO M 85. Only one brand of cement shall be used throughout the work. The contractor shall furnish vendors' certified test reports for each carload, or equivalent, of cement shipped to the project. The report shall be delivered to the engineer before permission to use the cement is granted. All such test reports shall be subject to verification by testing sample materials received for use on the project. 610-2.5 Water: The water used in concrete shall be free from sewage, oil, acid, strong alkalies, vegetable matter, and clay and loam. If the water is of questionable quality, it shall be tested in accordance with AASHO T 26. 610-2.6 Admixtures: The use of any material added to the concrete mix shall be reviewed by the engineer. Before review of any material, the contractor shall be required to submit the results of complete physical and chemical analyses made by an acceptable testing laboratory. Subsequent tests shall be made of samples taken by the engineer from the supply of the material being furnished or proposed for use on the work to determine whether the admixture is uniform in quality with that reviewed. Pozzolanic admixtures shall be fly ash meeting the requirements of ASTM C 350 or raw or calcined natural pozzolans meeting the requirements of ASTM C 402. P-610 - 2 Air -entraining admixtures shall meet the requirements of AASHO M 154. Air - entraining admixtures shall be added at the mixer at the manufacturer's prescribed rate and in the amount necessary to result in concrete at the point of placement ' having air content within the range of from 4% to 6%. Water -reducing, set -controlling admixtures shall meet the requirements of ' ASTM C 494, Type A, water -reducing or Type D, water -reducing and retarding. Water -reducing admixtures shall be added at the mixer separately from air -entraining admixtures in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions. 'i 610-2.7 Premolded Joint Material: Premolded joint material for- expansion joints shall meet the requirements of one of the following AASHO M 33, M 90, M 153, or M 213. 610-2.8 Joint Filler: The filler for joints shall meet the requirements of AASHO M 18, grade A or B, or Item P-605, unless otherwise specified in the proposal. 610-2.9 Steen Reinforcement: Concrete reinforcing shall consist of deformed bars of hard grade billet steel meeting AASHO M 31. To qualify as deformed, bars shall conform to the requirements of AASHO M 137 and ASTM Designation A615, Deformed Grade 60, except where otherwise indicated. 610-2.10 Cover Materials For Curing,►: Curing material shall conform to the following specification: Burlap Cloth made from Jute of Benaf - AASHO M 182. Construction Methods 610-3.1 General: The contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, and services necessary for, and incidental to, the completion of all work as shown in the plans and specified herein. All machinery and equipment owned or controlled by the contractor, which he proposes to use on the work, shall be of sufficient size to meet the requirements of the work, and shall be such as to produce satisfactory work; all work shall be subject to the inspection and review of the engineer. The contractor shall employ, at all times, a sufficient force of workmen of such experience and ability that the work can be prosecuted in a satisfactory and workmanlike manner. Concrete produced by a reputable supplier of ready -mix or transit -mix concrete, designed for a minimum compressive strength of 4,000 psi at 28 days, may be used subject to review by the engineer of the proposed design mix and other required material tests and certifications. 610-3.2 Concrete Proportions: The concrete shall consist of a mixture of coarse aggregate, fine aggregate, portland cement, and water. All aggregates and bulk cement shall be measured by weight. In proportioning aggregates and mixing water, compensation shall be made for the weight of moisture in the aggregates, and this shall be determined periodically. P-610 - 3 i J Concrete Proportions (Materials for one cubic yard of concrete) Net Cement Water Weight in Pounds Type of Content Content Dry Aggregate Slump Coarse ( min. ( max. Fine Total Range Aggregate bags) gallons) Aggregate Aggregate inches Gravel 6 35 1070--1190 3210 2--5 Crushed Stone 6 38 1220--1360 3200 2--5 Slag 6 38 1330--1470 2930 2--5 The proportions in the above table are based on the use of well -graded aggregates. If it is impossible with the aggregates selected to prepare concrete of the proper consistency without exceeding the maximum net water content specified, the total weight of aggregate shall be reduced until concrete of the proper consistency is obtained without exceeding the maximum net water content specified. However, the contractor shall not be compensated for any additional cement which may be required by such adjustment. The weights specified in the above table were calculated for aggregates of the following bulk specific gravities: Natural sand and gravel, 2.65; crushed stone, 2.70; slag 2.30. For aggregates of specific gravities differing more than + 0.02 from those given above, the weights given in the tables shall be corrected. The quantities shown for cement and water shall control, and the weights of aggregates shall be varied to secure the proper yield based on absolute volumes. When a special mix requiring a reduction in the amount of water is desired, the quantities of aggregate shall be increased to maintain the specified yield. Yield test, made in accordance with specification AASHO T 121, shall be made by the engineer for the purpose of determining the cement content per cubic yard of concrete. If at any time such cement content is found to be less than that specified per cubic yard, the batch weights shall be reduced until the amount of cement per cubic yard of concrete conforms to the requirements. The net mixing water shall be adjusted for the moisture contained in the aggregates, and for the moisture which they will absorb, in order to determine the amount of water to be added at the mixer. The absorption of the fine and coarse aggregates shall be determined by AASHO T 84 and T 85. When an air -entraining agent or air -entraining portland cement is used, there will be a bulking of the mortar of the concrete due to the amount of entrained air. If necessary, the weight of the fine aggregate shall be reduced as required to keep the cement factor specified at the correct amount. The reduction in the fine aggregate shall be determined by yield tests as specified. Under average conditions, the reduction of the sand should be about 3% of the total weight of the fine and coarse aggregate. The air content of the concrete shall be between 3 and 6% by volume. I P-610 - 4 The air content by volume shall be based on measurements made on concrete immediately after discharge from the mixer in accordance with AASHO T 121 or ' T 152. 610-3.3 Control Tests: The contractor shall make test cylinders from the concrete as mixed for the work as herein specified. Concrete cylindrical test specimens shall be made in accordance with AASHO T 23 or ASTM Designation C31 as appropriate. The contractor shall cure and store the test specimens under such conditions as required to maintain their integrity until testing. A testing laboratory approved by the Owner will perform these and such other tests as are deemed advisable. The Contractor shall pay for all tests indicating a ' failure to comply with the Specifications. The Contractor shall keep the engineer and the laboratory informed of his schedule. 610-3.4 Proportioning and Measuring Devices: When package cement is used, the quantity for each batch shall be equal to one or more whole sacks of cement. The aggregates shall be measured separately by weight. If aggregates are delivered to the mixer in batch trucks, the exact amount for each mixer charge shall be contained in each batch compartment. Weighing boxes or hoppers shall be reviewed by the engineer and shall provide means of regulating the flow of aggregates into the batch box so that the required and exact weight of aggregates can be readily obtained. ' 610-3.5 Consistency: The consistency of the concrete shall be checked by the slump test specified in AASHO T 119. The testing laboratory and/or engineer will make slump tests as it is discharged from the mixer at the point of placing. Failure to meet ' specified slump requirement will be sufficient cause for rejection of that batch. 610-3.6 Mixing: Concrete may be mixed at the construction site, at a central point, 1 or wholly or in part in truck mixers. Whichever mixing process is used, concrete of the specified proportions and consistency shall be produced. ' 610-3.7 Mixing Conditions: The concrete shall be mixed only in quantities required for immediate use. The contractor shall be held responsible for any defective work, resulting from injury in any manner during placing and curing, and shall replace such work at his expense. Retempering of concrete by adding water or any other material shall not be permitted. The delivery of concrete to the job shall be in such a manner that batches of concrete will be deposited at uninterrupted intervals. 610-3.8 Forms: Concrete shall not be placed until all the forms and reinforcements have been inspected by the engineer. Forms shall be of suitable material and shall be of the type, size, shape, quality, and strength to build the structure as designed in the plans. The forms shall be true to line and grade and shall be mortar -tight and sufficiently rigid to prevent displacement and sagging between supports. The contractor shall bear responsibility for their adequacy. The surfaces of forms shall be smooth and free from irregularities, dents, sags, and holes. All internal ties shall be arranged so that, when the forms are removed, no metal will show in the concrete surface or discolor the surface when exposed to P-610 - 5 F weathering. All forms shall be wetted with water or with a nonstaining mineral oil which shall be applied shortly before the concrete is placed. Forms shall be constructed so that they can be removed without injuring the concrete or concrete surface. The forms shall not be removed before the expiration of at least 30 hours from vertical faces, walls, and similar structures; forms supported by falsework under slabs, beams, girders, arches, and similar construction shall not be removed until tests indicate that at least 60% of the design strength of the concrete has developed. 610-3.9 Placing Reinforcement: All reinforcement shall be accurately placed, as shown in the plans, and as recommended by CRSI MSP-2 such that it shall be securely tied and firmly held and supported in position to prevent displacement during concreting. Bars shall be fastened together at intersections. Shop drawings, lists, and bending details shall be supplied by the contractor. 610-3.10 Embedded Items: Before placing concrete, any items that are to be embedded shall be firmly and securely fastened in place as indicated. All such items shall be clean and free from coating, rust, scale, oil, or any foreign matter. The embedding of wood shall be avoided. The concrete shall be spaded and consolidated around and against embedded items. 610-3.11 Placinz Concrete: All concrete shall be placed during daylight. The concrete shall be placed until the depth and character of foundation, the adequacy of forms and falsework, and the placing of the steel reinforcing have been reviewed by the engineer. Concrete shall be placed as soon as practical after mixing and in no case later than 1 hour after water has been added to the mix. The method and manner of placing shall be such to avoid segregation and displacement of the reinforcement. Troughs, pipes, and chutes shall be used as an aid in placing concrete when necessary. Dropping the concrete a distance of more than 5 feet, or depositing a large quantity at one point, will not be permitted. Concrete shall be placed upon clean, damp surfaces, free from running water, or upon properly consolidated soil. The concrete shall be compacted with suitable mechanical vibrators operating within the concrete. When necessary, vibrating shall be supplemented by hand spading with suitable tools to assure proper and adequate compaction. Vibrators shall be manipulated so as to work the concrete thoroughly around the reinforcement and embedded fixtures and into corners and angles of the forms. The vibration at any joint shall be of sufficient duration to accomplish compaction but shall not be prolonged to the point where segregation occurs. Concrete deposited under water shall be carefully placed in a compact mass in its final position by means of a tremie, a closed bottom dump bucket, or other suitable method and shall not be disturbed after being deposited. 610-3.12 Defective Work: Any defective work disclosed after the forms have been removed shall be immediately removed and replaced. If any dimensions are deficient, or if the surface of the concrete is bulged, uneven, or shows honeycomb, the entire section shall be removed and replaced at the expense of the contractor. 610-3.13 Surface Finish: All exposed concrete surfaces shall be true, smooth, free from open or rough spaces, depressions, or projections. The concrete in horizontal plane surfaces shall be brought flush with the finished top surface at the proper elevation and shall be struck -off with a straightedge and floated. Mortar finishing shall not be permitted, nor shall dry cement or sand -cement mortar be spread over the concrete during the finishing of horizontal plane surfaces. P-610 - 6 I ', U u The surface finish of exposed concrete shall be a rubbed finish. If forms can be removed while the concrete is still green, the surface shall be pointed and wetted and ' then rubbed with a wooden float until all irregularities are removed. If the concrete has hardened before being rubbed, a carborundum stone shall be used to finish the surface. When approved, the finishing can be done with a rubbing machine. ' 610-3.14 Curing and Protection: All concrete shall be properly cured and protected by the contractor. The work shall be protected from the elements, flowing water, and from defacement of any nature during the building operations. The concrete shall be ' cured as soon as possible after placement by covering with the specified material. Water -absorptive coverings shall be thoroughly saturated when placed and kept saturated for a period of at least 3 days. All curing mats or blankets shall be sufficiently weighted or tied down to keep the concrete surface covered and to prevent the surface from being exposed to currents of air. Where wooden forms are used, they shall be kept wet at all times until removed to prevent the opening of joints and drying out of the concrete. Traffic shall not be allowed on concrete surfaces for 7 ' days after the concrete has been placed. 610-3.15 Drains or Ducts: Drainage pipes, conduits, and ducts that are to be encased ' in concrete shall be installed by the contractor before the concrete is placed. The pipe shall be held rigidly so that it will not be displaced or moved during the placing of the concrete. 610-3.16 Filling Joints: All joints which require filling shall be thoroughly cleaned, and any excess mortar or concrete shall be cut out with proper tools. Joint filling shall not be started until after final curing and shall be done only when the concrete is completely dry. The cleaning and filling shall be carefully done with proper equipment and in a manner to obtain a neat looking joint free from excess filler. Basis of Payment 610-4.1 The bid schedule does not contain an estimated quantity for structural ' portland cement concrete or reinforcing steel. The performance of this work, including the furnishing of all materials and for all preparation, delivering and installation of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item, shall not be paid for directly but shall be considered as a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor covered under other Contract items as they may apply. TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS Test and short title Material and short title AASHO T 27--Gradation AASHO M 80--Aggregate eAASHO T 96--Abrasion AASHO M 6--Aggregate AASHO T 26--Water AASHO M 85--Portland Cement AASHO T 121--Yield AASHO M 134--Air-Entrained Portland Cement P-610 - 7 AASHO T 84--Absorption AASHO T 85—Absorption AASHO T 152—Air Content AASHO T 23—Cylinders AASHO T 97—Beams AASHO T 119—Slump AASHO M 151—Slag Portland Cement Concrete ASTM C 350--Fly-Ash ASTM C 402—Pozzolans AASHO M 154—Air-Entrained Additives ASTM C 494--Retarder AASHTO M 33--Joint Material AASHTO M 90--Joint Material AASHTO M 153--Joint Material AASHTO M 213--Joint Material AASHTO M 18--Joint Material AASHTO M 31—Steel AASHTO M 42--Steel AASHTO M 55--Steel AASHTO M 137--Steel AASHO M 144--Accelerator AASHO M 73--Cotton Mats AASHO M 139--Paper AASHO M 171--Polyethylene AASHO M 182--Burlap AASHO M 148--Membrane END OF SECTION P-610 P-610 - 8 IITEM P-620 RUNWAY, TAXIWAY AND APRON PAINTING I Description 620-1.1 This item consists of the painting of numbers, markings, and stripes on the surface of runways, taxiways and aprons applied in accordance with these specifications and at the locations shown on the plans. ' - Materials 620-2.2 PAINT. The paint shall meet the requirements of Federal Specification TT- P-1952. 620-2.2 REFLECTIVE MEDIA. Glass spheres shall meet the requirements of Federal Specification TT-B-1325, Type III, gradation A. I Construction Methods 620-3.1 WEATHER LIMITATIONS. The painting shall be performed only when the existing surface is dry, when the atmospheric temperature is above 450F (70C), and ' when the weather is not foggy or windy. 620-3.2 EQUIPMENT. All equipment for the work shall be reviewed by the Engineer and shall include the apparatus necessary to properly clean the existing surface, a mechanical marking machine, and such auxiliary hand -painting equipment as may be necessary to satisfactorily complete the job. ' The mechanical marker shall be an atomizing spray -type marking machine suitable for application of traffic paint. It shall produce an even and uniform film thickness at the required coverage and shall be designed so as to apply markings of uniform cross sections and clear-cut edges without running or spattering. 620-3.3 PREPARATION OF SURFACE. Immediately before application of the paint, ' the surface shall be dry and free from dirt, grease, oil, laitance, or other foreign material which would reduce the bond between the paint and the pavement. The area to be painted shall be cleaned by sweeping and blowing or by other methods as required ' to remove all dirt, laitance, and loose materials. Paint shall not be applied to portland cement concrete until the concrete in the areas to be painted is clean of curing material. Sandblasting or high pressure water shall be used to remove curing material from concrete surfaces. 620-3.4 LAYOUTS OF MARKINGS. On those sections of pavements where no previously applied markings are available to serve as a guide, the proposed markings shall be laid out in advance of the paint application. 620-3.5 APPLICATION. Markings shall be applied at the locations and to the dimensions and spacing indicated on the plans. Paint shall not be applied until the layout and condition of the surface have been reviewed by the Engineer. P-620 - 1 I The paint shall be mixed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and applied to the pavement with the marking machine at the rate of 100 to 110 square feet per gallon. The addition of thinner will not be permitted. A period of two (2) days shall elapse between placement of a bituminous surface course or seal coat and application of the paint. The edges of the markings shall not vary from a straight line more than 1/2 inch in 50 feet, and the dimensions shall be within a tolerance of plus or minus 5 percent. Glass spheres shall be distributed to the surface of the marked areas immediately after application of the paint. A dispenser shall be furnished which is properly designed for attachment to the marking machine and suitable for dispensing glass spheres. The spheres shall be applied at the rate of 10 pounds per gallon of paint. The Contractor shall furnish certified test reports for the materials shipped to the project. The reports shall not be interpreted as a basis for final acceptance. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer upon arrival of the shipment of paint to the job site. 620-3.6 PROTECTION. After application of the paint, all markings shall be protected from damage until the paint is dry. All surfaces shall be protected from disfiguration by spatter, splashes, spillage, or drippings of paint. Method of Measurement 620-4.1 The quantity of runway, taxiway and/or apron markings to be paid for shall be the number of square feet of painting performed in accordance with the specifications and accepted by the Engineer. Basis of Payment 620-5.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per square foot for apron and taxiway painting. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: Item P-620-5.1 Apron and Taxiway Painting - per square foot Material Requirements Federal Paint, Traffic and Airfield Marking, Water Specification Emulsion Base TT-P-1952 Federal Beads (Glass Spheres) Retro-Reflective Specification TT-B-1325 0 P-620 - 2 LE u 125-2. ITEM P-625 - RUBBERIZED COAL TAR PITCH EMULSION SEALCOAT DESCRIPTION This item shall consist of a siliconed, rubberized, coal tar pitch emulsion with and without mineral aggregate, applied on a previously prepared bituminous surface, in accordance with these specifications for the area shown on the plans or as designated by the Engineer. MATERIALS �25- 2.1 AGGREGATE: The aggregate shall be a manufactured crushed product and shall be composed of clean, hard, durable, uncoated particles, free from lumps of clay and all organic matter. The aggregate 1 shall meet the gradation in Table 1, when tested in accordance with ASTM C136. TABLE 1. GRADATION OF AGGREGATES U.S. Sieve Size (square openings) Percentage by Weight Passing Sieves No. 8 100 1 No. 16 (1.18 mm) 97-100 No. 20 (0.85 mm) 85-100 No. 30 (0.60 mm) 15-85 1 No. 40 (0.40 mm) 2-15 No. 100 (0.15 mm) 0-2 625- 2.2 BITUMINOUS MATERIALS. The bituminous material shall be a coal 1 tar pitch emulsion prepared fra high -temperature coal tar pitch conforming to the requirements of ASTM D490. The coal tar pitch emulsion shall conform to all requirements for Federal Specification R-P-355, except the water content shall not 1 exceed 50%. 625- 2.3 WATER. The water used in mixing shall be potable and free from harmful soluble salts. The temperature of the water shall be at least 50 F (10 C), and shall conform to the requirements of the manufacturer of the coal tar pitch emulsion (Ph). P-625-1 625-2.4 LATEX RUBBER. The rubber shall be a copolymer latex containing 51-70 parts butadiene and 30-49 parts acrylonitrile and be of a 40+% solids content with silicones at 3 percent of the rubber content. The average particle size shall be between 400 and 1000 angstroms and the coal tar pitch emulsion shall be compatible with the latex rubber used by the contractor. The rubber must mix homogenously with the coal tar emulsion, water and sand in the proportions specified to produce a mixture that will adequately suspend the sand. 625- 3. COMPOSITION AND APPLICATION 626-3.1 COMPOSITION. The rubberized coal -tar pitch emulsion sealcoat shall consist of a mixture of coal -tar pitch emulsion, water, latex rubber and aggregate in the proportions shown in Table 2. The amount of water added to the coal -tar pitch emulsion shall not exceed 80 percent of the coal -tar pitch emulsion. TABLE 2. COMPOSITION AND QUANTITIES OF MIXTURE TYPE OF SEAL COAT Water Sand- gal/gal lbs/gal of emulsion of emulsion COMPOSITION & QUANTITIES Rubber Application Rate gal/gal gal/sq.yd. of emulsion per applicaton Rubberized Sand Slurry (1st & 2nd Coat) .80 16 .10 .55 Rubberized Emulsion Ord CoatiNo Sand) .80 -- .04 .20 625-3.2 APPLICATION. The rubberized coal -tar pitch emulsion sealcoat shall be applied in three coats at the rate specified in Table 2. The first and second coats shall consist of a rubberized sand slurry; the third coat shall consist of a rubberized emulsion. C r F 7 P-625-2 I [�I 1 1625-3.3 TEST SECTION. Prior to full production, the Contractor shall prepare a quantity of mixture in the proportions shown in Table .2. ' The amount of mixture shall be sufficient to place a test section of approximately 50 square yards (45 square meters) at the application rate shown in Table 2. The area to be tested will be designated by the Engineer and will be located on the existing ' pavement to be sealed. The test section shall be used to verify the adequacy of the mixture and to determine the exact application rate. The same equipment and method of operations shall be used on the test section as will be used on the remainder of the work. ' If the test section should prove to be unsatisfactory, the necessary adjustments to the application rate, placement operations and equipment shall be made. Additional sections ' shall be placed and evaluated, if required. I625 - 4. CONSTRUCTION METHODS ' 625- 4.1 WEATHER LIMITATIONS. The sealcoat shall not be applied when the surface is wet or when the humidity or impending weather conditions will not allow proper curing, nor. when the atmospheric or pavement temperature is below 50 F (10 C). 625- 4.2 EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS. All methods employed in performing the work and all equipment, tools and machinery used for handling materials ' and executing any part of the work shall be subject to the review of the Engineer before the work is started. � I I (1) Distributors. Distributors used for the application of the rubberized coal tar pitch emulsion shall be capable of uniformly applying 0.15 to 0.55 gallons per square yard over the required width of application. Distributors shall be equipped with removable manhole covers, tachometers and volume -measuring devices. P •625-3 H fl (2) Mixing Equipment. The mixing machine shall have a continuous flow mixing unit capable of accurately deliver- ing a predetermined proportion of,aggregate, water, emulsion and rubber and of discharging the thoroughly mixed product on a continuous basis. The mixing unit shall be capable of thoroughly blending all ingredients together. (3) Spreading Equipment. Attached to the mixing machine shall be a mechanical -type squeegee distributor box, equipped with flexible material in contact with the surface to prevent loss of slurry from the application equipment. It shall be maintained to prevent loss of slurry on varying grades and adjusted to assure a uniform distribution of materials. There shall be a lateral control device and a flexible strike -off capable of being adjusted to lay the slurry at the specified rate of application. The box shall be kept clean; slurry or coal tar buildup on the box shall not be permitted. 625- 4.3 PREPARATION OF PAVEMENT SURFACE. Bituminous pavement surfaces which have been softened by petroleum derivatives or have failed due to any other causes shall be removed to the full depth of the damage and replaced with new bituminous concrete similar to that of the existing pavement. Areas of the pavement surface to be . treated shall be in a firm consolidated condition. They shall be sufficiently cured so that there is no concentration of oils on the surface. This can usually be determined by pouring water on the surface to be treated. If the water, after standing for a short period of time, picks up a film of oil, then that surface is not sufficiently cured for the application of the sealcoat. 625- 4.4.CLEANING EXISTING SURFACE. Prior to placing the sealcoat, the surface of the pavement shall be clean and free from dust, dirt, or other loose foreign matter, grease, oil or any type of object- ionable surface film. When directed by the Engineer, the existing surface shall be cleaned with a power blower and wire brushes. I I P-625-a 1 J I J LI C I where vegetation exists in cracks, the vegetation shall be removed and the cracks cleaned to a depth of two inches where practical. Those cracks shall be treated with a concentrated solution of a herbicide subject to the review of the Engineer. Areas that have been subjected to fuel or oil spillage shall be wire brushed to remove any dirt accumulations. The area shall then be primed with shellac or a synthetic resin to prevent the seal - coat from debonding. All cracks may be filled with the slurry at the time it is applied to the pavement. However, such applications must be made with a slurry box or by hand, if they are not random cracks, and fill the cracks to the surface in as many applications as is necessary to bring the void condition to the level of the surface. 625- 4.5 APPLICATION OF SLURRY. When the four components are.blended together in the mixing equipment, they shall be introduced into the mixing equipment in the following order: first the coal tar pitch emulsion, water, sand and then the latex rubber. The latex emulsion shall not be diluted with water and shall conform to section 2.4 LATEX RUBBER. All materials shall be premixed to produce a homogenous mixture of uniform consistency. The quantities of materials to be combined in each batch shall be in accordance with the proportions shown in Table 2. The mixing shall continue for approximately five minutes or longer if necessary. The mixing shall produce a smooth, free flowing homogenous mix- ture of uniform consistency. Slow mixing shall be continuous from the time the bitumen is placed into the mixer until the slurry is applied by distributor truck or poured into -the spreading squeegee equipment. During the entire mixing process, no breaking, segregating, coagulation or hardening of the emulsion, nor balling, lumping or conglomeration shall be permitted. The slurry shall be applied at a uniform rate to provide the desired application rate. A sufficient amount of slurry shall be fed into the spreader box to keep a full supply against the full width of the squeegee, so that complete coverage of all surface voids and cracks in the pavement is obtained. In areas where a spreader box cannot be used, the slurry shall be applied by means of a hand squeegee. The hand squeegee shall also be used in areas where access prevents the use of the spray distributor equipment. Upon completion of the work, the sealcoat shall have no pin holes, bare spots or cracks through which liquids or foreign matter could penetrate to the underlying pavement. The finished surface shall present a uniform texture. P-625-5 i� Each application shall be allowed to dry thoroughly beforethe next coat is applied. 625-4.6 CURING. The coating shall be permitted to dry until dry to touch after the final application a period of at least two hours of sunlight for the coating to coalesce. After the coating has coal- esced, it may be opened to traffic. Any damage to the uncured mixture will be the responsibility of the Contractor to repair at his own expense. 625-4.7 HANDLING. The mixture shall be continuously agitated from the time the materials are combined and until its application on the pavement surface. The distributor, spreader box, pumps and all other tools shall be maintained in satisfactory condition. All equipment can be cleaned with a solvent such a toluene or xylene. 625- 4.8 CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION. The Contractor shall furnish a manufacturer's certification for each of the components before the test section is applied. These certifications shall be on the coal tar pitch emulsion meeting Federal Specification R-P-355, with the exception that it shall not have a water content exceeding 50%, and that the water to be used (3.1 COMPOSITION) shall meet the (Ph) factor acceptable to the coal ' tar pitch emulsion manufacturer. The certification shall also indicate the solids and ash content of the emulsion- The sand certification shall show that the manufacturer intends to meet the gradation requirement. The latex rubber manufacturer shall certify that the materials to be delivered meet the generic description in these specifications and are specifically recommended for combining with coal tar pitch emulsion, water and aggregate. This'shall first be accomplished so the Engineer can properly review the sample installation. During the delivery of the materials, each consignment, the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with all weigh bills and delivery tickets and such certifications that each delivery meets the specifications from each supplier. The manufacturers' certifications for the emulsion, sand and latex shall not be interpreted as a basis of final acceptance. Any certification received shall be subject to the verification thereof by testing samples received on the project for use on the project. For further assurances, the Contractor shall reconfirm all certifications with the manufacturer of the latex, to prevent vendors or contractors certifying in lieu of manufacturers. P-625-6 1 ' 625- 5 . 625- 5.1 625-5.2 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT The rubberized coal -tar pitch emulsion shall be measured by the square yard of completed and accepted surface. The combination of materials, in the mixing procedure, shall be supervised by the Contractor to be in exact quantities as prescribed in Table 2. The Contractor shall measure the square yards of each batch placed on the pavement, to certify the application rates. 625-5.3 The Contractor shall mark each shipment of materials and certify that empty containers are disposed of as marked for the total materials requirements. 625-5.6 The Contractor shall furnish, prior to placement, an estimate of ' the total materials needed for the slurry application and the plain coat (no sand) and the total of all the materials require- ment for the project from the basic manufacturer of the latex ' rubber; and a certification that the latex manufactured is intended and recommended for combining with a coal tar pitch emulsion, water and sand, described in 3.1 COMPOSITION AND 'QUANTITIES. 625-6. BASIS OF PAYMENT ' 625- 6.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per square yard. These prices shall fully compensate the Contractor for furnishing all materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the items. Payment will be made under: . I . Item P-625- a 1. Rubberized Coal -Tar Pitch Emulsion Seal Coat - per square yard ' 625- 7. TESTING REQUIREMENTS ASTM 136 Sieve or Screen Analysis of ' Fine and Coarse Aggregates 625- 8. MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS I Federal Specification R-P-355 ASTM D490 u Pitch, Coal -Tar Emulsion (Coating for Bituminous Pavements) Tars, (for use in) Road Construction P-625-7 I r 625_9. The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer from the suppliers of the sand, the coal tar pitch emulsion and the rubber latex, certifications that the sand delivered to the project does meet the sand gradation in the specifications,'that the coal tar pitch emulsion meets Federal Specification R-P-355 and in addition does not contain more than 50% water content, that the (Ph) factor of the water dilution allowable is acceptable to be mixed with the coal tar pitch emulsion, and from the manufacturer of the latex rubber that it meets the generic terms of the specification (Section 2.4) and is RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER THAT IT WAS SPECIFICALLY FORMULATED TO BE BLENDED WITH THE COAL TAR PITCH EMULSION, WATER AND SAND (Section 3.1 COMPOSITION). The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer all way bills and delivery tickets and conform them against the quantities delivered to the job site. d r F P-925-8 ' ITEM D-705 FRENCH DRAINS Description 705-1.1 In general, the work specified in this Section shall consist of the construction of French Drains, utilizing one of the authorized types of pipe, with ballast rock, pea ' rock, 30-pound roofing felt, and plastic filter fabric in accordance with these details shown on the Drawings. Materials 705-2.1 GENERAL The pipe shall be of the type called for on the plans and shall be in accordance with the following appropriate requirements. 705-2.2 PERFORATED, CORRUGATED PIPE ' Perforated Corrugated Aluminum Alloy Pipe. Perforated corrugated aluminum alloy pipe shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. WW-P-402. 705-2.3 MORTAR Mortar for pipe connections to other drainage structures shall be composed of 1 part, iby volume, of portland cement and 2 parts of mortar sand. The portland cement shall conform to the requirements of AASHO M 85, Type 1. The sand shall conform to the requirements of AASHO M 45. Hydrated lime may be added to the mixture of sand ' and cement in an amount equal to 15% of the weight of cement used. The hydrated lime shall meet the requirements of ASTM C-6. 705-2.4 BALLAST ROCK All ballast rock shall be locally procured and shall be obtained from fresh water sources. It shall be washed and free of deleterious matter. It shall not have more than 45 percent loss of section as specified by M63 of AASHTO Specifications governing the Los Angeles Abrasion Test. It shall not show more than a 10 percent loss in 10 cycles as specified by M 63 of AASHTO Specifications governing the soundness test. The ballast rock shall meet the gradation requirements as specified by M 43 of AASHTO Specifications for size number 24 (2 1/2 to 3/4-inch) or number 4 (1 1/2 to 3/4-inch). The Owner reserves the right to have sample tests made of the material at selected ' intervals by an approved laboratory at its expense. 705-2.5 PEA ROCK The pea rock gradation shall be such that all of the material will pass the 1-inch sieve, D-705 - 1 11 and not more than 5 percent will pass the 1/4-inch sieve. Crushed limerock meeting this gradation will be permitted. 705-2.6 SELECT FILL The select fill shall consist of well -graded limerock or limerock and sand fill. Sand or fill having a high proportion of sand, will not be accepted as select fill. All select fill shall be approved by the Engineer prior to placing. 705-2.7 PLASTIC FILTER FABRIC Plastic filter fabric shall conform to the requirements of Section 985 of the FDOT Standard Specifications. Carthage Mills Filter X is an acceptable plastic filter fabric. Construction Methods I 705-3.1 EQUIPMENT I All equipment necessary and required for the proper construction of pipe underdrains shall be on the project, in first-class working condition, and approved by the engineer before construction is permitted to start. The contractor shall provide hand tampers and pneumatic tampers to obtain the required compaction of the pipe bed and backfiU, as specified. 705-3.2 EXCAVATION Pipe Trench: The trench shall be excavated carefully to such depths as required to permit the ballast rock and the pipe to be placed in accordance with the details shown on the Drawings. Sheeting, Bracing and Shoring: The Contractor shall furnish, place and maintain, sheet piling, underpinning or other approved bracing and shoring materials, which may be required to support the sides of the excavation and prevent any failure of the trench wall, which in any way may delay construction, endanger personnel, damage public or private property or be detrimental to maintaining traffic. All such work shall be in accord with the governing specifications and payment shall be considered incidental to the unit price bid for French Drain. No additional payment will be made. 705-3.3 PLACING FILTER FABRIC I a. Areas where the filter fabric is to be placed shall be reasonably smooth and free of projections which could damage the filter materiaL b. The material shall be loosely laid and/or hung (not stretched). Adjacent strips shall overlap by a minimum of 8-inches. The fabric shall be placed in such a manner that no bridging affect occurs and no place shall there be voids between the fabric and the surrounding trench. The fabric shall be anchored in place with plastic securing pins (as recommended by the filter material manufacturer) D-705 - 2 ' inserted through the fabric along, but not closer than two inches to, each edge and to the extent necessary to prevent displacement before or during placement of the fabric or other material. ' 705-3.4 LAYING PIPE All pipe shall be carefully laid in conformity with the lines and grades specified in the Drawings and in accordance with these specifications. Unless otherwise specified in ' the Drawings, the pipe shall be set with a minimum cover of 36 inches or a maximum cover of 66 inches. ' 705-3.5 PLACING BALLAST ROCK AND BACKFILLING After the pipe has been laid and the laying approved, the ballast rock shall be placed ' carefully, so as not to disturb the pipe, around and over the pipe to a depth shown on the Drawings. A 6-inch layer of pea rock shall then be placed over the ballast rock. Thirty -pound roofing felt shall then be placed on the pea rock as shown on the Drawings, and the portion of the trench above the pea rock filled with select fill material, which shall be placed in layers not to exceed 6-inch compacted thickness, in conformance to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings. I P J 705-3.6 CLEANING AND RESTORATION OF SITE After the backfill is completed, the Contractor shall dispose of all surplus material, dirt, and rubbish from the site. Surplus dirt may be deposited in embankments, shoulders, or as ordered by the Engineer. Except for paved areas of the airport, the Contractor shall restore all disturbed areas to their original condition. After all work is completed, the Contractor shall remove all tools and equipment, leaving the entire site free, clear, and in good condition. Performance of the work described in this section is not payable directly but shall be considered as a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor, covered under the contract unit price for the french drain. Method of Measurement 705-4.1 The footage of french drain to be paid for shall be the number of linear feet of french drain in place, completed, and approved to be measured along the centerline of the pipe from end or inside face of structure to the end or inside face of structure, whichever is applicable. D-705 - 3 Basis of Payment 705-5.1 Payment will be made at the contract unit price per linear foot for french drain of the type, class, and size designated. The price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, hauling, and installation of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: Item D-705-5.1 French Drain —per linear foot. ITEM D-705 FRENCH DRAIN Testing and Material Requirements Test and short title Material and short title FAA T-611—Density VW W-P -40 2 —Corrugated Aluminum Pipe V Federal Specification AASHO M 85—Portland Cement AASHO M 45—Sand ASTM C-6—Hydrated Lime D-705 - 4 11 IITEM D-751 INLETS ' Description 751-1.1 GENERAL ' This item shall consist of inlets, in accordance with these specifications, at the specified locations and conforming to the lines, grades, and dimensions shown in the ' plans or as required by the Engineer. 751-1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS Shop Drawings for precast structures shall be submitted for review. Materials 751-2.1 CONCRETE Plain and reinforced concrete used in structures, connections of pipes with structures, and the support of structures or frames shall conform to the requirements of Item P- ' 610. 751-2.2 FRAMES AND GRATES ' The castings shall conform to the following requirements: Ductile iron castings shall meet the requirements of ASTM A 536-80 Grade 65-45-12. ' All castings shall conform to the dimensions shown in the plans and shall be designed to support the loadings specified. Each frame and grate unit shall be provided with fastening members to prevent it from being dislodged by traffic but which will allow easy removal for access to the structure. All castings shall be thoroughly cleaned. Construction Methods ' 751-3.1 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION a. The Contractor shall do all excavation for structures and structure footings to ' the lines and grades or elevations, as shown in the plans. The excavation shall be of sufficient size to permit the placing of the full width and length of the structure or structure footings shown. The elevations of the bottoms of footings, as shown in the plans, shall be considered as approximate only; and the Engineer may order, in writing, changes in dimensions or elevations of footings necessary to secure a satisfactory foundation. b. Boulders, logs, or any other objectionable material encountered in excavation shall be removed. All rock or other hard foundation material shall be cleaned of D-751 - 1 all loose material and cut to a firm surface either level, stepped,or serrated, as appropriate. All seams or crevices shall be cleaned out and grouted. All loose and disintegrated rock and thin strata shall be removed. When concrete is to rest on a surface other than rock, special care shall be taken not to disturb the bottom of the excavation, and excavation to final grade shall not be made until just before the concrete or reinforcing is to be placed. C. The Contractor shall do all bracing, sheathing or shoring necessary to implement and protect the excavation and the structure as required for safety and conformance to governing laws. The cost of bracing, sheathing, or shoring shall be included in the unit price bid for the structure. d. Unless otherwise provided, bracing, sheathing, or shoring involved in the construction of this item shall be removed by the Contractor after the completion of the structure. Removal shall be effected in a manner which will not disturb or mar finished masonry. The cost of removal shall be included in the unit price bid for the structure. e. After each excavation is completed, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer to that effect; and concrete or reinforcing steel shall be placed after the Engineer has reviewed the depth of the excavation and the character of the foundation material. 751-3.2 CONCRETE STRUCTURES Concrete structures shall be built on prepared foundations, conforming to the dimensions and form indicated in the plans. The construction shall conform to the requirements specified in Item P-610. Any reinforcement required shall be placed as indicated in the plans and shall be reviewed by the Engineer before the concrete is poured. All invert channels shall be constructed and shaped accurately so as to be smooth, uniform, and cause minimum resistance to flowing water. The interior bottom shall be sloped downward toward the outlet. 751-3.3 PLACEMENT AND TREATMENT OF CASTINGS, FRAMES AND FITTINGS All castings, frames and fittings shall be placed in the positions indicated in the plans and shall be set true to line and to correct elevation. If frames or fittings are to be set in concrete, all anchors or bolts shall be in place and position before the concrete Is placed. The unit shall not be disturbed until the concrete has set. All units shall set firm and secure. After the frames have been set in final position and the concrete has been allowed to harden for 7 days, the grates shall be placed and fastened down. 751-3.5 BACKFILLING a. After a structure has been completed, the area around it shall be filled with approved material, in horizontal layers not to exceed 8 inches in loose depth, and compacted to the density required in Item P-152, and as determined by FAA compaction control tests T-611. Each layer shall be deposited all around the structure to approximately the same elevation. The top of the fill shall meet the elevation shown in the plans. D-751 - 2 ' b. Backfilling shall not be placed against any concrete structure until the concrete has been in place 7 days, and/or until tests made by the testing laboratory ' establish that the concrete has attained sufficient strength to provide a factor of safety against damage or strain in withstanding any pressure created by the backfill or the methods used in placing it. C. Baekfill shall not be measured for direct payment. Performance of this work shall be considered as a subsidiary obligation of the contractor covered under the contract unit price for the structure involved. 751-3.6 CLEANING AND RESTORATION OF SITE ' After the backfill is completed, the contractor shall dispose of all surplus material, dirt, and rubbish from the site. Surplus dirt may be deposited in embankments, shoulders, or as ordered by the Engineer. The Contractor shall restore all disturbed areas to their original condition. After all work is completed, the Contractor shall remove all tools and equipment, leaving the entire site free, clear, and in good condition. Method of Measurement ' 751-4.1 Inlets with frame and grate shall be measured by the unit, including frame and grate. Basis of Payment ' 751-5.1 ' The accepted quantities of inlets with frame and grate will be paid for at the contract unit price per each, complete and in place. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, excavation, backfilling and placing of the materials; furnishing and installation of such specials and connections to pipes and ' other structures as may be required to complete the item as shown in the plans; and for all labor equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the structure. r� Payment will be made under: Item D-751-5.1 Inlets with frame and grate --per Each. D-751 - 3 I Testing and Material Requirement Test and short title Material and short title AASHO T 26--Water AASHO M 85—Portland Cement FAA T-611--Density AASHO M 45-Sand ASTM C-6--Lime ASTM A 536-80--Ductile Iron D-751 - 4 L r I [I F IITEM M-801 TIE -DOWN ANCHORS AND CABLES Description ' 801-1.1 In general, the work specified in this Section shall consist of the installation of tie - down anchors and new or salvaged cables, as shown in the plans. Materials 801-2.1 MATERIALS Plain and reinforced concrete shall conform to the requirements of Item P-610. New cables shall be galvanized steel aircraft cable. Salvaged cable shall be used after review by engineer. All "jaw and eye" turnbuckles and shackles shall be made of galvanized drop forged steel. Construction Methods 801-3.1 EQUIPMENT ' All equipment necessary and required for the proper installation of tie -down anchors and cables shall be on the project, in first-class working condition, and reviewed by the engineer before construction is permitted to start. ! 801-3.2 TIE -DOWN ANCHORS Contractor shall construct tie -down anchors at the locations and to the dimensions shown in the plans or as required by the Engineer. 801-3.3 CABLES, TURNBUCKLES AND SHACKLES ' Contractor shall install cables, turnbuckles and shackles at the locations and to the dimensions shown in the plans or as required by the Engineer. ' Method of Measurement 801-4.1 The tie -down anchors shall be measured per each$ complete in place. 801-4.2 Cable shall be measured per linear feet, including all turnbuckles and shackles in place. H_ M-801 - 1 Basis of Payment 801-5.1 & 5.2 Payment will be made at the contract unit price per each tie -down anchor completed and accepted. Payment will be made at the contract unit price per linear foot of cable including all turnbuckles and shackles installed and accepted. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools and incidentals as required to complete this item. Payment will be made under: Item M-801-5.1 Tie -Down Anchors --per Each. Item M-801-5.2 Tie -Down Cable --per Linear Foot. M-801 - 2 I 1=4 T-904 SODDING Description t - 904 1.1 The work specified in this section consists o s on c ns sts of the 'establishing of a stand f grass, within the areas indicated on the Drawings, by the furnishing and placing of grass sod, fertilizing, watering and maintaining the sodded areas to assure a healthy stand of grass. 904-2.1 SUBMITTALS A certification of sod quality by the producer shall be delivered to the Engineer ten days prior to use. MATERIALS 904-3.1 GRASS SOD A. Grass sod shall be St. Augustine and shall be well matted with grass roots. The sod shall be taken up in rectangles, preferably 12-inch by 24-inch, shall be a minimum of 2-inches in thickness and shall be live, fresh and uninjured at the time of planting. It shall be reasonably free of weeds and other grasses and shall have a soil mat of sufficient thickness ' adhering firmly to the roots to withstand all necessary handling. The sod shall be planted as soon as possible after being dug and shall be shaded and kept moist until it is planted. 904-3.2 FERTMJ ER A. Commercial fertilizers shall comply with the state fertilizer laws. B. The numerical designations for fertilizer indicate the minimum percentages ' (respectively) of (1) total nitrogen, (2) available phosphoric acid and (3) water- soluble potash contained in the fertilizer. C. The chemical designation of the fertilizer shall be 12-8-8. At least 50 percent of the phosphoric acid shall be from normal super phosphate or an equivalent source which will provide a minimum of two units of sulfur. The amount of sulfur shall be indicated on the quantitative analysis card attached to each bag or other container. 904-3.3 WATER FOR GRASSING A. The water used in the sodding operations may be obtained from any approved spring, pond, lake, stream or municipal water system. The water shall be free of excess and harmful chemicals, acids, alkalies, or any substance which might be ' harmful to plant growth or obnoxious to traffic. Salt water shall not be used. T-904-1 CONSTRUCTION METHODS 904-4.1 PREPARATION OF GROUND A. The area over which the sod is to be placed shall be scarified or loosened to a suitable depth and then raked smooth and free from rocks or stones. Where the soil is sufficiently loose, the Engineer, at his discretion, may authorize the elimination of ground preparation. 904-4.2 APPLICATION OF FERTILIZER A. Before applying fertilizer, the soil pH shall be brought to a minimum range of 6.0 - 7.0. B. The fertilizer shall be spread uniformly over the area, to be sodded at the rate of 500 pounds per acre, by a spreading device capable of uniformly distributing the material at the specified rate. Immediately after spreading, the fertilizer shall be mixed with the soil to a depth of approximately 4-inches. 904-4.3 PLACING SOD A. The sod shall be placed on the prepared surface, with edges in close contact and shall be firmly and smoothly embedded by light tamping with appropriate tools. B. Where sodding is used in drainage ditches, the setting of the pieces shall be staggered so as to avoid a continuous seam along the line of flow. Along the edges of such staggered areas, the offsets of individual strips shall not exceed 6- inches. In order to prevent erosion caused by vertical edges at the outer limits; the outer pieces of sod shall be tamped so as to'produce a featheredge effect. C. On steep slopes, the Contractor shall, if so directed by the Engineer, prevent the sod from sliding by means of wooden pegs driven through the sod blocks into firm earth, at suitable intervals. D. Sod which has been cut for more than 72 hours shall not be used unless specifically authorized by the Engineer after his inspection thereof. Sod which is not planted within 24 hours after cutting shall be stacked in an approved manner and maintained and properly moistened. Any pieces of sod which, after placing, show an appearance of extreme dryness shall be removed and replaced by fresh, uninjured pieces. E. Sodding shall not be performed when weather and soil conditions are, in the Engineer's opinion, unsuitable for proper results. 904-4.4. WATERING A. The areas on which the sod is to be placed shall contain sufficient moisture, as determined by the Engineer, for optimum results. After being placed, the sod shall be kept in a moist condition to the full depth of the rooting zone for at least 2 weeks. Thereafter, the Contractor shall apply water as needed until the sod roots and starts to grow for a minimum of 60 days (or until final acceptance, whichever is latest). T-904-2 904-4.5 MAINTENANCE A. The Contractor shall, at his expense, maintain the sodded areas in a satisfactory ' condition until final acceptance of the project. Such maintenance shall include repairing of any damaged areas and replacing areas in which the establishment of the grass stand does not appear to be developing satisfactorily. B. Replanting or repair necessary due to the Contractor's negligence, carelessness or failure to provide routine maintenance shall be at the Contractor's expense. Replanting necessary due to factors determined to be beyond the control of the ' - Contractor shall be paid for under the appropriate contract pay items. Method of Measurement 904-5.1 This item shall be measured on the basis of the area in square yards of the surface covered with sod and accepted. Basis of Payment ' 904-6.1 This item will be paid for on the basis of the contract unit price per square yard for sodding, which price shall be full compensation for all labor, equipment, material, staking, and incidentals necessary to satisfactorily complete the items as specified. H Payment will be made under: I Item T-904-6.1 Sodding - per square yard. I T-904-3 d IITEM L-108 1 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CABLE FOR AIRPORTS ' Description 108-1.1 This item shall consist of underground cable furnished and installed in accordance with this specification at the locations and in accordance with the design, dimensions and e details shown in the plans. This item shall include the excavation and backfill of the trench and the installation of cable and counterpoise wire in trench, duct or conduit. It shall include splicing, cable marking, and testing of the installation and all incidentals necessary to place the cable in operating condition as a completed unit to the satisfaction of the engineer. This item shall not include the installation of the duct or conduit. Equipment and Materials 1 108-2.1 GENERAL. a. Airport lighting equipment and materials covered by FAA specifications shall have the prior approval of the Federal Aviation Administration, Airports Service, Washington, D.C. 20591, and shall be listed in Advisory Circular 150/5345-1, Approved Airport Lighting Equipment. b. All other equipment and materials covered by other referenced specifications shall be subject to acceptance through manufacturer's certification of compliance with the applicable specification, when requested by the engineer. 108-2.2 CABLE. 1 Under -ground cable shall conform to the requirements of Specification for L-824, Underground Electrical Cables for Airport Lighting Circuits. The following types are covered in Specification L-824: a. Type A: Single and multiple conductor cable with 600-volt performance type insulation with an overall neoprene jacket. Sb. Type B: Single and multiple conductor cable with 3,000- or 5,000-volt "Ozone Resistant" insulation with an overall neoprene jacket. All cable for airport lighting service shall be stranded viz: 600-volt-7-strand; 3,000- and 5,000-volt-19 strand. For power cable, conductor size shall not be smaller than No. 8 AWG. Control cable, conductor size shall not be less than No. 12 AWG. These ' limits on conductor sizes shall not apply to leads furnished by manufacturers on transformers and fixtures. �1 L-108 - 1 J If telephone control cable is specified, copper shielded, polyethylene insulated and jacketed, No. 19 AWG telephone cable conforming to the United States Department of Agriculture, Rural Electrification Administration (REA) Bulletin 345-14, REA Specification for Fully Color -Coded, Polyethylene Insulated, Double Polyethylene - Jacketed Telephone Cables for Direct Burial, shall be used. Where counterpoise conductors are to be installed and where soil conditions would adversely affect bare copper wire, thermoplastic wire conforming to Federal Specification J-C-30, Type TW, 600-volt, may be used. Cable type, size, number of conductors, strand and service voltage shall be specified in the plans and/or proposal. 108-2.3 BARE COPPER WIRE (Counterpoise). Bare copper wire for counterpoise installations shall be stranded wire conforming to ASTM Specifications B3 and B8. 108-2.4 CABLE CONNECTIONS. In -line connections of underground primary cables shall be of the type called for in the plans or in the proposal, and shall be one of the types listed below. When the plans or the proposal permit a choice of connection, the contractor shall indicate in the bid the type of connection he proposes to furnish. a. The Cast Splice: The cast splice, employing a plastic mold and using epoxy resin equal to that manufactured by Minnesota *Mining and Manufacturing Company, "Scotchcast" Kit No. 82—A, or as manufactured by Hysol Corporation, "Hyseal Epoxy Splice" Kit No. E1135, for potting the splice is approved. This means of splicing is the only type approved for telephone control cable. b. The Vulcanized Splice: The vulcanized splice employing Joy Manufacturing Company's Vulcanizing Kit No. X-1604-8 or equal is approved for field vulcanized splices. The proper molds for various cable sizes shall be used. C. The Field -attached Plug-in Splice: Figure 14 of Specification for L-823 Plug and Receptacle, Cable Connectors, employing connector kits, is approved for field attachment to single conductor cable. d. The Factory -molded Plug-in Splice: Specification for L-823 Connectors, Factory -Molded to Individual Conductors, are approved. 108-2.5 CONCRETE. Concrete for cable markers shall conform to Specification Item P-610, "Structural Portland Cement Concrete". L-108-2 'J 11 r i [ I G H 7 rl, [I I 1 Construction Methods 108-3.1 GENERAL. The contractor shall install the specified cable at the approximate locations indicated in the airport lighting layout plans. The engineer shall indicate specific locations. Cable connections between lights will be permitted only at the light locations for connecting the underground cable to the primary leads of the individual insulating transformers. The contractor shall be responsible for providing cable in continuous lengths for home runs or other long cable runs without connections, unless otherwise authorized in writing by the engineer or shown on the plans. 108-3.2 INSTALLATION IN DUCT OR CONDUIT. This item includes the installation of the cable in duct or conduit as described below. The maximum number and voltage ratings of cables installed in each single duct or conduit, and the current -carrying capacity of each cable shall be in accordance with the latest National Electric Code, or the code of the local agency having jurisdiction. The contractor shall make no connections or joints of any kind in cables installed in conduits or ducts. The duct or conduit shall be installed as a separate item in accordance with Item L- 110, "Installation of Airport Underground Electrical Duct". The contractor shall make sure that the duct is open, continuous, and clear of debris before installing cable. The cable shall be installed in a manner to prevent harmful stretching of the conductor, injury to the insulation, or damage to the outer protective covering. The ends of all cables shall be sealed with moisture -seal tape before pulling into the conduit and it shall be left sealed until connections are made. Where more than one cable is to be installed in a duct under the same contract, all cable shall be pulled in the duct at the same time. The pulling of a cable through ducts or conduits may be accomplished by handwinch or power winch with the use of cable grips or pulling eyes. Pulling tensions should be governed by recommended standard practices for straight pulls or bends. A lubricant recommended for the type of cable being installed shall be used where pulling lubricant is required. Duct or conduit markers temporarily removed for excavations shall be replaced as required. 108-3.3 TRENCHING. Where turf is well established and the sod can be removed, it shall be carefully stripped and properly stored. Trenches for cables may be excavated manually or with mechanical trenching equipment. Walls of trenches shall be essentially vertical so that a minimum of shoulder surface is disturbed. Road patrols or graders shall not be used to excavate the trench with their blades. The bottom surface of trenches shall be essentially smooth and free from coarse aggregate. Unless otherwise specified, cable trenches shall be excavated to a minimum depth of 18 inches below finished grade, except as follows: a. When off the airport or crossing under a roadway or driveway, the minimum depth shall be 36 inches unless otherwise specified. L-108 - 3 [A C b. Minimum cable depth when crossing under a railroad track, shall be 42 inches unless otherwise specified. The contractor shall excavate all cable trenches to a width not less than 6 inches. The trench shall be widened where more than two cables are to be installed parallel in the same trench. Unless otherwise specified in the plans, all cables in the same location and running in the same general direction shall be installed in the same trench. When rock excavation is encountered, the rock shall be removed to a depth of at least 3 inches below the required cable depth and it shall be replaced with bedding material of earth or sand containing no mineral aggregate particles that would be retained on a 1/4-inch sieve. The contractor shall ascertain the type of soil or rock to be excavated before bidding. All excavation shall be unclassified. 108-3.4 INSTALLATION IN TRENCHES. The contractor shall not use a cable plow for installing the cable. Mechanical cable - laying equipment may be used in conjunction with a trenching machine if specified on project plans and specification; and it should provide for physical inspection of cable prior to backfilling. Sharp bends or kinks in the cable shall not be permitted. in the trench be carefully Cables shall be unreeled in place alongside or and shall placed along the bottom of the trench. The cable shall not be unreeled and pulled into the trench from one end. Where two or more cables are laid parallel in the same trench, they shall be placed laterally a minimum distance of 3 inches apart, and the trench shall be widened sufficiently to accomplish this. Cables crossing over each other shall have a minimum of 3-inch vertical displacement with the topmost cable depth at or below the minimum required depth below finished grade. Not less than 1 foot of cable slack shall be left on each side of all connections, insulating transformers, light units, and at all other points where cable is connected to field equipment. The slack cable shall be placed in the trench in a series of S curves. Additional slack cable shall be left in runway light bases, handholes, manholes, etc., where it is required to bring the cable above ground level to make connections. The amount of slack cable shall be stipulated by the engineer, or as shown in the plans and specifications. 108-3.5 BACKFILLING. After the cable has been installed, the trench shall be 3 inches deep, loose measurement, and shall be either earth or sand containing no mineral aggregate particles that would be retained on a 1/4-inch sieve. This layer shall not be compacted. The second layer shall be 5 inches deep, loose measurement, and shall contain no particles that would be retained on a 1-inch sieve. The remainder of the backfill shall be excavated or imported mineral and shall not contain stone or aggregate larger than 4 inches maximum diameter. The third and subsequent layers of the backfill shall not exceed 8 inches in maximum depth, loose measurement. I L-108 - 4 1 I I tThe second, and subsequent layers shall be thoroughly tamped and compacted to at .least the density of the adjacent undisturbed soil, and to the satisfaction of the engineer. If necessary to obtain the desired compaction, the backfill material shall be moistened or aerated as required. Trenches shall not be excessively wet and shall not contain pools of water during e backfilling operations. The trench shall be completely backfilled and tamped level with the adjacent surface, except that when sod is to be placed over the trench, the backfilling shall be stopped at a depth equal to the thickness of the sod to be used, with proper allowance for settlement. Any excess material shall be removed and disposed of in accordance with instructions issued by the engineer. 11 u C u r 108-3.6 RESTORATION. Where sod has been removed, it shall be replaced as soon as possible after the backfilling is completed. All areas disturbed by the trenching, storing of dirt, cable laying, pad construction, and other work shall be restored to its original condition. The restoration shall include any necessary topsoiling, fertilizing, liming, seeding, sodding, sprigging or mulching. All such work shall be performed in accordance with the FAA Standard Turfing Specifications. The contractor shall be held responsible for maintaining all disturbed surfaces and replacements until final acceptance. 108-3.7 CABLE MARKERS. The location of runway light circuits shall be marked by a concrete slab marker, 2 feet square and 4 inches thick, extending approximately 1 inch above the surface. Each cable run from the line of runway lights to the equipment vault shall also be marked at approximately every 200 feet along the cable run, with an additional marker at each change of direction of cable run. All other cable buried directly in the earth shall be marked in the same manner. The contractor shall not install slab markers where cable lies in the straight lines between obstruction light poles which are spaced 300 feet apart, or less. Cable markers shall be installed immediately above the cable. The contractor shall impress the work "CABLE" and directional arrows on each cable marking slab. The letters shall be approximately 4 inches high and 3 inches wide, with width of stroke 1/2 inch and 1/4 inch deep. The location of each underground cable connection, except at lighting units or insulating transformers, shall be marked by a concrete marker slab placed above the connection. The contractor shall impress the word "SPLICE" on each slab. He also shall impress additional circuit identification symbols on each slab if so desired by the engineer. 108-3.8 SPLICING. Connections of the type shown in the plans shall be made by experienced personnel regularly engaged in this type of work and shall be made as follows: a. Cast Splices. These shall be made by using crimp connectors for jointing conductors. Molds shall be assembled, and the compound shall be mixed and poured in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and to the satisfaction of the engineer. L-108 - 5 I b. Vulcanized Splices. These shall be made by using crimp connectors for joining conductors. The splice shall be made, using compounds furnished by the manufacturer, in accordance with his instructions and to the satisfaction of the engineer. C. Field -attached Plug-in Splices. These shall be assembled in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. These splices shall be made by plugging directly into mating connectors. In all cases the joint where the connectors come together shall be wrapped with at least one layer of rubber or synthetic rubber tape and one layer of plastic tape, one-half lapped, extending at least 1 1/2 inches on each side of the joint. d. Factory -molded Plug-in Splices. These shall be made by plugging directly into mating connectors. In all cases, the joint where the connectors come together shall be wrapped with at least one layer of rubber or synthetic rubber tape and one layer of plastic tape, one-half lapped, extending at least 1 1/2 inches from each side of the joint. 108-3.9 BARE COUNTERPOISE WIRE INSTALLATION AND GROUNDING FOR LIGHTNING PROTECTION. If shown in the plans or specified in job specifications, a stranded bare copper wire, No. 8 AWG minimum size, shall be installed for lightning protection of the underground cables. The bare counterpoise wire shall be installed in the same trench for the entire length of the insulated cables it is designed to protect, and shall be placed at a distance of approximately 4 inches from the insulated cable. The counterpoise wire shall be securely attached to each light fixture base, or mounted stake. The counterpoise wire shall also be securely attached to copper or copper -clad ground rods installed not more than 1,000 feet apart around the entire circuit. The ground rods shall be of the length and diameter specified in the plans, but in no case shall they be less than 8-feet long nor less than 5/8 inch in diameter. The counterpoise system shall terminate at the transformer vault or at the power source. It shall be securely attached to the vault or equipment grounding system. The connections shall be made as shown in the project plans and specifications. 108-3.10 TESTING. The contractor shall furnish all necessary equipment and appliances for testing the underground cable circuits after installation. The contractor shall test and demonstrate to the satisfaction of the engineer the following: a. That all lighting power and control circuits are continuous and free from short circuits. b. That all circuits are free from unspecified grounds. C. That the insulation resistance to ground of all nongrounded series circuits is not less than 50 megohms. d. That the insulation resistance to ground of all nongrounded conductors of multiple circuits is not less than 50 megohms. L-108-6 1 H Ci I f� 0 1 e. That all circuits are properly connected in accordance with applicable wiring diagrams. f. That all circuits are operable. Tests shall be conducted that include operating each control not less than 10 times and the continuous operation of each lighting and power circuit for not less than 1/2 hour. Method of Measurement 108-4.1 The quantity of trench to be paid for shall be the linear feet of trench, including the excavation, backfill, and reconditioning, completed, measured as excavated, and accepted as satisfactory. When specified in the proposal, separate measurement shall be made for trenches of various specified widths. 108-4.2 The footage of cable or counterpoise wire installed in trench to be paid for shall be the number of linear feet of cable or counterpoise wire installed in trenches measured in place, completed, ready for operation, and accepted as satisfactory. Separate measurement shall be made for each cable or counterpoise wire installed in trench. 108-4.3 The footage of cable or counterpoise wire installed in duct or conduit to be paid for shall be the number of linear feet measured in place, completed, ready for operation, and accepted as satisfactory. Separate measurement shall be made for each cable or counterpoise wire installed in duct or conduit. Basis of Payment 108-5.1 Thru 5.5 Payment will be made at the contract unit price for trenching cable and bare counterpoise wire installed in trench or duct in place by the contractor and accepted by the engineer. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation and installation of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete this item. Payment will be made under: Item L-108-5.1 Cable Trench --per linear foot. Item L-108-5.2 Underground Cable, installed in trench —per linear foot. Item L-108-5.3 Underground Cable, installed in duct or conduit —per linear foot. Item L-108-5.4 Bare Counterpoise Wire, installed in trench —per linear foot. L-108 - 7 FI; Item L-108-5.5 Ground rods —per each. FAA Saecifications Referenced in Item L-108 Number Title AC 150/5345-7 Specification for L-824 Underground Electrical Cables for Airport Lighting Circuits. AC 150/5345-26 Specification for L-823 Plug and Receptacle Cable Connectors. Federal Specifications Referenced in Item L-108 Number Title J-C-30 Cable and Wire, Electrical Power, Fixed Installation. ASTM Specifications Referenced in Item L-108 Number Title B-3 Soft or Annealed Copper Wire. B-8 Concentric -Lay -Stranded Copper Conductor, Hard, Medium - Hard, or Soft. L-108 - 8 1 7 r F 7 G J ITEM L-109 INSTALLATION OF MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT Description 109-1.1 This item shall consist of an airport miscellaneous electrical equipment installed in accordance with this specification at the location and in accordance with the design and dimensions shown in the plans. This work shall also include the furnishing of all incidentals necessary to produce a completed unit. This work shall also include the painting of equipment and conduit; the marking and labeling of equipment and the labeling or tagging of wires; the testing of the installation; and the furnishing of all incidentals necessary to place it in operating condition as a completed unit to the satisfaction of the engineer. Equipment and Materials 109-2.1 GENERAL. a. Airport lighting equipment and materials covered by FAA specifications shall have the prior approval of the Federal Aviation Administration, Airports Service, Washington, D.C. 20591, and shall be listed in Advisory Circular 150/5345-1 Approved Airport Lighting Equipment. b. All other equipment and materials covered by other referenced specifications shall be subject to acceptance through manufacturer's certification of compliance with the applicable specification when requested by the engineer. 109-2.2 CONCRETE. The concrete shall be proportioned, placed, and cured in accordance with Item P-610, Structural Portland Cement Concrete, using 3/4-inch maximum size course aggregate. 109-2.3 REINFORCING STEEL. Reinforcing steel bars shall be intermediate or structural grade deformed —type bars and shall meet the requirements of AASHO M 31. 109-2.4 BRICK. Brick shall conform to ASTM C-62, Grade SW. 109-2.5 RIGID STEEL CONDUIT. Rigid steel. conduit and fittings shall be in accordance with Fed. Spec. WW-C-581. L-109 - 1 D Li 109-2.6 PAINT. a. Red lead priming paint for ungalvanized metal surfaces, and the mixing thereof, shall conform to the 97% grade specified in Fed. Spec. TT-R-191. The red lead shall be furnished in paste form and delivered to the job in the original unbroken packages bearing the maker's name and brand. The raw linseed oil, turpentine, and drier shall be in accordance with the Federal Specifications listed below: Raw Linseed Oil...................................................TT-L-215 Turpentine........................................................... TT-T-801 Drier; Paint, Liquid, Type I ................................... TT-D-651 b. White paint for body and finish coats on metal and wood surfaces shall be ready - mixed paint conforming to Fed. Spec. TT-P-102. 109-2.7 GROUND RODS. Ground rods shall be stainless steel of ten feet length and diameter specified in the plans. 109-2.8 OTHER ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. All regularly used commercial items of electrical equipment not covered by FAA equipment specifications shall conform to the applicable rulings and standards of the Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers or the National Electrical Manufacturers Association. When specified, test reports from a testing laboratory indicating that the equipment meets the specifications shall be supplied. In all cases, equipment shall be new and a first -grade product. This equipment shall be supplied in the quantities required for the specific project and shall incorporate the electrical and mechanical characteristics specified in the proposal and plans. 109-2.9 WIRE. Wire in conduit rated up to 5,000 volts shall conform to Advisory Circular 150/5345-7, Specification for L-824 Underground Electrical Cables for Airport Lighting Circuits, for rubber insulated neoprene -covered wire, or Fed. Spec. J-C-30, Type RHW, for rubber insulated fibrous -covered Fed. Spec. J-C-30, Types TW, THW, and THWN, shall be used. The wires shall be of the type, size, number of conductors, and voltage shown in the plans or in the proposal. a. Control Circuits. Wire shall be not less than No. 12 AWG and shall be insulated or 600 vort-s-71f telephone control cable is specified, No. 19 AWG telephone cable conforming to the United States Department of Agriculture, Rural Electrification Administration (REA) Bulletin 345-14 shall be used. b. Power Circuits. 1. 600 volts maximum —Wire shall be No. 6 AWG or larger and insulated for at least 600 volts. 2. 3,000 volts maximum —Wire shall be No. 6 AWG or larger and insulated for at least 3,000 volts. 3. Over 3,000 volts —Wire shall be No. 6 AWG or larger and insulated for at least the circuit voltage. L-109 - 2 1 11 J 0 r k I I Construction Methods 109-3.1 MARKING AND LABELING. All MITLs, MIRLs, and wires shall be tagged, marked, or labeled as specified below. a. Wire Identification. The contractor shall furnish and install self -sticking wire labels or identifying tags on all control wires at the point where they connect to the control equipment or to the terminal blocks. Wire labels, if used, shall be of the self -sticking preprinted type and of the manufacturer's recommended size for the wire involved. Identification markings designated in the plans shall be followed. Tags, if used, shall be of fiber not less than 3/4-inch in diameter and not less than 1/32-inch thick. Identification markings designated in the plans shall be stamped on tags by means of small tool dies. Each tag shall be securely tied to the proper wire by a nonmetallic cord. b. Labels. The contractor shall stencil identifying labels on the cases of regulators, breakers, and distribution and control relay cases with white oil paint as designated by the engineer. The letters and numerals shall be not less than 1 inch in height and shall be of proportionate width. The contractor shall also mark the correct circuit designations in accordance with the wiring diagram on the terminal marking strips which are a part of each terminal block. Method of Measurement 109-4.1 The quantity of miscellaneous electrical equipment to be paid for under this item shall consist of the number of vaults constructed in place and accepted as a complete unit. Basis of Payment 109-5.1 & 5.2 Payment will be made at the contract unit price for each completed and accepted vault or prefabricated metal housing equipment installation. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, assembly, and installation of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: Item L-109-5.1 Installation of Airport Miscellaneous Electrical Equipment in Place —per lump sum. Item L-109-5.2 Installation of Electrical Concrete Hand -Holes -Per Each. Federal Specifications Referenced in Item L-109 Number Title J-C-30 Cable and Wire, Electrical (Power, Fixed Installation). L-109-3 H W-C-581 Conduit and Fittings; Nonmetallic, Rigid, (Bituminized Homogeneous Fiber). TT-D-651 Drier, Paint, Liquid. TT-E-487 Enamel; Floor and Deck. TT-L-215 Linseed Oil, Raw (For Use in Organic Coatings). TT-P-102 Paint, Oil: Titanium -Lead -Zinc and Oil, Exterior, Ready - Mixed, White and Light Tints. TT-R-191 Red Lead, Dry and Paste in Oil. TT-T-801 Turpentine; Gum Spirits, Steam Distilled, Sulfate Wood, and Destructively Distilled. ASTM SPECIFICATIONS REFERENCED IN ITEM L-109 Number Title ASTM C-62 Specification for Building Brick (Solid Masonry Units Made for Clay or Shale) RURAL ELECTRIFICATION Number Title REA Bulletin REA Specification for Fully Color -Coded, Polyethylene- 345-14 Insulated, Double Polyethylene -Jacketed Telephone Cables for Direct Burial. L-109 - 4 r_ J 7 I 1 7 ITEM L-110 INSTALLATION OF AIRPORT UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL DUCT Description 110-1.1. This item shall consist of underground electrical ducts installed in accordance with this specification at the locations and in accordance with the dimensions, designs, and details shown in the plans. This item shall include the installation of all underground electrical ducts or underground conduits. It shall also include all trenching, backfilling, removal, and restoration of any paved areas; manholes, concrete encasement, mandreling installation of steel drag wires and duct markers, capping, and the testing of the installation as a completed duct system ready for installation of cables, to the satisfaction of the engineer. ' Equipment and Materials 110-2.1 GENERAL. ' All equipment and materials covered by referenced specifications shall be subject to acceptance through manufacturer's certification of compliance with the applicable specification when so requested by the engineer. 110-2.2 STEEL CONDUIT. Rigid steel conduit and fittings shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. W W-C-581. 110-2.3 CONCRETE. Concrete shall conform to Item P-610, Structural Portland Cement Concrete, using 1-inch maximum size coarse aggregate. 110-2.4 PLASTIC CONDUIT. Plastic conduit and fittings shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. W-C-1094 and shall be one of the following, as specified in the proposal: a. Type I - Suitable for underground use either directly in the earth or encased in concrete. b. Type A - Suitable for either above ground or underground use. L-110 - 1 L Construction Methods 110-3.1 GENERAL. The contractor shall install underground ducts at the approximate locations indicated in the airport layout plans. The engineer shall indicate specific locations as the work progresses. Ducts shall be of the size, material, and type indicated in the plans or specifications. Where no size is indicated in the plans or specifications, the ducts shall be not less than 3 inches inside diameter. All duct lines shall be laid so as to grade toward handholes, manholes and duct ends for drainage. Grades shall be at least 3 inches per 100 feet. On runs where it is not practicable to maintain the grade all one way, the duct lines shall be graded from the center in both directions toward manholes, handholes, or duct ends. Pockets or traps where moisture may accumulate shall be avoided. The contractor shall mandrel each duct. An iron -shod mandrel, not more than 1/4-inch smaller than the bore of the duct shall be pushed through each duct by means of jointed conduit rods. The mandrel shall have a leather or rubber gasket slightly larger than the duct hole. All ducts installed shall be provided with a No. 10 gauge galvanized iron or steel drag wire for pulling the permanent wiring. Sufficient length shall be left in manholes or handholes to bend the drag wire back to prevent is from slipping back into the duct. Where spare ducts are installed, as indicated on the plans, the open ends shall be plugged with removable tapered plugs, designed by the duct manufacturers, or with hardwood plugs conforming accurately to the shape of the duct and having the larger end of the plug at least 1/4-inch greater in diameter than the duct. All ducts shall be securely fastened in place during construction and progress of the work and shall be plugged to prevent seepage of grout, water, or dirt. Any duct section having a defective joint shall not be installed. All ducts, except steel conduit, installed under runways, taxiways, aprons, and other paved areas shall be encased in a concrete envelope. Where turf is well established and the sod can be removed, it shall be carefully stripped and properly stored. Trenches for ducts may be excavated manually or with mechanical trenching equipment: Walls of trenches shall be essentially vertical so that a minimum of shoulder surface is disturbed. Blades of road patrols or graders shall not be used to excavate the trench. The contractor shall ascertain the type of soil or rock to be excavated before bidding. All excavation shall be unclassified. 110-3.2 DUCTS ENCASED IN CONCRETE. Unless otherwise shown in the plans, concrete -encased ducts shall be installed so that the top of the concrete envelope is not less than 18 inches below the finished subgrade where installed under runways, taxiways, aprons, or other paved areas, and not less than 18 inches below finished grade where installed in unpaved areas. Ducts under paved areas shall extend at least 3 feet beyond the edges of the pavement or 3 feet beyond any underdrains which may be installed alongside the paved area. Trenches for concrete -encased ducts shall be opened the complete length before concrete is laid so L-110 - 2 J that if any obstructions are encountered, proper provisions can be made to avoid them. All ducts for concrete encasements shall be placed on a layer of concrete not less than 3 inches thick prior to its initial set. Where two or more ducts are encased in concrete, the contractor shall space them not less than 1-1/2 inches apart (measured from outside wall to outside wall) using spacers applicable to the type of duct. As the duct laying progresses, concrete not less than 3 inches thick shall be placed around the sides and top of the duct bank. End bells or couplings shall be installed flush with the concrete encasement where required. ' When specified, the contractor shall reinforce the bottom side and top of encasements with steel reinforcing mesh or fabric or other approved metal reinforcement. When directed, the contractor shall supply additional supports where the ground is soft and boggy, where ducts cross under roadways, or where otherwise shown on the plans. Under such conditions, the complete duct structure shall be supported on reinforced concrete footings, piers, or piles located at approximately 5-foot intervals. ' When clay or soapstone ducts are specified, they shall be installed with concrete encasement as described above. Clay conduit shall be of the single -bore typed. Where the self -centering socket -joint type of single clay duct is used, conduit shall be built ' up, tier by tier, and separated only by sufficient mortar or fine aggregate concrete to bed the ducts evenly and fill all voids between ducts. Single ducts shall be jointed together and the joints grouted with portland cement mortar. A suitable gasket (of rubber or other approved material) shall first be placed in the receptacle end of the duct, prior to the joining operation, in order to exclude all mortar from the duct. Where the square bore butt -joint type of clay duct, single or multicell, is used, ' sections shall be aligned with at least four steel dowel pins and joints wrapped with duct tape 6 inches wide and lapped 6 inches. All joints in a bank of single -bore ducts shall be staggered, beginning evenly from the manhole or handhole, by means of short ' lengths 6, 8, 9, 12, and 15 inches long. Cement mortar shall be troweled around each and every joint. Voids in the duct bank, caused by the external shape of the corners of the conduit, shall also be filled with mortar. The joining and joints of soapstone duct shall be done in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. ' 110-3.3 DUCTS WITHOUT'CONCRETE ENCASEMENT. ' Trenches for single -duct lines shall be not less than 6 inches nor more than 12 inches wide, and the trench for 2 or more ducts installed at the same level shall be proportionately wider. Trench bottoms for ducts without concrete encasement shall O be made to conform accurately to grade so as to provide uniform support for the duct along its entire length. A layer of fine earth material, at least 4 inches thick (loose measurement) shall be ' placed in the bottom of the trench as bedding for the duct. The bedding material shall consist of soft dirt, sand or other fine fill, and it shall contain no particles that would be retained on a 1/4-inch sieve. The bedding material shall be tamped until firm. Unless otherwise shown in plans, ducts for direct burial shall be installed so that the tops of all ducts are at least 18 inches below the finished grade. ' When two or more ducts are installed in the same trench without concrete encasement, they shall be spaced not less than 2 inches apart (measured from outside wall to outside wall) in a horizontal direction and not less than 6 inches apart in a vertical direction. L-110 - 3 11 Trenches shall be opened the complete length before duct is installed so that if any obstructions are encountered, proper provisions can be made to avoid them. 110-3.4 DUCT MARKERS. The location of the ends of all ducts shall be marked by a concrete slab marker 2 feet square and 4 inches thick extending approximately 1 inch above the surface. The markers shall be located above the ends of all ducts or duct banks, except where ducts terminate in a handhole, manhole, or building. The contractor shall impress the word "DUCT" on eac impress on the slab the number and size of ducts beneath be 4 inches high and 3 inches wide with width of stroke as large as the available space permits. 110-3.5 BACKFILLING. h marker slab. He shall also the marker. The letters shall 1/2-inch and 1/4-inch deep or After concrete -encased ducts have been properly installed and the concrete has had time to set, the trench shall be backfilled in at least two layers with excavated material not larger than 4 inches in diameter and thoroughly tamped and compacted to at least the density of the surrounding undisturbed soil. If necessary to obtain the desired compaction, the backf ill material shall be moistened or aerated as required. Trenches shall not be excessively wet and shall not contain pools of water during backfilling operations. The trench shall be completely backfilled and tamped level with the adjacent surface: except that, when sod is to be placed over the trench, the backfilling shall be stopped at a depth equal to the thickness of the sod to be used, with proper allowance for settlement. Any excess excavated material shall be removed and disposed of in accordance with instructions issued by the engineer. For ducts without concrete envelope, 8 inches of sand, soft earth, or other fine fill (loose measurement) shall be placed around the ducts and carefully tamped around and over them with hand tampers. The remaining trench may be filled with regular run of excavated material and thoroughly tamped as specified above. 110-3.6 RESTORATION. Where sod has been removed, it shall be replaced as soon as possible after the backfilling is completed. All areas disturbed by the trenching, storing of dirt, cable laying, pad construction and other work shall be restored to its original condition. The restoration shall include any necessary topsoiling, fertilizing, liming, seeding, sprigging, or mulching. All such work shall be performed in accordance with the FAA Standard Turfing Specifications. The contractor shall be held responsible for maintaining all disturbed surfaces and replacements until final acceptance. k H L-110 - 4 0 r r U 11 E r L 1-1 I H I h-1 Method of Measurement 110-4.1 The quantity of underground duct to be paid for under this item shall be the number of linear feet of duct installed, measured in place, completed, and accepted. Separate measurement shall be made for the various types and sizes. Basis of Payment 110-5.1 do 5.2 Payment will be made at the contract unit price for each type and size of single -way or multi -way duct completed and accepted. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, assembly, and installation of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete this item. Payment will be made under: Item L-110-5.1 Two-way Four -Inch, Plastic, Concrete Encased Electrical Duct --per linear foot. Item L-110-5.2 Two -Inch, R.G.S. Electrical Duct —per linear foot. Federal Specifications Referenced in Item L-110 Number Title W-C-1094 Conduit and Fittings; Nonmetallic, Rigid, (Plastic). WW-C-581 Conduit, Metal, Rigid; and Coupling, Elbow; and Nipple, Electrical Conduit: Zinc -Coated. L-110 - 5 H! ITEM L-125 INSTALLATION OF AIRPORT LIGHTING SYSTEMS Description 125-1.1. This item cancels and replaces the items listed in paragraphs 125-1.2-125-1.8. 125-1.2 Item L-114, Installation of Medium Intensity Runway and Taxiway Lights with Stake Mounting. 125-1.3 Item L-116, Installation of Medium Intensity Runway and Taxiway Lights with Stake Mounting. 125-1.4 Item L-120, Installation of Internally Lighted Taxiway Guidance Signs. 125-1.5 Item L-121, Installation of High Intensity Runway Lights. 125-1.6 Item L-122, Installation of Airport Low Intensity Lighting System. 125-1.7 ■ Item L-123, Installation of Touchdown Zone Lights, Inset and Base Mounted. 125-1.8 Item L-124, Installation of Runway Centerline and Taxiway Turnoff Lights. ' 125-1.9 This item shall consist of airport lighting systems furnished and installed in accordance ' with this specification, the referenced specification, and the applicable advisory circulars. The systems are installed at the location and in accordance with the dimensions, design, and details shown in the plans. This item shall include the furnishing of all equipment, materials, services, and incidentals necessary to place the systems in operation as completed units to the satisfaction of the engineer. L-125-1 7 125-1.10 Additional details pertaining to a specific system covered in this item are contained in the advisory circulars listed in paragraphs 125-1.11-125-1.13. 125-1.11 AC 150/5340-15, Taxiway Edge Lighting System. 125-1.12 AC 150/5340-16, Medium Intensity Runway Lighting System. 125-1.13 AC 150/5340- , Taxiway Guidance Sign System. Equipment and Materials 125-2.1 GENERAL. a. Airport lighting equipment and materials covered by FAA specifications shall have the prior approval of the Federal Aviation Administration, Airports Service, Washington, D.C. 20591, and shall be listed in Advisory Circular 150/5345-1, Approved Airport Lighting Equipment. b. All other equipment and materials covered by other referenced specifications shall be subject to acceptance through the manufacturer's certification of compliance with the applicable specifications. C. Lists of the equipment and materials required for a particular system are contained in the applicable advisory circulars. 125-2.2 TAPE. Rubber and plastic electrical tapes shall be Scotch Electrical Tape Numbers 23 and 88, respectively, as manufactured by the Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company, or an approved equal. 125-2.3 CONCRETE. Concrete for backfill shall be proportioned not leaner than a 1-3-6 mix by volume and shall have a compressive strength of not less than 2,000 PSI. Approved clean aggregate shall be used to produce the concrete. 125-2.4 CONDUIT. Rigid steel conduit and fittings shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. WW-C-581. L-125-2 125-2.5 SQUEEZE CONNECTORS. Squeeze connectors, if specified, shall be equal to Crouse -Hinds Company, type CGB cable connector with neoprene rubber bushing. 125-2.6 TEES. Large radius bend tees, if specified, shall be equal to Crouse -Hinds Company No. ET-43. Construction Methods 125-3.1 GENERAL. The installation and testing details for the systems shall be as specified in the applicable advisory circulars. 125-3.2 PLACING LIGHTS. The light fixtures shall be installed at the approximate location indicated in the plans. The exact location shall be as directed by the engineer. Method of Measurement 125-4.1 The quantity of lights to be paid for under this item shall be the number of each type installed as completed units in place, ready for operation, and accepted by the engineer. Basis of Payment 125-5.1 Thru 5.5 Payment will be made at the contract unit price for each complete light installed in place by the contractor and accepted by the engineer. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, assembly, and installation of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete this item. Payment will be made under: Item L-125-5.1 Taxiway Lights, Base Mounted in Place —per each. Item L-125-5.2 Taxiway Lights, Stake Mounted in Place --per each. Item L-125-5.3 Runway End/Threshold, Base Mounted in Place —per each. Item L-125-5.4 Airport Taxi Guidance Signs, in Place —per unit of like size. L-125 - 3 Item L-125-5.5 MIRL, End/Threshold, Staked, Mounted, Removal —per lump SUM. Federal Specifications. Referenced in Item L-125 Number Title WW-C-581 Conduit, Metal, Rigid; and Coupling, Elbow; and Nipple, Electrical Conduit: Zinc -Coated. FAA Specifications Referenced in Item L-125 Number Title AC 150/5340-4 Installation Details for Centerline and Touchdown Zone Lighting Systems. AC/150/5340-15 Taxiway Lighting System. AC/150/5340-16 Medium Intensity Runway Lighting System. AC/150/5340- Taxiway Guidance Sign System. L-125 - 4